Supplement No. 13

Large accelerated filer

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

x (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Smaller reporting company

424B3 1 d230329d424b3.htm SUPPLEMENT NO. 13 Supplement No. 13

FILED PURSUANT TO RULE 424(B)(3)

File Number 333-144884

ARAMARK CORPORATION

SUPPLEMENT NO. 13 TO

MARKET MAKING PROSPECTUS DATED

DECEMBER 22, 2010

THE DATE OF THIS SUPPLEMENT IS DECEMBER 15, 2011

ON DECEMBER 15, 2011, ARAMARK CORPORATION FILED THE ATTACHED

FORM 10-K FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2011

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

x	ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

September 30, 2011 For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011

¨	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from to

Commission file number: 001-04762

ARAMARK CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware

95-2051630

(State of Incorporation)

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

ARAMARK Tower

1101 Market Street

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19107

(Address of principal executive offices)

Telephone Number: 215-238-3000

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ¨ No x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ¨ No x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x No ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ¨ No x

There is no established public trading market for any of the common stock of the registrant. The aggregate market value of the voting securities held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of April 1, 2011 was $-0-. As of November 25, 2011, the common stock of the registrant was owned by ARAMARK Intermediate Holdco Corporation.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

None

Item 1.

BUSINESS

Overview

ARAMARK Corporation (“ARAMARK,” the “Company,” “we” or “us”) is a leading provider of a broad range of managed services to business, educational, healthcare and governmental institutions and sports, entertainment and recreational facilities.

In the United States, we are one of the largest food, hospitality and facility services companies, and in most of the other countries in which we operate, we are one of the leading providers. Our uniform and career apparel business is the second largest in the United States and provides both rental and direct marketing services. Through our geographic presence and our approximately 250,000 employees (including seasonal employees), we serve thousands of clients and millions of customers in 22 countries around the world. In this Annual Report, when we refer to our fiscal years, we say “fiscal” and the year number, as in “fiscal 2011,” which refers to our fiscal year ended September 30, 2011.

Segment and geographic information is incorporated by reference to Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements.

On January 26, 2007, we completed a merger whereby prior ARAMARK stockholders received $33.80 in cash for each share of ARAMARK common stock held. Investment funds associated with or designated by the GS Capital Partners, CCMP Capital Advisors, J.P. Morgan Partners, Thomas H. Lee Partners and Warburg Pincus (our “Sponsors”) invested $1,705.0 million in equity securities of ARAMARK Holdings Corporation (“Holdings” or the “Parent Company”), our ultimate parent company, as part of our going-private transaction (the “Transaction”). In addition, Joseph Neubauer contributed 7,055,172.83 shares of Class A common stock (having an aggregate value of $200.0 million) to Holdings. In addition, approximately 250 members of the Company’s management were offered the opportunity to invest in the equity of Holdings in connection with the Transaction and such members of management contributed approximately $143.4 million in the aggregate. Since the closing of the Transaction, additional members of the Company’s management also have invested.

Fiscal 2011 Acquisitions and Divestitures

During fiscal 2011, the Company completed the acquisition of the ultimate parent company of Masterplan, a clinical technology management and medical equipment maintenance company, for cash consideration of approximately $154.5 million (see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements). On October 3, 2011, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of Filterfresh, a refreshment services company, for cash consideration of approximately $148.9 million.

During fiscal 2011, the Company completed the sale of its wholly-owned subsidiary, Galls, LLC, (“Galls”) for approximately $75.0 million in cash. Galls is accounted for as a discontinued operation in the accompanying consolidated financial statements (see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements). The Company also completed the sale of its 67% ownership interest in the security business of its Chilean subsidiary for approximately $11.6 million in cash during fiscal 2011 (see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements). The Company also sold a noncontrolling interest in Seamless North America, LLC, an online and mobile food ordering service, for consideration of $50.0 million in cash during fiscal 2011 (see Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements).

The following chart provides a brief overview of our business:

LOGO

History

Our business traces its history back to the 1930s, when we began providing vending services to plant employees in the aviation industry in Southern California. In 1959, our founders, Davre J. Davidson and William S. Fishman, combined their two businesses to form our predecessor company, which became publicly traded in 1960. In the ensuing years, we broadened our service offerings and expanded our client base, including through the acquisition of our uniform services business in 1977. In 1984, we completed a management buyout, and from 1984, our management and employees increased their ownership of the Company and, directly and through our employee benefit plans, owned approximately 90% of our equity capital until our public offering was completed in December 2001. On January 26, 2007, the Company completed a going-private transaction and became a subsidiary of a holding company owned by our Sponsors and members of the Company’s management.

Food and Support Services

Our Food and Support Services group manages a number of interrelated services—including food, hospitality and facility services—for businesses, healthcare facilities, school districts, colleges and universities, sports, entertainment and recreational venues, conference and convention centers, national and state parks and correctional institutions. In fiscal 2011, our Food and Support Services—North America segment generated $9.0 billion in sales, or 69% of our total sales, and our Food and Support Services—International segment generated $2.7 billion in sales, or 21% of our total sales. No individual client represents more than 1% of our consolidated sales, other than, collectively, a number of U.S. government agencies.

We are the exclusive provider of food and beverage services at most of the locations we serve and are responsible for hiring, training and supervising substantially all of the food service personnel in addition to ordering, receiving, preparing and serving food and beverage items sold at those facilities. In governmental, business, educational and healthcare facilities (for example, offices and industrial plants, schools and universities and hospitals), our clients generally provide us access to customers, namely their employees, students and patients. At sports, entertainment and recreational facilities, which include convention centers, our clients generally are responsible for attracting patrons, usually on an event-specific basis. We focus on new business development, client retention and sales growth at existing locations through marketing efforts directed toward customers and potential customers at the locations we serve.

Industry Overview

The food and support service industry involves the supply of food and beverage services and facility services to a range of clients, including businesses, educational, governmental, correctional and healthcare facilities, and operators of sports, entertainment and recreational facilities in a variety of formats and service levels.

Although we provide a range of services and call on a wide variety of clients, in recent years the food and support services industry has experienced some consolidation. We believe that other recent dynamics in the food and support services industry include continued growth in the outsourcing of food service and facilities management as a result of:

•

clients focusing on their core competencies and outsourcing their non-core activities and services;

•

clients addressing the need to satisfy demanding customers;

•

clients facing increasing cost pressures and looking for cost-effective alternatives to self-administered food and support activities;

•

an increase in the retail orientation of food service management; and

•

continuing client interest in obtaining multiple support services from one supplier.

Customers and Services—North America Segment

Our Food and Support Services—North America segment serves a number of client sectors in the United States, Canada and Mexico, distinguished by the types of customers served and types of services offered. Our Food and Support Services operations focus on serving clients in four principal sectors:

Business and Industry. We provide a range of business dining services, including on-site restaurants, catering, convenience stores and executive dining rooms.

We provide coffee and vending services to business and industry clients at thousands of locations in the United States and Canada. Our service and product offerings include a full range of coffee and beverage offerings, “grab and go” food operations, convenience stores and a proprietary drinking water filtration system.

We also offer a variety of facility management services to business and industry clients. These services include the management of housekeeping, plant operations and maintenance, energy management, laundry and linen, groundskeeping, landscaping, transportation, capital program management and commissioning services and other facility consulting services relating to building operations.

We provide correctional food services, operate commissaries, laundry facilities and property rooms and/or provide facilities management services for state, county and municipal clients.

Sports and Entertainment. We provide concessions, banquet and catering services, retail services and merchandise sales, recreational and lodging services and facility management services at sports, entertainment

and recreational facilities. We serve 149 professional (including minor league affiliates) and college sports teams, including 37 teams in Major League Baseball, the National Basketball Association, the National Football League and the National Hockey League. We also serve 27 convention and civic centers, 17 national and state parks and other resort operations, plus numerous concert venues, entertainment complexes and other popular tourist attractions in the United States and Canada.

Higher Education and Education K-12. We provide a wide range of food and facility services at more than 1,000 colleges, universities, school systems and districts and private schools. We offer our education clients a single source provider for managed service solutions, including dining, catering, food service management, convenience-oriented retail operations, facilities maintenance, custodial, grounds, energy management, construction management, capital project management and building commissioning.

Healthcare. We provide a wide range of non-clinical support services to approximately 1,100 healthcare and senior living facilities in the United States and Canada. We offer healthcare organizations a single source provider for managed service solutions, including patient food and nutrition services, retail food services, clinical equipment maintenance, environmental services, laundry and linen distribution, plant operations, energy management, strategic/technical services, supply chain management and central transportation.

Customers and Services—International Segment

Our Food and Support Services—International segment provides a similar range of services as that provided to our Food and Support Services—North America segment clients and operates in several sectors, including business and industry, sports and entertainment, healthcare and education. We have operations in 19 countries outside North America. Our largest international operations are in the United Kingdom, Germany, Chile, Ireland and Spain, and in each of these countries we are one of the leading food service providers. We also have operations in other countries, including China, Belgium, South Korea and Argentina, and we own 50% of AIM Services Co., Ltd., a leader in providing outsourced food services in Japan. The clients we serve in this segment are typically similar to those served in the North America segment and vary by country depending upon local dynamics and conditions. There are particular risks attendant with our international operations. Please see the “Risk Factors” section.

Purchasing

We negotiate the pricing and other terms for the majority of our purchases of food and related products in the U.S. and Canada directly with national manufacturers. We purchase these products and other items through SYSCO Corporation and other distributors. We have a master distribution agreement with SYSCO that covers a significant amount of our purchases of these products and items in the United States and another distribution agreement with SYSCO that covers our purchases of these products in Canada. SYSCO and other distributors are responsible for tracking our orders and delivering products to our specific locations. Due to our ability to negotiate favorable terms with our suppliers, we receive vendor consideration, including rebates, allowances and volume discounts. See “Types of Contracts” below. With respect to purchases from SYSCO, these discounts include discounts on SYSCO-branded products. Our location managers also purchase a number of items, including bread, dairy products and alcoholic beverages from local suppliers, and we purchase certain items directly from manufacturers.

Our agreements with our distributors are generally for an indefinite term, subject to termination by either party after a notice period, which is generally 60 to 120 days. The pricing and other financial terms of these agreements are renegotiated periodically. We have had distribution agreements with SYSCO for more than 20 years. Our current agreement with SYSCO is terminable by either party with 180 days notice.

Our relationship with SYSCO is important to our operations. In fiscal 2011, SYSCO distributed approximately 60.3% of our food and non-food products in the United States and Canada, and we believe that we

are one of SYSCO’s largest customers. However, we believe that the products acquired through SYSCO can, in significant cases, be purchased through other sources and that termination of our relationship with SYSCO or any disruption of SYSCO’s business would cause only short-term disruptions to our operations.

Sales and Marketing

We employ sales personnel focused on each specific client or service sector who are responsible for identifying and pursuing potential new business opportunities, analyzing and evaluating such opportunities together with our operational and financial management and developing specific contract proposals. In addition to these professionals dedicated exclusively to sales efforts, our food and support field management shares responsibility for identifying and pursuing new sales opportunities, both with the clients for which they are directly responsible and for potential clients in their geographic area of responsibility. In addition, in several sectors we also have dedicated client retention teams.

Types of Contracts

We use two general contract types in our Food and Support Services segments: profit and loss contracts and client interest contracts. These contracts differ in their provision for the amount of financial risk that we bear and, accordingly, the potential compensation, profits or fees we may receive. Commission rates and management fees, if any, may vary significantly among contracts based upon various factors, including the type of facility involved, the term of the contract, the services we provide and the amount of capital we invest.

Profit and Loss Contracts. Under profit and loss contracts, we receive all of the revenue from, and bear all of the expenses of, the provision of our services at a client location. Expenses under profit and loss contracts sometimes include commissions paid to the client, typically calculated as a fixed or variable percentage of various categories of sales, and, in some cases, require minimum guaranteed commissions. While we may benefit from greater upside potential with a profit and loss contract, we are responsible for all the operating costs and consequently bear greater downside risk than with a client interest contract. For fiscal 2011, approximately 73% of our food and support services sales were derived from profit and loss contracts.

Client Interest Contracts. Client interest contracts include management fee contracts, under which our clients reimburse our operating costs and pay us a management fee, which may be calculated as a fixed dollar amount or a percentage of sales or operating costs. Some management fee contracts entitle us to receive incentive fees based upon our performance under the contract, as measured by factors such as sales, operating costs and customer satisfaction surveys. Client interest contracts also include limited profit and loss contracts, under which we receive a percentage of any profits earned from the provision of our services at the facility and we generally receive no payments if there are losses. As discussed above under “Purchasing,” we receive vendor consideration, including rebates, allowances and volume discounts that we retain except in those cases and to the extent that, under certain arrangements, they are passed through to our clients. For our client interest contracts, both our upside potential and downside risk are reduced compared to our profit and loss contracts. For fiscal 2011, approximately 27% of our food and support services sales were derived from client interest contracts.

Generally, our contracts require that the client’s consent be obtained in order to raise prices on the food, beverages and merchandise we sell within a particular facility. The length of contracts that we enter into with clients varies. Contracts generally are for fixed terms, many of which are in excess of one year. Client contracts for sports, entertainment and recreational services typically require larger capital investments, but have correspondingly longer and fixed terms, usually from five to fifteen years.

When we enter into new contracts, or extend or renew existing contracts, particularly those for stadiums, arenas, convention centers, colleges and universities, we are sometimes contractually required to make some form of up-front or future capital investment to help finance improvement or renovation, typically to the food and beverage facilities of the venue from which we operate. Contractually required capital expenditures typically take

the form of investment in leasehold improvements, food service equipment and/or grants to clients. At the end of the contract term or its earlier termination, assets such as equipment and leasehold improvements typically become the property of the client, but generally the client must reimburse us for any undepreciated or unamortized capital expenditures.

Contracts within the Food and Support Services group are generally obtained and renewed either through a competitive process or on a negotiated basis, although contracts in the public sector are frequently awarded on a competitive bid basis, as required by applicable law. Contracts for food services with school districts and correctional clients are typically awarded through a formal bid process. Contracts in the private sector may be entered into on a less formal basis, but we and other companies will often compete in the process leading up to the award or the completion of contract negotiations. Typically, after the award, final contract terms are negotiated and agreed upon.

Competition

There is significant competition in the food and support services business from local, regional, national and international companies, as well as from the businesses, healthcare institutions, colleges and universities, correctional facilities, school districts and public assembly facilities that decide to provide these services themselves. Institutions may decide to operate their own services following the expiration or termination of contracts with us or with our competitors. In our Food and Support Services—North America segment, our external competitors include other multi-regional food and support service providers, such as Centerplate, Inc., Compass Group plc, Delaware North Companies Inc. and Sodexo Alliance SA. Internationally, our external food service and support service competitors include Compass Group plc, Elior SA, International Service System A/S and Sodexo Alliance SA. We also face competition from many regional and local service providers.

We believe that the principal competitive factors in our business include:

•

quality and breadth of services and management talent;

•

service innovation;

•

reputation within the industry;

•

pricing; and

•

financial strength and stability.

Seasonality

Our sales and operating results have varied, and we expect them to continue to vary, from quarter to quarter as a result of different factors. Within our Food and Support Services—North America segment, historically there has been a lower level of activity during the first and second fiscal quarters in the sports, entertainment and recreational services. This lower level of activity historically has been partially offset during our first and second fiscal quarters by the increased activity in our educational operations. Conversely, historically there has been a significant increase in the provision of sports, entertainment and recreational services during the third and fourth fiscal quarters, which is partially offset by the effect of summer recess at colleges, universities and schools.

Uniform and Career Apparel

Our Uniform and Career Apparel segment provides uniforms, career and image apparel, work clothes and accessories to meet the needs of clients in a wide range of industries in the United States, Puerto Rico and Canada, including manufacturing, transportation, construction, restaurants and hotels, healthcare and pharmaceutical industries and many others. We supply garments, other textile and paper products and other accessories through rental and direct purchase programs to businesses, government agencies and individuals.

Through our rental and direct marketing businesses, we provide a total uniform solution to our clients. In fiscal 2011, our Uniform and Career Apparel segment generated $1.3 billion in sales, or 10% of our total fiscal 2011 sales.

Customers use our uniforms to meet a variety of needs, including:

•

establishing corporate identity and brand awareness—uniforms can help identify employees working for a particular company or department and promote a company’s brand identity;

•

projecting a professional image—uniformed employees are perceived as trained, competent and dependable, and uniforms provide a professional image of employees by enhancing the public appearance of those employees and their company;

•

protecting workers—uniforms can help protect workers from difficult environments such as heavy soils, heat, flame or chemicals;

•

protecting products—uniforms can help protect products against contamination in the food, pharmaceutical, electronics, health care and automotive industries; and

•

retaining employees—uniforms can enhance worker morale and help promote teamwork.

We provide a full service employee uniform solution, including design, sourcing and manufacturing, delivery, cleaning and maintenance. We rent uniforms, career and image apparel, work clothing, outerwear, particulate-free garments and additional textile and related products to businesses in a wide range of industries throughout the United States, including manufacturing, food services, automotive, healthcare, construction, utilities, repair and maintenance services, restaurant and hospitality. Our uniform products include shirts, pants, jackets, coveralls, jumpsuits, smocks, aprons and specialized protective wear. We also offer nongarment items and related services, including industrial towels, floor mats, mops, linen products, as well as paper products.

The outsourcing of career apparel needs through a uniform rental program offers customers advantages over ownership. Renting eliminates investment in uniforms and the related costs associated with employee turnover, offers flexibility in styles, colors and quantities as customer requirements change, assures consistent professional cleaning, finishing, repair and replacement of items in use and decreases expense and management time necessary to administer a uniform program. Centralized services, specialized equipment and economies of scale generally allow us to be more cost effective in providing garments and garment services than customers could be by themselves.

We also design, sell and distribute personalized uniforms, rugged work clothing, outerwear, business casual apparel and footwear and accessories through mail order catalogs, the internet, telemarketing and field sales representatives.

Customers and Services

As part of our full service approach, we offer fabric, style and color options specific to a customer’s needs. We stock a broad product line of uniforms and career apparel. We typically visit our customers’ sites weekly, delivering clean, finished uniforms and, at the same time, removing the soiled uniforms or other items for cleaning, repair or replacement. Under our rental program, we provide the customer with rental garments that are cleaned either by the customer or individual employees. This program benefits clients by reducing their capital investment in garments. We administer and manage the program, and repair and replace garments as necessary.

We serve businesses of all sizes in many different industries. We have a diverse customer base, serving customers in 45 states, Puerto Rico and one Canadian province, from over 200 service location and distribution centers across the United States and one service center in Ontario, Canada. We offer a range of garment rental service options, from full-service rental programs in which we clean and service garments and replace uniforms

as needed, to programs in which garments are cleaned and maintained by individual employees. We also clean and service customer-owned uniforms. None of our customers individually represents a material portion of our sales.

Our cleanroom service offers advanced static dissipative garments, barrier apparel, sterile garments and cleanroom application accessories for customers with contamination-free operations in the technology, food, healthcare and pharmaceutical industries.

We conduct our direct marketing business through three primary brands—WearGuard, Crest and ARAMARK. We design, source or manufacture and distribute distinctive image apparel to workers in a wide variety of industries. We deliver expanded services to customers through catalog, the Internet, dedicated sales representatives and telemarketing sales channels. We customize and embroider personalized uniforms and logos for customers through an extensive computer assisted design center and distribute work clothing, outerwear, business casual apparel and footwear throughout the United States, Puerto Rico and Canada. During fiscal 2011, we divested Galls, a supplier of uniforms and equipment to public safety professionals (see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements). Galls is a multi-channel business (catalog, telemarketing sales, field sales, the Internet and retail) that caters to the special needs of people involved in public safety, law enforcement, fire fighting, federal government agency, military and emergency medical services.

Operations

We operate our uniform rental business as a network of 78 laundry plants and 149 satellite plants and depots supporting over 2,500 pick-up and delivery routes. We operate a fleet of service vehicles that pick up and deliver uniforms for cleaning and maintenance. We operate a cutting and sewing plant in Mexico, which satisfies a substantial amount of our standard uniform inventory needs. We also purchase additional uniform and textile products as well as equipment and supplies from domestic and international suppliers. The loss of any one vendor would not have a significant impact on us.

We conduct our direct marketing activities principally from our facilities in Salem, Virginia; Norwell, Massachusetts; and Reno, Nevada. We market our own brands of apparel and offer a variety of customized personalization options such as embroidery and logos. We also source uniforms and other products to our specifications from a number of domestic and international suppliers and also manufacture a significant portion of our uniform requirements.

Sales and Marketing

Our route sales drivers and sales representatives are responsible for selling our services to current and potential customers and developing new accounts through the use of an extensive, proprietary database of pre-screened and qualified business prospects. Our customer service representatives and district managers are active salespeople as well. We build our brand identity through local advertising, promotional initiatives and through our distinctive service vehicles. Our customers frequently come to us through client referrals, either from our uniform rental business or from our other service sectors. Our customer service representatives generally interact on a weekly basis with their clients, while our support personnel are charged with expeditiously handling customer requirements regarding the outfitting of new customer employees and other customer service needs.

In connection with the provision of our services, we have developed or acquired long-standing brand name recognition through our ApparelOne^®, WearGuard^® and Crest^® uniform programs. Our ApparelOne program assists customers in meeting their specific needs by offering quality and brand name products through a combination of rental, lease or purchase options. We customize the program on an individual client basis to offer a single catalog and/or website specifically tailored to the client’s needs.

Our direct marketing businesses distribute approximately 2.1 million catalogs annually to approximately 500,000 existing and prospective customers. Catalog distribution is based on the selection of recipients in

accordance with predetermined criteria from internal customer lists as well as those purchased or rented from other organizations. Our in-bound and out-bound telemarketing operations are staffed by approximately 150 trained professionals. We also sell across the Internet at www.aramark-uniform.com.

Types of Contracts

We typically serve our rental customers under written service contracts for an initial term of three to five years. While customers are not required to make an up-front investment for their uniforms, in the case of nonstandard uniforms and certain specialty products or programs, customers typically agree to reimburse us for our costs if they terminate their agreement before completion of the current service term.

Because the bulk of our customers purchase on a recurring basis, our backlog of orders at any given time consists principally of orders in the process of being filled. With the exception of certain governmental bid business, most of our direct marketing business is conducted under invoice arrangement with repeat customers. Our direct marketing business is, to a large degree, relationship-centered. While we have long term relationships with some of our larger customers, we generally do not have contracts with these customers.

Competition

Although the U.S. rental industry has experienced some consolidation, there is significant competition in all the areas that we serve, and such competition varies from location to location. Although much of the competition consists of smaller local and regional firms, we also face competition from other large national firms such as Cintas Corporation, G&K Services, Inc. and Unifirst Corporation. We believe that the primary competitive factors that affect our operations are quality, service, design, consistency of product, garment cost and distribution capability, particularly for large multi-location customers, and price. We believe that our ability to compete effectively is enhanced by the quality and breadth of our product line.

Competition for direct sales varies based on numerous factors such as geographic, product, customer and marketing issues. We believe that the primary competitive factors that affect our direct marketing operations are quality, service, design, consistency of products, distribution and price. While there are other companies in the uniform or work clothing direct marketing business that have financial resources comparable to ours, much of the competition consists of smaller local and regional companies and numerous retailers, including some large chain apparel retailers, as well as numerous catalog sales sources.

Employees of ARAMARK

As of September 30, 2011, we had a total of approximately 250,000 employees, including seasonal employees, consisting of approximately 157,000 full-time and approximately 93,000 part-time employees in our three business segments. The number of part-time employees varies significantly from time to time during the year due to seasonal and other operating requirements. We generally experience our highest level of employment during the fourth fiscal quarter. The approximate number of employees by segment is as follows: Food and Support Services—North America: 161,000; Food and Support Services—International: 76,000; Uniform and Career Apparel: 13,000. In addition, the ARAMARK corporate staff is approximately 200 employees. Approximately 39,000 employees in the United States are covered by collective bargaining agreements. We have not experienced any material interruptions of operations due to disputes with our employees and consider our relations with our employees to be satisfactory.

Governmental Regulation

We are subject to various governmental regulations, such as environmental, labor, employment, immigration, health and safety laws and liquor licensing and dram shop laws. In addition, our facilities and products are subject to periodic inspection by federal, state, and local authorities. We have established, and

periodically update, various internal controls and procedures designed to maintain compliance with these regulations. Our compliance programs are subject to changes in federal or state legislation, or changes in regulatory interpretation, implementation or enforcement. From time to time both federal and state government agencies have conducted audits of certain of our practices as part of routine investigations of providers of services under government contracts, or otherwise. Like others in our business, we receive requests for information from governmental agencies in connection with these audits. If we fail to comply with applicable laws, we may be subject to criminal sanctions or civil remedies, including fines, injunctions, seizures or debarment from government contracts.

Our operations are subject to various governmental regulations, including those governing:

•

the service of food and alcoholic beverages;

•

minimum wage, overtime, wage payment and employment discrimination;

•

immigration;

•

governmentally funded entitlement programs;

•

environmental protection;

•

human health and safety;

•

customs, import and export control laws;

•

minority business enterprise and women owned business enterprise statutes;

•

federal motor carrier safety; and

•

privacy and customer data security.

There are a variety of regulations at various governmental levels relating to the handling, preparation and serving of food, including in some cases requirements relating to the temperature of food, the cleanliness of the kitchen, and the hygiene of personnel, which are enforced primarily at the local public health department level. While we attempt to comply with applicable laws and regulations, we cannot assure that we are in full compliance at all times with all of the applicable laws and regulations referenced above. Furthermore, legislation and regulatory attention to food safety is very high. Additional or amended regulations in this area may significantly increase the cost of compliance.

In addition, various federal, state and provincial agencies impose nutritional guidelines and other requirements on us at certain of the education and corrections facilities we serve. We may also be subject to regulations that limit or restrict the use of trans fats in the food we serve or other requirements relating to ingredient or nutrient labeling. There can be no assurance that federal or state legislation, or changes in regulatory implementation or interpretation of government regulations, would not limit our activities in the future or significantly increase the cost of regulatory compliance.

Because we serve alcoholic beverages at many sports, entertainment and recreational facilities, including convention centers and national and state parks, we also hold liquor licenses incidental to our contract food service business and are subject to the liquor license requirements of the jurisdictions in which we hold a liquor license. As of September 30, 2011, our subsidiaries held liquor licenses in 43 states and the District of Columbia, two Canadian provinces and certain other countries. Typically, liquor licenses must be renewed annually and may be revoked or suspended for cause at any time. Alcoholic beverage control regulations relate to numerous aspects of our operations, including minimum age of patrons and employees, hours of operation, advertising, wholesale purchasing, inventory control and handling, and storage and dispensing of alcoholic beverages. We have not encountered any material problems relating to alcoholic beverage licenses to date. The failure to receive or retain a liquor license in a particular location could adversely affect our ability to obtain such a license elsewhere. Some of our contracts require us to pay liquidated damages during any period in which our liquor

license for the facility is suspended, and most contracts are subject to termination if we lose our liquor license for the facility. Our service of alcoholic beverages is also subject to state, provincial and local service laws, commonly called dram shop statutes. Dram shop statutes generally prohibit serving alcoholic beverages to minors or visibly intoxicated persons. If we violate dram shop laws, we may be liable to the patron or to third parties for the acts of the patron. We sponsor regular training programs designed to minimize the likelihood of such a situation. However, we cannot guarantee that intoxicated or minor patrons will not be served or that liability for their acts will not be imposed on us.

Our uniform rental business and our food and support service business are subject to various federal, state and local environmental protection laws and regulations, including the federal Clean Water Act, Clean Air Act, Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act and similar state statutes and regulations governing the use, management, and disposal of chemicals and hazardous materials. In particular, industrial laundries use certain detergents and cleaning chemicals to launder garments and other merchandise. The residues from such detergents and chemicals and residues from soiled garments and other merchandise laundered at our facilities may result in potential discharges to air and to wastewaters that are discharged through sanitary sewer systems to publicly owned treatment works and may be contained in waste generated by our wastewater treatment systems. Our industrial laundries are subject to certain volume and chemical air and water pollution discharge limits, monitoring, permitting and recordkeeping requirements. Our food and support service business owns and/or operates underground storage tank systems to store petroleum products for use in our or our clients’ operations. These underground storage tank systems also are subject to performance standards, periodic monitoring, and recordkeeping requirements. We also may use and manage chemicals and hazardous material in our operations from time to time. We are mindful of the environmental concerns surrounding the use, management, and disposal of these chemicals and hazardous materials, and have taken and continue to take measures to maintain compliance with environmental protection laws and regulations. Given the regulated nature of our operations, we could face penalties and fines for non-compliance. In the past, we have settled, or contributed to the settlement of, actions or claims relating to the management of underground storage tanks and the handling and disposal of chemicals or hazardous materials, either on or off-site. We may, in the future, be required to expend material amounts to rectify the consequences of any such events. Under federal and state environmental laws, we may be liable for the costs of removal or remediation of certain hazardous materials located on or in or emanating from our owned or leased property or our clients’ properties, as well as related costs of investigation and property damage. Such laws may impose liability without regard to our fault, knowledge, or responsibility for the presence of such hazardous substances. We may not know whether our clients’ properties or our acquired or leased properties have been operated in compliance with environmental laws and regulations or that our future uses or conditions will not result in the imposition of liability upon us under such laws or expose us to third party actions such as tort suits.

We do not anticipate any capital expenditures for environmental remediation that would have a material effect on our financial condition.

Intellectual Property

We have the patents, trademarks, trade names and licenses that are necessary for the operation of our business. Other than the ARAMARK brand, we do not consider our patents, trademarks, trade names and licenses to be material to the operation of our business in any material respect.

Available Information

We file annual, quarterly and current reports and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). These filings are available to the public over the Internet at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s web site at http://www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we file at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s public reference room at 100 F. Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference room.

Our principal Internet address is www.aramark.com. We make available free of charge on www.aramark.com our annual, quarterly and current reports, and amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC.

Our Business Conduct Policy includes a code of ethics for our principal executive officer, our principal financial officer and our principal accounting officer and applies to all of our employees and non-employee directors. Our Business Conduct Policy is available on the Investor Relations section of our website at www.aramark.com and is available in print to any person who requests it by writing or telephoning us at the address or telephone number set forth below.

You may request a copy of our SEC filings (excluding exhibits) and our Business Conduct Policy at no cost by writing or telephoning us at the following address or telephone number:

ARAMARK Corporation

1101 Market Street

Philadelphia, PA 19107

Attention: Assistant Corporate Secretary

Telephone: (215) 238-3000

The references to our web site and the SEC’s web site are intended to be inactive textual references only and the contents of those websites are not incorporated by reference herein.

The Company files with each of its Form 10-Qs and its Form 10-K certifications by the CEO and the CFO under sections 302 and 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002.

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

Risks related to our business

General

Unfavorable economic conditions and increased operating costs have, and in the future could, adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

A national or international economic downturn has, and in the future could, reduce demand for our services in each of our operating segments, which may result in the loss of business or increased pressure to contract for business on less favorable terms than our generally preferred terms. Economic hardship among our client base can also impact our business. For example, during the recent period of economic distress, certain of our businesses have been negatively affected by reduced employment levels at our clients’ locations and declining levels of business and consumer spending. In addition, insolvency experienced by clients, especially larger clients, has, and in the future could, make it difficult for us to collect amounts we are owed and could result in the voiding of existing contracts. Similarly, financial distress or insolvency, if experienced by our key vendors and service providers such as insurance carriers, could significantly increase our costs. Any terrorist attacks, particularly against venues that we serve, and the national and global military, diplomatic and financial response to such attacks or other threats, also may adversely affect our sales and operating results. Natural disasters, including hurricanes and earthquakes, or global calamities have, and in the future could, affect our sales and operating results. In the past, ARAMARK experienced lost and closed client locations, business disruptions and delays, the loss of inventory and other assets, and the effect of the temporary conversion of a number of ARAMARK client locations to provide food and shelter to those left homeless by storms.

Our profitability can be adversely affected to the extent we are faced with cost increases for food, wages, other labor related expenses (including workers’ compensation, state unemployment insurance and state mandated health benefits and other healthcare costs), insurance, fuel, utilities, piece goods, clothing and equipment, especially to the extent we are unable to recover such increased costs through increases in the prices for our products and services, due to one or more of general economic conditions, competitive conditions or contractual provisions in our client contracts. Oil and natural gas prices have fluctuated significantly in the last several years. Substantial increases in the cost of fuel and utilities have historically resulted in substantial cost increases in our uniform rental business, and to a lesser extent in our food and support services segments. From time to time we have experienced increases in our food costs. While we believe a portion of these increases were attributable to fuel prices, we believe the increases also resulted from rising global food demand and the increased production of biofuels such as ethanol. In addition, food prices can fluctuate as a result of temporary changes in supply, including as a result of incidences of severe weather such as droughts, heavy rains and late freezes.

Approximately 73% of our food and support services sales are from profit and loss contracts under which we have limited ability to pass on cost increases to our clients.

Our business may suffer if we are unable to hire and retain sufficient qualified personnel or if labor costs increase.

From time to time, we have had difficulty in hiring and maintaining qualified management personnel, particularly at the entry management level. We will continue to have significant requirements to hire such personnel. In the past, at times when the United States or other geographic regions have periodically experienced reduced levels of unemployment, there has been a shortage of qualified workers at all levels. Given that our workforce requires large numbers of entry level and skilled workers and managers, low levels of unemployment when such conditions exist or mismatches between the labor markets and our requirements can compromise our ability in certain of our businesses to continue to provide quality service or compete for new business. We also regularly hire a large number of part-time workers, particularly in our food and support services segments. Any

difficulty we may encounter in hiring such workers could result in significant increases in labor costs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Competition for labor has at times resulted in wage increases in the past and future competition could substantially increase our labor costs. Due to the labor intensive nature of our businesses and the fact that 73% of our food and support services segments’ sales are from profit and loss contracts under which we have limited ability to pass along cost increases, a shortage of labor or increases in wage levels in excess of normal levels could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Our success also depends to a substantial extent on the ability, experience and performance of our management, particularly our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Joseph Neubauer.

Healthcare reform legislation could have an impact on our business.

During 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 were signed into law in the United States. Certain of the provisions that could most significantly increase our healthcare costs in the near term include the removal of annual plan limits, the changes in rules regarding eligibility for dependents and the mandate that health plans cover 100% of preventative care. In addition, our healthcare costs could increase if the new legislation and accompanying regulations require us to automatically enroll employees in health coverage, cover more employees than we do currently or pay penalty amounts in the event that employees do not elect our offered coverage. While much of the cost of the recent healthcare legislation enacted will occur on or after 2014 due to provisions of the legislation being phased in over time, changes to our healthcare cost structure could have an impact on our business and operating costs.

Our expansion strategy involves risks.

We may seek to acquire companies or interests in companies or enter into joint ventures that complement our business, and our inability to complete acquisitions, integrate acquired companies successfully or enter into joint ventures may render us less competitive. We may be evaluating acquisitions or engaging in acquisition negotiations at any given time. We cannot be sure that we will be able to continue to identify acquisition candidates or joint venture partners on commercially reasonable terms or at all. If we make additional acquisitions, we also cannot be sure that any benefits anticipated from the acquisitions will actually be realized. Likewise, we cannot be sure that we will be able to obtain necessary financing for acquisitions. Such financing could be restricted by the terms of our debt agreements or it could be more expensive than our current debt. The amount of such debt financing for acquisitions could be significant and the terms of such debt instruments could be more restrictive than our current covenants. In addition, our ability to control the planning and operations of our joint ventures and other less than majority owned affiliates may be subject to numerous restrictions imposed by the joint venture agreements and majority shareholders. Our joint venture partners may also have interests which differ from ours.

The process of integrating acquired operations into our existing operations may result in operating, contract and supply chain difficulties, such as the failure to retain clients or management personnel and problems coordinating technology and supply chain arrangements. Also, in connection with any acquisition, we could fail to discover liabilities of the acquired company for which we may be responsible as a successor owner or operator in spite of any investigation we make prior to the acquisition. In addition, labor laws in certain countries may require us to retain more employees than would otherwise be optimal from entities we acquire. Such difficulties may divert significant financial, operational and managerial resources from our existing operations, and make it more difficult to achieve our operating and strategic objectives. The diversion of management attention, particularly in a difficult operating environment, may affect our sales. Similarly, our business depends on effective information technology systems and implementation delays or poor execution of the integration of different information technology systems could disrupt our operations and increase costs. Possible future acquisitions could result in the incurrence of additional debt and related interest expense or contingent liabilities and amortization expenses related to intangible assets, which could have a material adverse effect on our

financial condition, operating results and/or cash flow. In addition, goodwill resulting from business combinations represents a significant portion of our assets. If the goodwill were deemed to be impaired, we would need to take a charge to earnings to write down the goodwill to its fair value.

If we fail to comply with requirements imposed by applicable law or other governmental regulations, we could become subject to lawsuits, investigations and other liabilities and restrictions on our operations that could significantly and adversely affect our business.

We are subject to governmental regulation at the federal, state, international, national, provincial and local levels in many areas of our business, such as food safety and sanitation, the sale of alcoholic beverages, minimum wage, overtime, wage payment, wage and hour and employment discrimination, immigration, human health and safety, including regulations of the U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Administration, federal motor carrier safety, data privacy, environmental protection, the import and export of goods and customs regulations, the False Claims Act, minority business enterprise and women owned business enterprise statutes, the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the U.K. Bribery Act and other anti-bribery laws and regulations relating to the services we provide in connection with governmentally funded entitlement programs.

From time to time, both federal and state governmental agencies have conducted audits of our billing practices as part of investigations of providers of services under governmental contracts, or otherwise. We also receive requests for information from governmental agencies in connection with these audits. While we attempt to comply with all applicable laws and regulations, we cannot assure you that we are in full compliance with all applicable laws and regulations or interpretations of these laws and regulations at all times or that we will be able to comply with any future laws, regulations or interpretations of these laws and regulations.

If we fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations, including those referred to above, we may be subject to investigations, criminal sanctions or civil remedies, including fines, injunctions, seizures or debarments from government contracts or the loss of liquor licenses. The cost of compliance or the consequences of non-compliance, including debarments, could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. In addition, governmental units may make changes in the regulatory frameworks within which we operate that may require either the corporation as a whole or individual businesses to incur substantial increases in costs in order to comply with such laws and regulations.

Changes in, new interpretations of or changes in the enforcement of the governmental regulatory framework may affect our contract terms and may reduce our sales or profits.

A portion of our sales, estimated to be approximately 11.4% in fiscal 2011, is derived from business with U.S. federal, state and local governments and agencies. Changes or new interpretations in, or changes in the enforcement of, the statutory or regulatory framework applicable to services provided under governmental contracts or bidding procedures, particularly by our food and support services businesses, could result in fewer new contracts or contract renewals, modifications to the methods we apply to price government contracts, or in contract terms of shorter duration than we have historically experienced, any of which could result in lower sales or profits than we have historically achieved, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations. For example, in connection with the recent reauthorization of the Child Nutrition Programs, including the National School Lunch Program and the School Breakfast Program, the federal government enacted a variety of programmatic changes, including changes to the reimbursement rates, new school meal pricing requirements and enhanced nutritional requirements for meals served to students, which could impact our operations and/or our results of operations in those accounts where the client participates in one of the Child Nutrition Programs.

Further unionization of our workforce may increase our costs.

Approximately 39,000 employees in our U.S. operations are represented by unions and covered by collective bargaining agreements. Certain unions representing employees in our Food and Support Services—North America and Uniform and Career Apparel segments have targeted us and the other major companies in our

industries for increased representation of our workforce. We have always respected our employees’ right to unionize or not to unionize. However, the unionization of a significantly greater portion of our workforce could increase our overall costs at the affected locations and adversely affect our flexibility to run our business in the most efficient manner to remain competitive or acquire new business. In addition, any significant increase in the number of work stoppages at our various operations could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We may incur significant liability as a result of our participation in multi-employer defined benefit pension plans.

We operate at a number of locations under collective bargaining agreements. Under some of these agreements, we are obligated to participate in and contribute to multi-employer defined benefit pension plans. As a contributing employer to such plans, should ARAMARK withdraw, either totally or satisfy certain triggers for a statutory “partial withdrawal,” we would be subject to withdrawal liability (or partial withdrawal liability) for our proportionate share of any unfunded vested benefits. In addition, if a multi-employer defined benefit pension plan fails to satisfy the minimum funding rules, we could be liable to increase our contributions to meet minimum funding contributions. The financial status of certain of the plans in which ARAMARK participates has deteriorated in the recent past. In addition, any increased funding obligations for underfunded multi-employer defined benefit pension plans could have a financial impact on us.

Our international business results are influenced by currency fluctuations and other risks that could have an effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

A significant portion of our sales is derived from international business. During fiscal 2011, approximately 21% of our sales was generated outside of North America. We currently have a presence in 19 countries outside of North America with approximately 76,000 personnel. The operating results of our non-U.S. subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars and such results are affected by movements in foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar. Our international operations are also subject to other risks, including the requirement to comply with changing and conflicting national and local regulatory requirements; Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, U.K. Bribery Act and other anti-corruption law compliance matters; potential difficulties in staffing and labor disputes; differing local labor laws; managing and obtaining support and distribution for local operations; credit risk or financial condition of local customers; potential imposition of restrictions on investments; potentially adverse tax consequences, including imposition or increase of withholding, VAT and other taxes on remittances and other payments by subsidiaries; foreign exchange controls; and local political and social conditions. There can be no assurance that the foregoing factors will not have a material adverse effect on our international operations or on our consolidated financial condition and results of operations. We intend to continue to develop our business in emerging countries over the long term. Emerging international operations present several additional risks, including greater fluctuation in currencies relative to the U.S. dollar; economic and governmental instability; civil disturbances; volatility in gross domestic production; and nationalization and expropriation of private assets.

Our failure to retain our current clients and renew our existing client contracts could adversely affect our business.

Our success depends on our ability to retain our current clients and renew our existing client contracts. Our ability to do so generally depends on a variety of factors, including the quality, price and responsiveness of our services, as well as our ability to market these services effectively and differentiate ourselves from our competitors. We cannot assure you that we will be able to renew existing client contracts at the same or higher rates or that our current clients will not turn to competitors, cease operations, elect to self-operate or terminate contracts with us. The failure to renew a significant number of our existing contracts would have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

We may be adversely affected if customers reduce their outsourcing or use of preferred vendors.

Our business and growth strategies depend in large part on the continuation of a current trend toward outsourcing services. Customers will outsource if they perceive that outsourcing may provide higher quality services at a lower overall cost and permit them to focus on their core business activities. We cannot be certain that this trend will continue or not be reversed or that customers that have outsourced functions will not decide to perform these functions themselves. In addition, labor unions representing employees of some of our current and prospective customers have occasionally opposed the outsourcing trend to the extent that they believed that current union jobs for their memberships might be lost. In these cases, unions typically seek to ensure that jobs that are outsourced continue to be unionized and thus, the unions seek to direct to union employees jobs in our industry. We have also identified a trend among some of our customers toward the retention of a limited number of preferred vendors to provide all or a large part of their required services. We cannot be certain that this trend will continue or not be reversed or, if it does continue, that we will be selected and retained as a preferred vendor to provide these services. Unfavorable developments with respect to either of these trends could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Our operations are seasonal and quarter to quarter comparisons may not be a good indicator of our performance.

In the first and second fiscal quarters, within the Food and Support Services—North America segment, there historically has been a lower level of sales at the sports, entertainment and recreational food service operations, which is partly offset by increased activity in the educational sector. In the third and fourth fiscal quarters, there historically has been a significant increase in sales at sports, entertainment and recreational accounts, which is partially offset by the effect of summer recess in the educational sector. For these reasons, a quarter-to-quarter comparison is not a good indication of our performance or how we will perform in the future.

Environmental regulations may subject us to significant liability and limit our ability to grow.

We are subject to various federal, state and local environmental protection laws and regulations, including the federal Clean Water Act, Clean Air Act, Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act and similar state statutes and regulations governing the use, management, and disposal of chemicals and hazardous materials. In particular, industrial laundries in our uniform rental business use certain detergents and cleaning chemicals to launder garments and other merchandise. The residues from such detergents and chemicals and residues from soiled garments and other merchandise laundered at our facilities may result in potential discharges to air and to wastewaters that are discharged through sanitary sewer systems to publicly owned treatment works and may be contained in waste generated by our wastewater treatment systems. Our industrial laundries are subject to certain volume and chemical air and water pollution discharge limits, monitoring, permitting and recordkeeping requirements. Our food and support service business owns and/or operates underground storage tank systems to store petroleum products for use in our or our clients’ operations. These underground storage tank systems also are subject to performance standards, periodic monitoring, and recordkeeping requirements. We also may use and manage chemicals and hazardous material in our operations from time to time. In the course of our business, we may be subject to penalties and fines for non-compliance with environmental protection laws and regulations and we may settle, or contribute to the settlement of, actions or claims relating to the management of underground storage tanks and the handling and disposal of chemicals or hazardous materials. We may, in the future, be required to expend material amounts to rectify the consequences of any such events. In addition, changes to federal or state environmental laws may subject us to additional costs or cause us to change aspects of our business. Under federal and state environmental protection laws, as an owner or operator of real estate we may be liable for the costs of removal or remediation of certain hazardous materials located on or in or emanating from our owned or leased property or our client’s properties, as well as related costs of investigation and property damage, without regard to our fault, knowledge, or responsibility for the presence of such hazardous materials. There can be no assurances that locations that we own, lease or otherwise operate, either for ourselves or for our

clients, or that we may acquire in the future, have been operated in compliance with environmental laws and regulations or that future uses or conditions will not result in the imposition of liability upon us under such laws or expose us to third party actions such as tort suits. In addition, such regulations may limit our ability to identify suitable sites for new or expanded facilities. In connection with our present or past operations and the present or past operations of our predecessors or companies that we have acquired, hazardous substances may migrate from properties on which we operate or which were operated by our predecessors or companies we acquired to other properties. We may be subject to significant liabilities to the extent that human health is adversely affected or the value of such properties is diminished by such migration.

Our Sponsors can strongly influence us and may have conflicts of interest with us in the future.

The Sponsors indirectly own, through their ownership in Holdings, a substantial majority of our capital stock on a fully-diluted basis because of the Transaction. As a result, the Sponsors have the ability to prevent any transaction that requires the approval of stockholders. Additionally, the Sponsors are in the business of making investments in companies and may from time to time acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. One or more of the Sponsors may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. So long as the Sponsors, or funds controlled by or associated with the Sponsors, continue to own a significant amount of the outstanding shares of Holdings’ common stock, even if such amount is less than 50%, the Sponsors will continue to be able to strongly influence our decisions.

Food and Support Services

Competition in our industry could adversely affect our results of operations.

There is significant competition in the food and support services business from local, regional, national and international companies, of varying sizes, many of which have substantial financial resources. Our ability to successfully compete depends on our ability to provide quality services at a reasonable price and to provide value to our customers. Certain of our competitors have been and may in the future be willing to underbid us or accept a lower profit margin or expend more capital in order to obtain or retain business. Also, certain regional and local service providers may be better established than we are within a specific geographic region. In addition, existing or potential clients may elect to self operate their food service, eliminating the opportunity for us to serve them or compete for the account. While we have a significant international presence, should business sector clients require multinational bidding, we may be placed at a competitive disadvantage because we may not be able to offer as extensive a portfolio of services or services in as many countries as some of our competitors.

Sales of sports, entertainment and recreational services have been, and in the future would be, adversely affected by a decline in attendance at client facilities or by a reduction or cessation of events.

The portion of our food and support services business which provides services in public facilities such as convention centers and tourist and recreational attractions is sensitive to an economic downturn, as expenditures to take vacations or hold or attend conventions are funded to a partial or total extent by discretionary income. A decrease in such discretionary income on the part of potential attendees at our clients’ facilities have, and in the future could, result in a reduction in our sales. Further, because our exposure to the ultimate consumer of what we provide is limited by our dependence on our clients to attract customers to their facilities and events, our ability to respond to such a reduction in attendance, and therefore our sales, is limited. There are many factors that could reduce the numbers of events in a facility or attendance at an event, including labor disruptions involving sports leagues, poor performance by the teams playing in a facility, inclement weather and adverse economic conditions which would adversely affect sales and profits. For example, in 2011, the collective bargaining agreement for the players in the National Basketball Association expired and the players were locked out of the venues where they play. A resolution was reached; however, the duration of the season was shortened. Any decrease in the number of games played would mean a loss of sales and reduced profits at the venues we service.

The pricing and cancellation terms of our food and support services contracts may constrain our ability to recover costs and to make a profit on our contracts.

The amount of risk that we bear and our profit potential vary depending on the type of contract under which we provide food and support services. We may be unable to fully recover costs on contracts that limit our ability to increase prices. In addition, we provide many of our services under contracts of indefinite term, which are subject to termination on short notice by either party without cause. Some of our profit and loss contracts contain minimum guaranteed remittances to our client regardless of our sales or profit at the facility involved. If sales do not exceed costs under a contract which contains minimum guaranteed commissions, we will bear any losses which are incurred, as well as the guaranteed commission. Generally, our contracts limit our ability to raise prices on the food, beverages and merchandise we sell within a particular facility without the client’s consent. In addition, some of our contracts exclude certain events or products from the scope of the contract, or give the client the right to modify the terms under which we may operate at certain events. The refusal by individual clients to permit the sale of some products at their venues, the imposition by clients of limits on prices which are not economically feasible for us, or decisions by clients to curtail their use of the services we provide could adversely affect our sales and results of operations.

Our business is contract intensive and may lead to client disputes.

Our business is contract intensive and we are parties to many contracts with clients all over the world. Our client interest contracts provide that client billings, and for some contracts the sharing of profits and losses, are based on our determinations of costs of service. Contract terms under which we base these determinations may be subject to differing interpretations which could result in disputes with our clients from time to time. Clients generally have the right to audit our contracts, and we periodically review our compliance with contract terms and provisions. If clients were to dispute our contract determinations, the resolution of such disputes in a manner adverse to our interests could negatively affect sales and operating results. While we do not believe any reviews, audits or other such matters should result in material adjustments, if a large number of our client arrangements were modified in response to any such matter, the effect could be materially adverse to our business or results of operations.

Claims of illness or injury associated with the service of food and beverage to the public could adversely affect us.

Claims of illness or injury relating to food quality or food handling are common in the food service industry, and a number of these claims may exist at any given time. As a result, we could be adversely affected by negative publicity resulting from food quality or handling claims at one or more of the facilities that we serve. In addition to decreasing sales and profitability at our facilities, adverse publicity could negatively impact our service reputation, hindering our ability to renew contracts on favorable terms or to obtain new business. In addition, future food product recalls and health concerns associated with food contamination may from time to time disrupt our business.

In fiscal 2011, one distributor provided approximately 60.3% of our food and non-food products in the United States and Canada, and if our relationship or their business were to be disrupted, we could experience disruptions to our operations and cost structure in such countries.

If our relationship with, or the business of, SYSCO, our main U.S. and Canadian distributor of our food and non-food products were to be disrupted, we would have to arrange alternative distributors and our operations and cost structure could be adversely affected in the short term. Similarly, a sudden termination of the relationship with a significant provider in other geographic areas could in the short term adversely affect our ability to provide services and disrupt our customer relationships in such areas.

Governmental regulations relating to food and beverages may subject us to significant liability.

The regulations relating to each of our food and support services segments are numerous and complex. A variety of regulations at various governmental levels relating to the handling, preparation and serving of food

(including in some cases requirements relating to the temperature of food), and the cleanliness of food production facilities and the hygiene of food-handling personnel are enforced primarily at the local public health department level. We cannot assure you that we are in full compliance with all applicable laws and regulations at all times or that we will be able to comply with any future laws and regulations. Furthermore, legislation and regulatory attention to food safety is very high. Additional or amended regulations in this area may significantly increase the cost of compliance.

We serve alcoholic beverages at many facilities, and must comply with applicable licensing laws, as well as state and local service laws, commonly called dram shop statutes. Dram shop statutes generally prohibit serving alcoholic beverages to certain persons such as an individual who is intoxicated or a minor. If we violate dram shop laws, we may be liable to the patron and/or third parties for the acts of the patron. Although we sponsor regular training programs designed to minimize the likelihood of such a situation, we cannot guarantee that intoxicated or minor patrons will not be served or that liability for their acts will not be imposed on us. There can be no assurance that additional regulation in this area would not limit our activities in the future or significantly increase the cost of regulatory compliance. We must also obtain and comply with the terms of licenses in order to sell alcoholic beverages in the states in which we serve alcoholic beverages. Some of our contracts require us to pay liquidated damages during any period in which our liquor license for the facility is suspended, and most contracts are subject to termination if we lose our liquor license for the facility.

Uniform and Career Apparel

Competition in the uniform rental industry could adversely affect our results of operations.

We have a number of major national competitors in the uniform rental industry with significant financial resources. In addition, there are regional and local uniform suppliers whom we believe may have strong customer loyalty. While most customers focus primarily on quality of service, uniform rental also is a price-sensitive service and if existing or future competitors seek to gain customers or accounts by reducing prices, we may be required to lower prices, which would reduce our sales and profits. The uniform rental business requires investment capital for growth. Failure to maintain capital investment in this business would put us at a competitive disadvantage. In addition, due to competition in our uniform rental business, it has become increasingly important for us to source garments and other products overseas, particularly in Asia. To the extent we are not able to effectively source such products in Asia and gain the related cost savings, we may be at a further disadvantage in relation to some of our competitors.

Economic and business conditions affecting our customer base and our operating costs could negatively impact our sales and operating results.

We supply uniform services to the airline, automotive, hospitality, retail and manufacturing industries, among others, all of which have been subject to one or more of shifting employment levels, changes in worker productivity, uncertainty regarding the impacts of rehiring, a shift to offshore manufacturing and bankruptcy. Economic hardship among our client base could cause some of our clients to restrict expenditures or even cease to conduct business, both of which could negatively affect our sales and operating results.

Our operations are exposed to increases in garment, raw materials and fuel prices. The cost of cotton, gasoline and diesel fuel and natural gas has fluctuated significantly in the United States in the last several years. To the extent we are not able to mitigate or pass on our increased costs to customers—for fuel expenses or any other of our costs that may increase—our operating results may be negatively affected.

Risks associated with the suppliers from whom our products are sourced could adversely affect our results of operations.

The products we sell are sourced from a wide variety of domestic and international suppliers. Global sourcing of many of the products we sell is an important factor in our financial performance. We seek to require our suppliers to comply with applicable laws and otherwise be certified as meeting our supplier standards of

conduct. Our ability to find qualified suppliers who meet our standards, and to access products in a timely and efficient manner is a significant challenge, especially with respect to suppliers located and goods sourced outside the United States. In addition, insolvency experienced by suppliers could make it difficult for us to source our products. Political and economic stability in the countries in which foreign suppliers are located, the financial stability of suppliers, suppliers’ failure to meet our supplier standards, labor problems experienced by our suppliers, the availability of raw materials to suppliers, currency exchange rates, transport availability and cost, inflation and other factors relating to the suppliers and the countries in which they are located are beyond our control. In addition, United States foreign trade policies, tariffs and other impositions on imported goods, trade sanctions imposed on certain countries, the limitation on the importation of certain types of goods or of goods containing certain materials from other countries and other factors relating to foreign trade are beyond our control. These and other factors affecting our suppliers and our access to products could adversely affect our results of operations.

Risks related to our indebtedness

Our leverage could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry, expose us to interest rate risk to the extent of our variable rate debt and prevent us from meeting our obligations.

We are highly leveraged. As of September 30, 2011, our outstanding indebtedness was $5,637.7 million, including our senior notes and our receivables facility. We had additional availability of approximately $646.7 million under our revolving credit facility at that date. Our Parent Company also has $600 million of indebtedness.

This degree of leverage could have important consequences, including:

•

exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates as certain of our borrowings, including borrowings under our senior secured credit facilities, our receivables facility and our senior floating rate notes, are at variable rates of interest;

•

making it more difficult for us to make payments on our indebtedness;

•

increasing our vulnerability to general economic and industry conditions;

•

requiring a substantial portion of cash flow from operations to be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness, thereby reducing our ability to use our cash flow to fund our operations, capital expenditures and future business opportunities;

•

restricting us from making strategic acquisitions or causing us to make non-strategic divestitures;

•

limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements, acquisitions and general corporate or other purposes; and

•

limiting our ability to adjust to changing market conditions and placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors who are less highly leveraged.

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future, subject to the restrictions contained in our senior secured credit facilities and the indenture governing our senior fixed rate notes and our senior floating rate notes. If new indebtedness is added to our current debt levels, the related risks that we now face could increase.

If our financial performance were to deteriorate, we may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful.

Our ability to make scheduled payments on or to refinance our debt obligations depends on our financial condition and operating performance, which is subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to

certain financial, business and other factors beyond our control. While we believe that we currently have adequate cash flows to service our indebtedness, if our financial performance were to deteriorate significantly, we might be unable to maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness.

If, due to such a deterioration in our financial performance, our cash flows and capital resources were to be insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures, or to sell assets, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. In addition, if we were required to raise additional capital in the current financial markets, the terms of such financing, if available, could result in higher costs and greater restrictions on our business. In addition, although a significant amount of our long-term borrowings do not mature until 2013 and later, if we were to need to refinance our existing indebtedness, the conditions in the financial markets at that time could make it difficult to refinance our existing indebtedness on acceptable terms or at all. If such alternative measures proved unsuccessful, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to dispose of material assets or operations to meet our debt service and other obligations. Our senior secured credit agreement and the indenture governing our senior fixed rate notes and senior floating rate notes restrict our ability to dispose of assets and use the proceeds from any disposition of assets and to refinance our indebtedness. We may not be able to consummate those dispositions or to obtain the proceeds that we could realize from them and these proceeds may not be adequate to meet any debt service obligations then due.

Our debt agreements contain restrictions that limit our flexibility in operating our business.

Our senior secured credit agreement and the indenture governing our senior fixed rate notes and senior floating rate notes contain various covenants that limit our ability to engage in specified types of transactions. These covenants limit our and our restricted subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things:

•

incur additional indebtedness, refinance or restructure indebtedness or issue certain preferred shares;

•

pay dividends on, repurchase or make distributions in respect of our capital stock, make unscheduled payments on our notes, repurchase or redeem our notes or make other restricted payments;

•

make certain investments;

•

sell certain assets;

•

create liens;

•

consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets; and

•

enter into certain transactions with our affiliates.

Our senior notes due 2012 contain covenants that, among other things, limit our ability to merge or consolidate with or into any person, enter into liens on principal property, enter into sale and lease back transactions, or to sell, lease or convey all or substantially all of our assets.

In addition, our senior secured revolving credit facility requires us to satisfy and maintain specified financial ratios and other financial condition tests. Our ability to meet those financial ratios and tests can be affected by events beyond our control, and in the event of a significant deterioration of our financial performance, we cannot assure you that we will satisfy those ratios and tests. A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under the senior secured credit agreement. Upon our failure to maintain compliance with these covenants that is not waived by the lenders under the revolving credit facility, the lenders under the senior secured credit facilities could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under the senior secured credit facilities to be immediately due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further credit under such facilities. If we were unable to repay those amounts, the lenders under the senior secured credit facilities could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness. We have pledged a significant portion of our assets as collateral under the senior secured credit agreement. If the lenders under the senior secured credit facilities accelerate the repayment

of borrowings, we cannot assure you that we will have sufficient assets to repay those borrowings, as well as our unsecured indebtedness. If our senior secured indebtedness was accelerated by the lenders as a result of a default, our senior notes due 2015 and our senior notes due 2012 may become due and payable as well. Any such acceleration may also constitute an amortization event under our receivables facility, which could result in the amount outstanding under that facility becoming due and payable.

Our Parent Company’s $600 million 8.625%/9.375% Senior Notes due 2016 (the Parent Company Notes) accrues interest at the rate of 8.625% per annum with respect to interest payments made in cash and 9.375% per annum with respect to any payment in-kind interest. Holdings is obligated to pay interest on the Parent Company Notes in cash to the extent the Company has sufficient capacity to distribute such amounts to Holdings under the covenants to the Company’s outstanding indebtedness, including the senior secured revolving credit facility, the senior secured term loan facility, the 8.50% senior notes due 2015 and the senior floating rate notes due 2015. To the extent the Company distributes cash to the Parent Company to make interest payments, there will be less cash to invest in our business.

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

Not Applicable.

Item 2.

Properties

Our principal executive offices are located at ARAMARK Tower, 1101 Market Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19107. Our principal real estate is primarily comprised of Uniform and Career Apparel facilities. As of September 30, 2011, we operated 247 service facilities in our Uniform and Career Apparel segment, consisting of industrial laundries, cleanroom laundries, warehouses, distribution centers, satellites, depots, and stand alone garages that are located in 40 states, Mexico, Canada and Puerto Rico. Of these, approximately 52% are leased and approximately 48% are owned. In addition, we operate one cutting and sewing plant in Mexico. We own 13 buildings that we use in our Food and Support Services—North America segment, including two office buildings, three hotels and several office/warehouse spaces, and we lease 141 premises, consisting of offices, office/warehouses and distribution centers. In addition, we own a distribution center and four other properties and lease 84 facilities throughout the world that we use in our Food and Support Services—International segment. We also maintain other real estate and leasehold improvements, which we use in the Uniform and Career Apparel and Food and Support Services business groups. No individual parcel of real estate owned or leased is of material significance to our total assets.

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

See Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” for a description of the Company’s legal proceedings.

Item 4.

(Removed and Reserved)

PART II

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

All of the outstanding common stock of ARAMARK Corporation is held by ARAMARK Intermediate Holdco Corporation, which is 100% owned by Holdings.

See Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—“Liquidity and Capital Resources,” for a description of restrictions on our ability to pay dividends.

Item 6.

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table presents selected consolidated financial data. This information should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, and Risk Factors, each included elsewhere herein. The selected consolidated financial data are presented for two periods: Predecessor and Successor, which relate to the period preceding the Transaction and the period succeeding the Transaction, respectively. As a result of the Transaction and the related purchase accounting, the Predecessor and Successor financial statements are not comparable. The Company refers to the operations of ARAMARK Corporation and subsidiaries for both the Predecessor and Successor periods.


	Successor												Predecessor
(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)	Fiscal Year Ended on or near September 30⁽¹⁾										Period from January 27, 2007 through September 28, 2007		Period from September 30, 2006 through January 26, 2007
	2011			2010		2009			2008
Income Statement Data:
Sales	$	13,082.4		$	12,419.1	$	12,138.1		$	13,252.1	$	8,302.0	$	3,878.9
Depreciation and amortization		510.5			502.9		497.2			505.7		320.4		115.4
Operating income⁽²⁾		548.2			477.5		448.6			557.5		381.9		66.1
Interest and other financing costs, net⁽⁵⁾		426.3			444.5		472.3			514.7		365.9		48.7
Income (loss) from continuing operations⁽³⁾		112.9			32.3		(0.2	)		34.2		13.2		13.3
Net income (loss)⁽⁶⁾		101.2			30.7		(6.9	)		39.5		16.1		14.8
Net income (loss) attributable to ARAMARK shareholder⁽⁸⁾		100.1			30.7		(6.9	)		39.5		16.1		14.8
Cash dividends per common share⁽⁷⁾		—	⁽⁷⁾		—		—			—		—	$	0.07
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges⁽⁴⁾		1.2x			1.0x		0.9x			1.1x		1.0x		1.2x

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):
Total assets⁽⁹⁾	$	10,509.6		$	10,221.9	$	10,326.7		$	10,523.4	$	10,593.7
Long-term borrowings⁽⁹⁾		5,588.6			5,350.2		5,677.7			5,804.9		5,839.1
Equity⁽⁸⁾		1,477.0			1,397.0		1,360.4			1,339.8		1,439.6

(1)	Our fiscal year ends on the Friday nearest to September 30th. Fiscal years 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008 refer to the fiscal years ended September 30, 2011, October 1, 2010, October 2, 2009, and October 3, 2008, respectively. Fiscal 2008 is a 53-week year. All other periods presented are 52-week years.

(2)

Fiscal 2011 includes share-based compensation expense of $17.3 million (see Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements). During fiscal 2011, the Company recorded a gain of $7.7 million related to the sale of the Company’s 67% ownership interest in the security business of its Chilean subsidiary (see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements). The Company also recorded a goodwill and other intangible assets impairment charge of $5.3 million (see Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements). Fiscal 2010 includes share-based compensation expense of $21.3 million. For fiscal 2009, share-based compensation expense was $25.4 million. During fiscal 2009, the Company initiated a repositioning effort to reduce the cost structure and address the demand softness in the WearGuard direct marketing business. In addition, the Company reduced its headcount in all the businesses in the Uniform and Career Apparel segment. As a

result of these actions, the Company recorded a total charge of approximately $34.2 million during fiscal 2009 (see Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements). For fiscal 2008, share-based compensation expense was $11.8 million and included a reversal of approximately $13.3 million of share-based compensation expense during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008 related to expense previously recognized for Performance-Based Options. During the Successor period from January 27, 2007 through September 28, 2007, the Company recorded share-based compensation expense of $27.5 million and $5.7 million of costs related to the Transaction. The Company also recorded a gain of $21.2 million from the sale of its 50% interest in SMG and a charge of $4.2 million for the impairment of a technology asset. During the Predecessor period from September 30, 2006 through January 26, 2007, the Company recorded costs of $112.1 million related to the Transaction. These costs consist of $11.2 million of accounting, investment banking, legal and other costs associated with the Transaction, a compensation charge of approximately $77.1 million related to the accelerated vesting and buyout of employee stock options and restricted stock units, and a charge of approximately $23.8 million related to change in control payments to certain executives.

(3)	During fiscal 2011, the Company recorded a favorable income tax adjustment of approximately $17.0 million related to the remeasurement of an uncertain tax position.

(4)

For the purpose of determining the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings include pre-tax income from continuing operations plus fixed charges (excluding capitalized interest). Fixed charges consist of interest on all indebtedness (including capitalized interest) plus that portion of operating lease rentals representative of the interest factor (deemed to be one-third of operating lease rentals).

(5)

During fiscal 2011, the Company recorded interest income of $14.1 million related to favorable non-income tax settlements in the U.K. During the Successor period from January 27, 2007 through September 28, 2007, the Company recorded a charge of $12.8 million for the cost of obtaining a bridge financing facility in connection with the Transaction.

(6)

On September 30, 2011, the Company completed the sale of its wholly-owned subsidiary, Galls, for approximately $75.0 million in cash. The transaction resulted in a pretax loss of approximately $1.5 million (net of tax loss of approximately $12.0 million). Galls is accounted for as a discontinued operation in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and statement of operations. Galls’ results of operations have been removed from the Company’s results of continuing operations for all periods presented (see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements).

(7)

During the third quarter of fiscal 2011, the Parent Company used the net proceeds from the offering of the Parent Company Notes, along with $132.7 million in borrowings by the Company under the revolving credit facility, which were paid as dividends to the Parent Company ($132,700 per share), for the Parent Company to pay an approximately $711 million cash dividend ($3.50 per share) to the Parent Company’s shareholders (see Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements). During the Predecessor period from September 30, 2006 through January 26, 2007, the Company paid cash dividends totaling $12.6 million ($0.07/share for the first quarter of fiscal 2007).

(8)

During the third quarter of fiscal 2011, the Company sold a noncontrolling ownership interest in Seamless North America, LLC, an online and mobile food ordering service, for consideration of $50.0 million in cash. Net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest in fiscal 2011 was $1.1 million (see Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements).

(9)

In the first quarter of fiscal 2011, the Company adopted the new authoritative accounting guidance regarding transfers of financial assets. The impact upon adoption resulted in the recognition of both the receivables securitized under the program and the borrowings they collateralize on the Consolidated Balance Sheet, which led to a $220.9 million increase in “Receivables” and “Long-Term Borrowings.” At September 30, 2011, the amount of outstanding borrowings under the Receivables Facility was $225.9 million and is included in “Long-Term Borrowings.”

Item 7.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2011, October 1, 2010 and October 2, 2009, should be read in conjunction with Selected Consolidated Financial Data and our audited consolidated financial statements and the notes to those statements.

ARAMARK Corporation (the “Company” or “ARAMARK”) was acquired on January 26, 2007 through a merger transaction with RMK Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation controlled by investment funds associated with GS Capital Partners, CCMP Capital Advisors, J.P. Morgan Partners, Thomas H. Lee Partners and Warburg Pincus LLC (collectively, the “Sponsors”), Joseph Neubauer, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of ARAMARK, and certain other members of the Company’s management. The acquisition was accomplished through the merger of RMK Acquisition Corporation with and into ARAMARK Corporation with ARAMARK Corporation being the surviving company (the “Transaction”).

The Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of ARAMARK Intermediate Holdco Corporation, which is wholly-owned by ARAMARK Holdings Corporation (the “Parent Company”). ARAMARK Holdings Corporation, ARAMARK Intermediate Holdco Corporation and RMK Acquisition Corporation were formed for the purpose of facilitating the Transaction.

On March 30, 2007, ARAMARK Corporation was merged with and into ARAMARK Services, Inc. with ARAMARK Services, Inc. being the surviving corporation. In connection with the consummation of the merger, ARAMARK Services, Inc. changed its name to ARAMARK Corporation.

Our discussion contains forward-looking statements based upon current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties, such as our plans, objectives, opinions, expectations, anticipations and intentions and beliefs. Actual results and the timing of events could differ materially from those anticipated in those forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors, including those set forth under the Risk Factors, Special Note About Forward-Looking Statements and Business sections and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In the following discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations, certain financial measures may be considered “non-GAAP financial measures” under Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) rules. These rules require supplemental explanation and reconciliation, which is provided elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The Company’s significant accounting policies are described in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report. As described in such notes, the Company recognizes sales in the period in which services are provided pursuant to the terms of our contractual relationships with our clients. Sales from direct marketing activities are recognized upon shipment.

In preparing our financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that, among other things, affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, sales and expenses. These estimates and assumptions are most significant where they involve levels of subjectivity and judgment necessary to account for highly uncertain matters or matters susceptible to change, and where they can have a material impact on our financial condition and operating performance. We discuss below the more significant estimates and related assumptions used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. If actual results were to differ materially from the estimates made, the reported results could be materially affected.

Asset Impairment Determinations

Goodwill and the ARAMARK and Seamless trade names are indefinite lived intangible assets that are not amortizable and are subject to an impairment test that we conduct annually or more frequently if a change in circumstances or the occurrence of events indicates that potential impairment exists, using discounted cash flows. The Company performs its assessment of goodwill at the reporting unit level. Within the Food and Support Services—International segment, each country is evaluated separately since such operating units are relatively autonomous and separate goodwill balances have been recorded for each entity. The Company has completed its annual goodwill and trade names impairment tests, which did not result in an impairment charge. In addition, based on current projections, no reporting units were at risk of failing the annual goodwill impairment test and no trade name was at risk of failing the annual trade name impairment test.

With respect to our other long-lived assets, we are required to test for asset impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. If indicators of impairment are present, the Company compares the sum of the future expected cash flows from the asset, undiscounted and without interest charges, to the asset’s carrying value. If the sum of the future expected cash flows from the asset is less than the carrying value, an impairment would be recognized for the difference between the estimated fair value and the carrying value of the asset.

In making future cash flow analyses of various assets, the Company makes assumptions relating to the following:

•

The intended use of assets and the expected future cash flows resulting directly from such use;

•

Comparable market valuations of businesses similar to ARAMARK’s business segments;

•

Industry specific economic conditions;

•

Competitor activities and regulatory initiatives; and

•

Client and customer preferences and behavior patterns.

We believe that an accounting estimate relating to asset impairment is a critical accounting estimate because the assumptions underlying future cash flow estimates are subject to change from time to time and the recognition of an impairment could have a significant impact on our consolidated statement of operations.

Environmental Loss Contingencies

Accruals for environmental loss contingencies (i.e., environmental reserves) are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can reasonably be estimated. Management views the measurement of environmental reserves as a critical accounting estimate because of the considerable uncertainty surrounding estimation, including the need to forecast well into the future. We are involved in legal proceedings under state, federal and local environmental laws in connection with our operations or businesses conducted by our predecessors or companies that we have acquired. The calculation of environmental reserves is based on the evaluation of currently available information, prior experience in the remediation of contaminated sites and assumptions with respect to government regulations and enforcement activity, changes in remediation technology and practices, and financial obligations and creditworthiness of other responsible parties and insurers.

Litigation and Claims

The Company is a party to various legal actions and investigations including, among others, employment matters, compliance with government regulations, including import and export controls and customs laws, federal and state employment laws, including wage and hour laws, immigration laws, human health and safety laws, dram shop laws, environmental laws, false claim statutes, minority business enterprise and women owned business enterprise statutes, contractual disputes and other matters, including matters arising in the ordinary course of business. These claims may be brought by, among others, the government, clients, customers, employees and third parties. Management considers the measurement of litigation reserves as a critical

accounting estimate because of the significant uncertainty in some cases relating to the outcome of potential claims or litigation and the difficulty of predicting the likelihood and range of potential liability involved, coupled with the material impact on our results of operations that could result from litigation or other claims. In determining legal reserves, management considers, among other issues:

•

Interpretation of contractual rights and obligations;

•

The status of government regulatory initiatives, interpretations and investigations;

•

The status of settlement negotiations;

•

Prior experience with similar types of claims;

•

Whether there is available insurance; and

•

Advice of counsel.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We encounter risks associated with sales and the collection of the associated accounts receivable. We record a provision for accounts receivable that are considered to be uncollectible. In order to calculate the appropriate provision, management analyzes the creditworthiness of specific customers and the aging of customer balances. Management also considers general and specific industry economic conditions, industry concentrations, such as exposure to small and medium-sized businesses, the non-profit healthcare sector and the automotive, airline and financial services industries, and contractual rights and obligations. Management believes that the accounting estimate related to the allowance for doubtful accounts is a critical accounting estimate because the underlying assumptions used for the allowance can change from time to time and uncollectible accounts could potentially have a material impact on our results of operations.

Inventory Obsolescence

We record an inventory obsolescence reserve for obsolete, excess and slow-moving inventory, principally in the Uniform and Career Apparel segment. In calculating our inventory obsolescence reserve, management analyzes historical and projected data regarding customer demand within specific product categories and makes assumptions regarding economic conditions within customer specific industries, as well as style and product changes. Management believes that its accounting estimate related to inventory obsolescence is a critical accounting estimate because customer demand in certain of our businesses can be variable and changes in our reserve for inventory obsolescence could materially affect our results of operations.

Income Taxes

We use the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, income tax expense is recognized for the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year and for deferred tax liabilities and assets for the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our consolidated financial statements or tax returns. We must make assumptions, judgments and estimates to determine our current provision for income taxes and also our deferred tax assets and liabilities and any valuation allowance to be recorded against a deferred tax asset. Our assumptions, judgments and estimates relative to the current provision for income taxes take into account current tax laws, our interpretation of current tax laws and possible outcomes of current and future audits conducted by foreign and domestic tax authorities. Changes in tax law or our interpretation of tax laws and the resolution of current and future tax audits could significantly impact the amounts provided for income taxes in our consolidated financial statements. Our assumptions, judgments and estimates relative to the amount of deferred income taxes take into account estimates of the amount of future taxable income, and actual operating results in future years could render our current assumptions, judgments and estimates inaccurate. Any of the assumptions, judgments and estimates mentioned above could cause our actual income tax obligations to differ from our estimates.

Share-Based Compensation

As discussed in our consolidated financial statements, we value our employee share-based awards using the Black-Scholes option valuation model. The Black-Scholes option valuation model uses assumptions of expected volatility, the expected dividend yield of our stock, the expected term of the awards and the risk-free interest rate. Since our stock is not publicly traded, the expected volatility is based on an average of the historical volatility of our competitors’ stocks over the expected term of the share-based awards. The dividend yield assumption is based on our history and expected future dividend payouts. The expected term of share award represents the weighted-average period the share award are expected to remain outstanding. The expected term was calculated using the simplified method permitted under SEC rules and regulations due to the lack of history. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon the rate applicable to the U.S. Treasury security with a maturity equal to the expected term of the option on the grant date.

As share-based compensation expense recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, it has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. The authoritative accounting pronouncement for share-based compensation expense requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Forfeitures were estimated based on our historical experience.

For the Performance-Based Options, management must assess the probability of the achievement of the earnings before interest and taxes (“EBIT”) targets, as defined in the ARAMARK Holdings Corporation 2007 Management Stock Incentive Plan. If the EBIT targets are not probable of achievement, changes in the recognition of share-based compensation expense may occur. Management makes its probability assessments based on the Company’s actual and projected results of operations.

Management believes that the accounting estimate related to the expense of share-based awards is a critical accounting estimate because the underlying assumptions can change from time to time and, as a result, the compensation expense that we record in future periods may differ significantly from what we have recorded in the current period with respect to similar instruments.

Fair Value of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value are classified based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their fair value. The hierarchical levels related to the subjectivity of the valuation inputs are defined as follows:

•

Level 1—inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets

•

Level 2—inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument

•

Level 3—inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement

We disclosed the fair values of our assets and liabilities in Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements. Management believes that the carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable are representative of their respective fair values. The fair value of the Company’s debt was computed using market quotes, if available, or based on discounted cash flows using market interest rates as of the end of the period. The fair values for interest rate swap agreements, foreign currency forward exchange contracts and natural gas, gasoline and diesel fuel hedge agreements are based on quoted market prices from various banks for similar instruments, adjusted for the Company and the counterparties’ credit risk. The Company performs an

independent review of these values to determine if they are reasonable. The fair value of our derivative instruments are impacted by changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, and the prices of natural gas, gasoline and diesel fuel. The fair value of our common stock subject to repurchase is derived principally from unobservable inputs. Management believes that the accounting estimate related to the fair value of our financial assets and financial liabilities is a critical accounting estimate due to its complexity and the significant judgments and estimates involved in determining fair value in the absence of quoted market prices.

*****

Critical accounting estimates and the related assumptions are evaluated periodically as conditions warrant, and changes to such estimates are recorded as new information or changed conditions require.

Results of Operations

On September 30, 2011, the Company sold its wholly-owned subsidiary, Galls (see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements). Accordingly, operating results for this business are reported as discontinued operations. The following tables present our sales and operating income from continuing operations, and the related percentages attributable to each operating segment for fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009 (dollars in millions).


Sales by Segment	Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2011					Fiscal Year Ended October 1, 2010					Fiscal Year Ended October 2, 2009
Food and Support Services—North America	$	9,019.0		69	%	$	8,654.7		70	%	$	8,436.0		70	%
Food and Support Services—International		2,723.3		21	%		2,437.7		20	%		2,284.2		19	%
Uniform and Career Apparel		1,340.1		10	%		1,326.7		10	%		1,417.9		11	%

	$	13,082.4		100	%	$	12,419.1		100	%	$	12,138.1		100	%


Operating Income by Segment	Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2011					Fiscal Year Ended October 1, 2010					Fiscal Year Ended October 2, 2009
Food and Support Services—North America	$	400.5		73	%	$	350.6		73	%	$	348.6		78	%
Food and Support Services—International		79.9		15	%		75.3		16	%		84.1		19	%
Uniform and Career Apparel		117.3		21	%		102.7		22	%		72.9		16	%

		597.7		109	%		528.6		111	%		505.6		113	%
Corporate		(49.5	)	-9	%		(51.1	)	-11	%		(57.0	)	-13	%

	$	548.2		100	%	$	477.5		100	%	$	448.6		100	%

Fiscal 2011 Compared to Fiscal 2010

Consolidated Overview

Sales of $13.1 billion for fiscal 2011 represented an increase of 5% over the prior year. This increase is attributable to growth in the Education and Healthcare sectors of our Food and Support Services—North America segment, growth in Ireland, Germany, Spain, Chile, Argentina and China in our Food and Support Services—International segment, growth in the uniform rental business in our Uniform and Career Apparel segment and the positive impact of foreign currency translation (approximately 1%). This increase more than offset the sales decline in our Sports & Entertainment sector of our Food and Support Services—North America segment and in the U.K. and Korea in our Food and Support Services—International segment.

Operating income was $548.2 million for fiscal 2011 compared to $477.5 million for the prior year. The increase in operating income in fiscal 2011 was attributable to profit growth in the Healthcare and Education sectors, operational efficiencies in our uniform rental business and the positive impact of foreign currency translation (approximately 2%), which more than offset the profit decline in our Business & Industry sector. Fiscal 2011 also includes a gain of approximately $7.7 million on the sale of the Company’s 67% ownership interest in the security business of its Chilean subsidiary, favorable non-income tax settlements of approximately $5.3 million in the U.K., a goodwill and other intangible assets impairment charge of $5.3 million, severance related charges of approximately $22.8 million, other income of approximately $7.8 million related to a compensation agreement signed with the National Park Service (NPS) under which the NPS agreed to pay down a portion of our investment (possessory interest) in certain assets at one of our NPS sites in our Sports & Entertainment sector and a favorable risk insurance adjustment of $5.7 million.

Interest and other financing costs, net, for fiscal 2011 decreased approximately $18.2 million from the prior year primarily due to lower average debt levels, the increase in interest income related to the $14.1 million of favorable non-income tax settlements in the U.K. recorded in the second quarter of fiscal 2011 and $8.5 million of third-party costs incurred in the second quarter of fiscal 2010 related to the amendment that extended $1,407.4 million of outstanding U.S. denominated term loan. These decreases were partially offset by the increase in interest rates mainly due to the amendment that extended $1,407.4 million of outstanding U.S. denominated term loan in the second quarter of fiscal 2010 (see Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements).

The Company recorded a provision for income taxes of $9.0 million on pretax income of $121.9 million for fiscal 2011 as compared to a provision for income taxes of $0.7 million on pretax income of $33.0 million for fiscal 2010. The changes in both periods principally reflects the relative mix and amount of U.S. and non-U.S. income or loss and the impact of tax credits relative to pretax amounts. The provision for income taxes in fiscal 2011 included a reduction of approximately $17.0 million related to the remeasurement of an uncertain tax position.

Income from continuing operations for fiscal 2011 was $112.9 million, compared to $32.3 million in fiscal 2010. Loss from discontinued operations during fiscal 2011 was ($11.7) million compared to ($1.6) million in fiscal 2010. Fiscal 2011 includes the pretax loss of approximately $1.5 million (net of tax loss of approximately $12.0 million) related to the sale of the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, Galls, for approximately $75.0 million in cash (see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements).

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest for fiscal 2011 was $1.1 million.

Segment Results

The following tables present a 2011/2010 comparison of segment sales and operating income together with the amount of and percentage change between periods (dollars in millions).


Sales by Segment	Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2011		Fiscal Year Ended October 1, 2010		$		%
Food and Support Services—North America	$	9,019.0	$	8,654.7	$	364.3		4	%
Food and Support Services—International		2,723.3		2,437.7		285.6		12	%
Uniform and Career Apparel		1,340.1		1,326.7		13.4		1	%

	$	13,082.4	$	12,419.1	$	663.3		5	%



Operating Income by Segment	Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2011			Fiscal Year Ended October 1, 2010			$		%
Food and Support Services—North America	$	400.5		$	350.6		$	49.9		14	%
Food and Support Services—International		79.9			75.3			4.6		6	%
Uniform and Career Apparel		117.3			102.7			14.6		14	%
Corporate		(49.5	)		(51.1	)		1.6		-3	%

	$	548.2		$	477.5		$	70.7		15	%

Food and Support Services—North America Segment

Food and Support Services—North America segment sales for fiscal 2011 were $9.0 billion, an increase of 4% compared to the prior year as growth in the Education and Healthcare sectors more than offset the decline in the Sports & Entertainment sector. The Business & Industry sector had a low-single digit sales increase for fiscal 2011 as base business growth in our food and facilities services businesses more than offset the one-time sales in the prior year related to the contract to provide support services, including temporary accommodations and food, for the Canadian security detail that served the G-8 and G-20 meetings in Toronto. The Education sector had high-single digit sales growth for fiscal 2011 due to base and net new business growth in our Higher Education food and facilities services businesses. The Education sector also benefited from net new business growth in our K-12 food and facilities services businesses. In our Healthcare sector, we had high-single digit sales growth for fiscal 2011, primarily due to base business growth across the sector and the acquisition of Masterplan. Our Sports & Entertainment sector had a low-single digit sales decline for fiscal 2011 as growth in our National Hockey League venues and in our stadiums was more than offset by a reduction in the number of events in our amphitheaters, the impact of prior year lost business and sales in the prior year related to the Winter Olympics.

Operating income in the Food and Support Services—North America segment was $400.5 million for fiscal 2011 compared to $350.6 million in the prior year as profit growth in our Education and the Healthcare sectors, the positive impact of foreign currency translation (approximately 1%) and other income recognized of $7.8 million related to a compensation agreement signed with the National Park Service (NPS) under which the NPS agreed to pay down a portion of our investment (possessory interest) in certain assets at one of our NPS sites in our Sports & Entertainment sector more than offset the profit decline in our Business & Industry sector and severance related charges of $6.2 million.

Food and Support Services—International Segment

Sales in the Food and Support Services—International segment for fiscal 2011 were $2.7 billion, an increase of 12% compared to the prior year, as growth in base and net new business in Ireland, Germany, Spain, Chile, and China and the positive impact of foreign currency translation (approximately 5%) more than offset the sales declines in the U.K. and Korea.

Operating income for fiscal 2011 was $79.9 million, an increase of 6% over the prior year period as profit growth in Germany and Ireland and the positive impact of foreign currency translation (approximately 6%) more than offset the profit declines in China and Chile. In addition, severance related charges of approximately $11.4 million and the goodwill and other intangible assets impairment charge of $5.3 million more than offset the approximately $7.7 million gain on the sale of our 67% ownership interest in a security business in our Chilean subsidiary, favorable non-income tax settlements of $5.3 million in the U.K. and the $1.7 million gain on the sale of land in Chile.

Uniform and Career Apparel Segment

In the Uniform and Career Apparel segment, sales for fiscal 2011 were $1.3 billion, up 1% from the prior year, resulting primarily due to growth in our uniform rental base business.

Operating income for fiscal 2011 was $117.3 million compared to $102.7 million in the prior year, primarily due to profit growth in our uniform rental business and operational efficiencies across the segment. Operating income in fiscal 2011 also benefited from a gain of $2.6 million related to a property settlement of an eminent domain claim and a favorable risk insurance adjustment of $4.8 million based on favorable claims experience, which more than offset severance related charges of approximately $3.9 million.

Corporate

Corporate expenses, those administrative expenses not allocated to the business segments, were $49.5 million in fiscal 2011, compared to $51.1 million for the prior year. The decrease is mainly due to the decrease in share-based compensation expense related to Performance-Based Options (see Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements) which was partially offset by charges for headcount reductions.

Fiscal 2010 Compared to Fiscal 2009

Consolidated Overview

Sales of $12.4 billion for fiscal 2010 represented an increase of 2% over the prior year. The increase is attributable to the impact of foreign currency translation (approximately 1%) and acquisitions (approximately 1%). In addition, growth in Higher Education and the Healthcare sector in our Food and Support Services—North America segment and Chile and China in our Food and Support Services—International segment was offset by the sales decline in our Sports & Entertainment sector in our Food and Support Services—North America segment, the reduced client employee headcounts in our Uniform and Career Apparel segment and the effects of economic pressures and lost business in the U.K., Ireland and Korea in our Food and Support Services—International segment.

Operating income was $477.5 million for fiscal 2010 compared to $448.6 million for the prior year. The increase in operating income in fiscal 2010 was attributable to profit growth in the Education sector, effective control of costs in the Sports & Entertainment sector, foreign currency translation (approximately 3%), the approximately $34.2 million charge recorded during the second quarter of fiscal 2009 related to the repositioning of the Uniform and Career Apparel segment and severance related charges during fiscal 2009 of approximately $19.7 million in our Food and Support Services—North America and International segments, which more than offset the current year profit declines in the U.K. and Ireland and in the Business & Industry and Healthcare sectors and the decrease in favorable non-income tax settlements in the U.K., which were $3.2 million in fiscal 2010 compared to $8.4 million in the prior year.

Interest and other financing costs, net, for fiscal 2010 decreased approximately $27.8 million from the prior year primarily due to lower interest rates and lower debt levels, partially offset by the $8.5 million of third-party costs related to the amendment of the senior secured credit agreement (see Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements). The provision for income taxes was $0.7 million on pretax income of $33.0 million for fiscal 2010 compared to a benefit for income taxes of $23.5 million on pretax loss of ($23.7) million in the prior year. The changes in both periods principally relate to the relative mix and amount of U.S. and non-U.S. income or loss and the impact of tax credits relative to pretax amounts.

Income from continuing operations for fiscal 2010 was $32.3 million compared to a loss from continuing operations of ($0.2) million in the prior year. Loss from discontinued operations for fiscal 2010 was ($1.6) million compared to ($6.7) million for fiscal 2009. Net income for fiscal 2010 was $30.7 million compared to net loss of ($6.9) million in the prior year.

Segment Results

The following tables present a 2010/2009 comparison of segment sales and operating income together with the amount of and percentage change between periods (dollars in millions).


Sales by Segment	Fiscal Year Ended October 1, 2010			Fiscal Year Ended October 2, 2009			$			%
Food and Support Services—North America	$	8,654.7		$	8,436.0		$	218.7			3	%
Food and Support Services—International		2,437.7			2,284.2			153.5			7	%
Uniform and Career Apparel		1,326.7			1,417.9			(91.2	)		-6	%

	$	12,419.1		$	12,138.1		$	281.0			2	%


Operating Income by Segment	Fiscal Year Ended October 1, 2010			Fiscal Year Ended October 2, 2009			$			%
Food and Support Services—North America	$	350.6		$	348.6		$	2.0			1	%
Food and Support Services—International		75.3			84.1			(8.8	)		-10	%
Uniform and Career Apparel		102.7			72.9			29.8			41	%
Corporate		(51.1	)		(57.0	)		5.9			-10	%

	$	477.5		$	448.6		$	28.9			6	%

Food and Support Services—North America Segment

Food and Support Services—North America segment sales for fiscal 2010 were $8.7 billion, an increase of 3% compared to the prior year as growth in Higher Education and the Healthcare sector and the positive impact of foreign currency translation (approximately 2%) more than offset the decline in the Sports & Entertainment sector. The Business & Industry sector had flat sales for fiscal 2010 compared to the prior year as growth in net new business, particularly related to the contract to provide support services, including temporary accommodations and feeding, for the Canadian security detail that served the G-8 and G-20 meetings in Toronto, was offset by the decline in base business sales resulting from the year-over-year lower employee population levels at many of our client locations. The Education sector had mid-single digit sales growth for fiscal 2010 due to base business growth in the Higher Education and K-12 food businesses. The Healthcare sector had mid-single digit sales growth for fiscal 2010, primarily due to growth in base and new business within the Healthcare food and clinical technology services businesses. Our Sports & Entertainment sector had a low-single digit sales decline for fiscal 2010 as growth in the Parks, Destinations & Cultural Attractions business was more than offset by lower average attendance at Major League Baseball games in the current year and the impact of prior year lost business related to the National Football League.

Operating income in the Food and Support Services—North America segment was $350.6 million for fiscal 2010 compared to $348.6 million in the prior year as increased profit performance in the Education sector, effective control of costs in the Sports & Entertainment sector, the positive impact of foreign currency translation (approximately 2%) and severance related expenses during fiscal 2009 of approximately $11.5 million, more than offset the profit declines in the Business & Industry and Healthcare sectors.

Food and Support Services—International Segment

Sales in the Food and Support Services—International segment for fiscal 2010 were $2.4 billion, an increase of 7% compared to the prior year, as growth in base and net new business in Chile, China and Argentina, acquisitions (approximately 4%) and the positive impact of foreign currency translation (approximately 3%) more than offset the sales declines in the U.K., Ireland, Korea and Spain due to the difficult economic environment and lost business.

Operating income for fiscal 2010 was $75.3 million, down 10% from the prior year as profits in Chile, the positive impact of foreign currency translation (approximately 1%) and severance related expenses in fiscal 2009 of $8.2 million were more than offset by the profit declines in the U.K. and Ireland due to the difficult economic environment and lost business. Operating income in fiscal 2010 was also negatively impacted by the earthquake in Chile (approximately $1.9 million) and the decrease in favorable non-income tax settlements in the U.K., which were $3.2 million in fiscal 2010 compared to $8.4 million in the prior year.

Uniform and Career Apparel Segment

In the Uniform and Career Apparel segment, sales for fiscal 2010 were $1.3 billion, down 6% from the prior year, resulting primarily from a reduction in the number of uniform wearers at our existing client locations compared to the prior year.

Operating income for fiscal 2010 was $102.7 million compared to $72.9 million in the prior year, primarily due to cost reduction efforts and lower energy costs in the uniform rental business and the charge related to the repositioning effort in fiscal 2009 offset by the decline in sales in the uniform rental business. During the second quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company initiated a repositioning effort to reduce the cost structure and address the demand softness in the WearGuard direct marketing business. The Company exited a portion of its direct marketing business and migrated its distribution and customization functions from its facilities in Norwell, Massachusetts to its facilities in Salem, Virginia and Reno, Nevada. In addition, the Company reduced its headcount in all the other businesses in this segment. As a result of these actions, the Company recorded a total charge of approximately $34.2 million during the second quarter of fiscal 2009 related to severance and other related costs, inventory write-downs and other asset write-downs, which is included in “Cost of services provided” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Corporate

Corporate expenses, those administrative expenses not allocated to the business segments, were $51.1 million in fiscal 2010, compared to $57.0 million for the prior year. The decrease is due to the decrease in share-based compensation expense and reduced staff and administrative spending in the current year. During the third quarter of fiscal 2010, the Company reversed share-based compensation expense of approximately $3.6 million related to expense previously recognized in the first and second quarter of fiscal 2010 for the Performance-Based Options tied to fiscal 2010 through 2012 EBIT targets.

Outlook

We continue to see signs of stabilization in our more economically sensitive food and facility services businesses and in our uniform business. However, we have not yet seen the increase in employee population levels at most of our client locations that would be an important driver for sustainable future growth.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Reference to the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows will facilitate understanding of the discussion that follows.

Cash provided by operating activities in fiscal 2011 was $304.7 million compared to $634.0 million in fiscal 2010. The principal components (in millions) of the net change of ($329.3) million were:


• Increase in the total of net income and noncash charges	$	91.6
• Net change in accounts receivable sale proceeds		(194.4	)
• Increased working capital requirements		(206.3	)
• Other, net		(20.2	)

	$	(329.3	)

The increase in the total of net income and noncash charges results mainly from the overall growth of the business and higher operating results of the Company, as discussed above. Cash flows provided by operating activities include an increase in accounts receivable of $220.9 million associated with the Company’s adoption of the new authoritative accounting guidance related to the transfer of financial assets in the first quarter of fiscal 2011 (see Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements). Effective October 2, 2010, the periodic transfers of undivided interests in accounts receivable no longer qualify for sale accounting treatment in accordance with the new accounting guidance and are now accounted for as secured borrowings. Cash flows after October 2, 2010 associated with the Receivables Facility are presented as financing activities. During fiscal 2011, the Company’s accounts receivable increased by $220.9 million resulting in a cash outflow being reported in the operating section of the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows and the secured borrowings associated with the Receivables Facility increased by $225.9 million resulting in a cash inflow being reported in the financing section of the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. As expected and consistent with historical patterns, working capital was a use of cash during fiscal 2011. The change in working capital requirements relates principally to changes in Accounts Receivable (approximately $42.6 million), primarily due to the overall growth of the business and timing of collections, Inventory (approximately $44.9 million) due to growth of the business, Accounts Payable (approximately $47.7 million) due to timing of disbursements and Accrued Expenses (approximately $49.2 million) due to the timing of commissions and income tax payments as compared to the prior year period. The “Other, net” caption reflects adjustments to net income related to nonoperating gains and losses.

During the second quarter of fiscal 2011, ARAMARK Clinical Technology Services, LLC, a subsidiary of the Company, purchased the common stock of the ultimate parent company of Masterplan, a clinical technology management and medical equipment maintenance company, for cash consideration of approximately $154.5 million (see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements). During the first quarter of fiscal 2010, the Company completed the acquisition of the facilities management and property management businesses of Veris plc, an Irish company, for consideration of approximately $74.3 million in cash. During the second quarter of fiscal 2011, the Company completed the sale of the Company’s 67% ownership interest in a security business in its Chilean subsidiary for approximately $11.6 million in cash. During the third quarter of fiscal 2011, the Company sold a noncontrolling ownership interest in Seamless North America, LLC, an online and mobile food ordering service, for consideration of $50.0 million in cash (see Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements). On September 30, 2011, the Company completed the sale of its wholly-owned subsidiary, Galls, for approximately $75.0 million in cash (see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements). On October 3, 2011, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of Filterfresh, a refreshment services company, for cash consideration of approximately $148.9 million.

During the second quarter of fiscal 2011, the Company received proceeds of $7.8 million related to a compensation agreement signed with the National Park Service (NPS) under which the NPS agreed to pay down a portion of our investment (possessory interest) in certain assets at one of our NPS sites in our Sports & Entertainment sector.

On April 18, 2011, the Company entered into an Amendment Agreement to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (“Amendment Agreement”) that extended, from January 2013 to January 2015, the maturity of, and increased, from $435 million to $500 million, the U.S. dollar denominated portion of its existing revolving credit facility. The other revolving credit facilities available to the Company under its existing senior secured credit agreement, which total $165 million and are available in both U.S. dollars and other foreign currencies, were not extended and remain unchanged. Any commitments from existing lenders in the U.S. dollar facility that were not extended have been terminated, which resulted in a write-off of deferred financing fees of approximately $2.1 million. Existing lenders that extended the U.S. dollar denominated portion of their existing revolving credit facility include entities affiliated with GS Capital Partners and J.P. Morgan Partners. As a result of the extension, the Company’s aggregate revolver capacity under the senior secured credit agreement will be $665 million through January 2013 and $500 million from January 2013 through the January 2015 extended maturity date. From and after the effective date of the Amendment Agreement, borrowings under the new U.S. revolving facility have an applicable margin of 3.25% for Eurocurrency rate borrowings and 2.25% for base-rate

borrowings. The new U.S. revolving facility has an unused commitment fee of 0.50% per annum. The maturity date of the U.S. revolving facility will accelerate from January 26, 2015 to October 26, 2013 if non-extended term loans in excess of $250 million remain outstanding on October 26, 2013. The non-extended term loans are due on January 26, 2014. In addition, the maturity date of the new U.S. revolving facility will accelerate to October 31, 2014 if any of the Company’s senior fixed rate notes due 2015 and senior floating rate notes due 2015 remain outstanding on October 31, 2014. The Company’s senior fixed rate notes due 2015 and senior floating rate notes due 2015 mature on February 1, 2015. All other terms are substantially similar to the terms of the existing revolving credit facilities. Commitment fees and third party costs directly attributable to the amendment were approximately $7.2 million, of which approximately $3.9 million were paid to entities affiliated with GS Capital Partners and J.P. Morgan Partners.

On April 18, 2011, the Parent Company completed a private placement of $600 million, net of a 1% discount, in aggregate principal amount of 8.625% / 9.375% Senior Notes due 2016 (the Parent Company Notes). Interest on the Parent Company Notes accrues at the rate of 8.625% per annum with respect to interest payments made in cash and 9.375% per annum with respect to any payment in-kind interest. The Parent Company Notes are obligations of the Parent Company, are not guaranteed by the Company and its subsidiaries and are structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of the Company and its subsidiaries, including trade payables, the senior secured revolving credit facility, the senior secured term loan facility, 8.50% senior notes due 2015, senior floating rate notes due 2015 and 5.00% senior notes due 2012. The Parent Company is obligated to pay interest on the Parent Company Notes in cash to the extent the Company has sufficient capacity to distribute such amounts to the Parent Company under the covenants relating to the Company’s outstanding indebtedness, including the senior secured revolving credit facility, the senior secured term loan facility, the 8.50% senior notes due 2015 and the senior floating rate notes due 2015. If the Company does not have sufficient covenant capacity to distribute such amounts to the Parent Company, the Parent Company will have the ability to pay the interest on the Parent Company Notes through the issuance of additional notes. The Parent Company used the net proceeds from the offering of the Parent Company Notes, along with $132.7 million in borrowings by the Company under the extended U.S. dollar revolving credit facility, which were paid as dividends to the Parent Company through ARAMARK Intermediate Holdco Corporation, to pay an approximately $711 million dividend to the Parent Company’s shareholders and to pay fees and expenses related to the issuance of the Parent Company Notes. Third party costs directly attributable to the Parent Company Notes were approximately $14.6 million, of which approximately $8.3 million were paid to entities affiliated with GS Capital Partners and J.P. Morgan Partners. In November 2011, the Company distributed approximately $27.7 million to the Parent Company for the payment of accrued interest.

On March 26, 2010, the Company amended and restated its senior secured credit agreement (the “Restated Credit Agreement”). Among other things, the Restated Credit Agreement: (i) extends the maturity date of $1,407.4 million of the Company’s U.S. denominated term loan and $92.6 million of the letter of credit deposits securing the Company’s synthetic letter of credit facility to July 26, 2016; provided that if any of the Company’s $1.28 billion of 8.50% senior notes due 2015 or $500 million of senior floating rate notes due 2015 are outstanding on October 31, 2014, the maturity date of such term loans and letter of credit deposits shall be October 31, 2014, (ii) permits future extensions and refinancings of the maturity date of the Company’s term loans, letter of credit deposits and revolving credit commitments under the Restated Credit Agreement, (iii) establishes a sub-limit of $250 million for letters of credit under the Restated Credit Agreement’s revolving credit facility, and (iv) permits the Company to refinance term loans in the future with the proceeds of unsecured or secured notes issued by the Company; provided that any such secured notes are subject to a customary first- or second-lien intercreditor agreement, as applicable. The Restated Credit Agreement also increases the applicable margin with respect to the extended term loans to 3.25% for LIBOR borrowings and extended letter of credit facility fees and to 2.25% with respect to extended term loan base-rate borrowings. The maturity date, interest margins and letter of credit fees for loans and letters of credit deposits that were not extended remain unchanged. Consenting lenders received a one-time amendment fee of approximately $1.9 million in the aggregate on their total loan commitments. During fiscal 2010, approximately $8.5 million of third-party costs directly attributable to the amendment were expensed and are included in “Interest and Other Financing Costs, net” in the

Consolidated Statements of Operations. Approximately $7.5 million of the third-party costs were paid to entities affiliated with GS Capital Partners and J.P. Morgan Partners. In June 2010 and September 2010, the Company made optional prepayments of outstanding un-extended U.S. dollar term loan of $150.0 million and $150.0 million, respectively.

The Company’s 5.00% senior notes, contractually due in June 2012, have been classified as noncurrent in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as the Company has the ability and intent to finance the repayments through additional borrowings under the Amendment Agreement.

Management believes that the Company’s cash and cash equivalents, cash flows provided by operating activities and the unused portion of our committed credit availability under our senior secured revolving credit facility (approximately $439.0 million and $646.7 million at November 25, 2011 and September 30, 2011, respectively) will be adequate to meet anticipated cash requirements to fund working capital, capital spending, debt service obligations and other cash needs. We believe we enjoy a strong liquidity position overall and we will continue to seek to invest strategically but prudently in certain sectors and geographies. Over time, the Company has repositioned its service portfolio so that today a significant portion of the operating income in our Food and Support Services—North America segment comes from sectors such as education, healthcare and corrections, which we believe to be economically less sensitive. In addition, we have worked to further diversify our international business by geography and sector. The Company also monitors its cash flow and the condition of the capital markets in order to be prepared to respond to changing conditions.

As of September 30, 2011, the senior secured term loan facility consisted of the following subfacilities: a U.S. dollar denominated term loan to the Company in the amount of $1,333.7 million (un-extended) and $1,407.4 million (extended); a yen denominated term loan to the Company in the amount of ¥5,164.5 million; a U.S. dollar denominated term loan to a Canadian subsidiary in the amount of $162.4 million; a Euro denominated term loan to an Irish subsidiary in an amount of €41.9 million; a sterling denominated term loan to a U.K. subsidiary in an amount of £116.2 million; and a Euro denominated term loan to German subsidiaries in the amount of €64.7 million. As of September 30, 2011, there was approximately $598.3 million outstanding in foreign currency borrowings. The Company entered into $300 million of forward starting interest rate swap agreements during fiscal 2011 to hedge the cash flow risk of variability in interest payments on variable rate borrowings.

Covenant Compliance

The senior secured credit agreement contains a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability to: incur additional indebtedness; issue preferred stock or provide guarantees; create liens on assets; engage in mergers or consolidations; sell assets; pay dividends, make distributions or repurchase our capital stock; make investments, loans or advances; repay or repurchase any notes, except as scheduled or at maturity; create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to us from our restricted subsidiaries; make certain acquisitions; engage in certain transactions with affiliates; amend material agreements governing the notes (or any indebtedness that refinances the notes); and fundamentally change the Company’s business. The indenture governing the 8.50% senior notes due 2015 and the senior floating rate notes due 2015 contains similar provisions. As of September 30, 2011, we were in compliance with these covenants.

Under the senior secured credit agreement and the indenture governing the 8.50% senior notes due 2015 and the senior floating rate notes due 2015, we are required to satisfy and maintain specified financial ratios and other financial condition tests and covenants. Our continued ability to meet those financial ratios, tests and covenants can be affected by events beyond our control, and we cannot assure you that we will meet those ratios, tests and covenants.

EBITDA is defined for purposes of these covenants as net income (loss) plus interest and other financing costs, net, provision (benefit) for income taxes, and depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA is defined

for purposes of these covenants as EBITDA, further adjusted to give effect to adjustments required in calculating covenant ratios and compliance under our senior secured credit agreement and the indenture. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not presentations made in accordance with U.S. GAAP, are not measures of financial performance or condition, liquidity or profitability, and should not be considered as an alternative to (1) net income, operating income or any other performance measures determined in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”) or (2) operating cash flows determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Additionally, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not intended to be measures of free cash flow for management’s discretionary use, as they do not consider certain cash requirements such as interest payments, tax payments and debt service requirements.

Our presentation of EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under U.S. GAAP. Because not all companies use identical calculations, these presentations of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies. We believe that the presentation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA is appropriate to provide additional information about the calculation of certain financial covenants in the senior secured credit agreement and the indenture. Adjusted EBITDA is a material component of these covenants. For instance, our senior secured credit agreement and the indenture contain financial ratios that are calculated by reference to Adjusted EBITDA. Non-compliance with the maximum Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio contained in our senior secured credit agreement could result in the requirement to immediately repay all amounts outstanding under such agreement, while non-compliance with the Interest Coverage Ratio contained in our senior secured credit agreement and the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio contained in the indenture could prohibit us from being able to incur additional indebtedness, other than the additional funding provided for under the senior secured credit agreement and pursuant to specified exceptions, and make certain restricted payments.

The following is a reconciliation of net income (loss) attributable to ARAMARK shareholder, which is a U.S. GAAP measure of our operating results, to Adjusted EBITDA as defined in our debt agreements. The terms and related calculations are defined in the senior secured credit agreement and indenture.


(dollars in millions)	Three Months Ended September 30, 2011			Three Months Ended July 1, 2011			Three Months Ended April 1, 2011			Three Months Ended December 31, 2010			Twelve Months Ended September 30, 2011
Net income (loss) attributable to ARAMARK shareholder	$	41.8		$	(0.5	)	$	20.4		$	38.4		$	100.1
Interest and other financing costs, net		111.1			113.3			92.8			109.1			426.3
Provision (benefit) for income taxes		(13.1	)		(3.6	)		9.5			16.2			9.0
Depreciation and amortization		128.0			128.7			127.3			126.5			510.5

EBITDA		267.8			237.9			250.0			290.2			1,045.9
Share-based compensation expense⁽¹⁾		5.5			5.4			3.0			3.4			17.3
Unusual or non-recurring (gains)/losses⁽²⁾		10.7			—			(1.1	)		(7.8	)		1.8
Pro forma EBITDA for equity method investees⁽³⁾		5.0			4.1			7.3			7.2			23.6
Pro forma EBITDA for certain transactions⁽⁴⁾		(0.4	)		(0.6	)		0.2			2.8			2.0
Seamless North America, LLC EBITDA⁽⁵⁾		(3.9	)		(3.6	)		(4.3	)		(5.4	)		(17.2	)
Other⁽⁶⁾		7.8			3.3			4.8			10.9			26.8

Adjusted EBITDA	$	292.5		$	246.5		$	259.9		$	301.3		$	1,100.2

(1)	Represents share-based compensation expense resulting from the application of accounting for stock options, Installment Stock Purchase Opportunities and deferred stock unit awards (see Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements).

(2)

During the three months ended September 30, 2011, the Company realized a pretax loss of approximately $1.5 million (net of tax loss of approximately $12.0 million).on the sale of our Galls business and an additional $1.3 million gain on the sale of our 67% ownership interest in a security business in our Chilean subsidiary (see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements). During the three months ended April 1, 2011, the Company realized a $6.4 million gain on the sale of its 67% ownership interest in a security business in our Chilean subsidiary (see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements) and recorded a $5.3 million goodwill and other intangible assets impairment charge (see Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements). During the three months ended December 31, 2010, the Company recognized other income related to a compensation agreement signed with the National Park Service (NPS) under which the NPS agreed to pay down a portion of our investment (possessory interest) in certain assets at one of our NPS sites in our Sports & Entertainment sector.

(3)

Represents our estimated share of EBITDA from our AIM Services Co., Ltd. equity method investment not already reflected in our EBITDA. EBITDA for this equity method investee is calculated in a manner consistent with consolidated EBITDA but does not represent cash distributions received from this investee.

(4)	Represents the annualizing of estimated EBITDA from acquisitions and divestitures made during the period.

(5)

During the third quarter of fiscal 2011, the Company sold a noncontrolling ownership interest in Seamless North America, LLC. The terms of the sale agreement stipulated that Seamless North America, LLC cease to qualify as a Restricted Subsidiary under the senior secured credit agreement, and as a result, its EBITDA for all periods presented must be excluded from the Company’s consolidated Adjusted EBITDA.

(6)

Other includes certain other miscellaneous items (the three months ended September 30, 2011, July 1, 2011, April 1, 2011 and December 31, 2010 include approximately $5.9 million, $2.3 million, $4.5 million and $10.1 million, respectively, of severance and other related costs incurred by the Company).

Our covenant requirements and actual ratios for the twelve months ended September 30, 2011 are as follows:


	Covenant Requirements			Actual Ratios
Maximum Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio⁽¹⁾		4.75	x		3.17	x
Interest Coverage Ratio (Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio)⁽²⁾		2.00	x		2.62	x

(1)

Our senior secured credit agreement requires us to maintain a maximum Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio, defined as consolidated total indebtedness secured by a lien to Adjusted EBITDA, of 5.875x, being reduced over time to 4.25x by the end of 2013. Consolidated total indebtedness secured by a lien is defined in the senior secured credit agreement as total indebtedness outstanding under the senior secured credit agreement, capital leases, advances under the Receivables Facility and any other indebtedness secured by a lien reduced by the lesser of the amount of cash and cash equivalents on our balance sheet that is free and clear of any lien and $75 million. Non-compliance with the maximum Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio could result in the requirement to immediately repay all amounts outstanding under such agreement, which, if the Company’s revolving credit facility lenders failed to waive any such default, would also constitute a default under our indenture.

(2)

Our senior secured credit agreement establishes an incurrence-based minimum Interest Coverage Ratio, defined as Adjusted EBITDA to consolidated interest expense, the achievement of which is a condition for us to incur additional indebtedness and to make certain restricted payments. If we do not maintain this minimum Interest Coverage Ratio calculated on a pro forma basis for any such additional indebtedness or restricted payments, we could be prohibited from being able to incur additional indebtedness, other than the additional funding provided for under the senior secured credit agreement and pursuant to specified exceptions, and make certain restricted payments, other than pursuant to certain exceptions. The minimum

Interest Coverage Ratio is 2.00x for the term of the senior secured credit agreement. Consolidated interest expense is defined in the senior secured credit agreement as consolidated interest expense excluding interest income, adjusted for acquisitions and dispositions, further adjusted for certain non-cash or nonrecurring interest expense and our estimated share of interest expense from one equity method investee. The indenture includes a similar requirement which is referred to as a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

The Company and its subsidiaries, affiliates or significant shareholders may from time to time, in their sole discretion, purchase, repay, redeem or retire any of the Company’s outstanding debt securities (including any publicly issued debt securities), in privately negotiated or open market transactions, by tender offer or otherwise.

The following table summarizes the Company’s future obligations for debt repayments, capital leases, estimated interest payments, future minimum rental and similar commitments under noncancelable operating leases as well as contingent obligations related to outstanding letters of credit and guarantees as of September 30, 2011 (dollars in thousands):


	Payments Due by Period
Contractual Obligations as of September 30, 2011	Total		Less than 1 year		1-3 years		3-5 years		More than 5 years
Long-term borrowings⁽¹⁾	$	5,595,696	$	38,464	$	2,124,020	$	3,433,212	$	—
Capital lease obligations		45,695		10,600		20,145		10,175		4,775
Estimated interest payments⁽²⁾		910,700		294,500		468,500		147,700		—
Operating leases		595,239		186,478		155,645		112,397		140,719
Purchase obligations⁽³⁾		251,129		147,829		70,445		15,196		17,659
Other long-term liabilities reflected on the balance sheet⁽⁴⁾		245,943		9,300		10,500		5,400		220,743

	$	7,644,402	$	687,171	$	2,849,255	$	3,724,080	$	383,896


			Amount of Commitment Expiration Per Period
Other Commercial Commitments as of September 30, 2011	Total Amounts Committed		Less than 1 year		1-3 years		3-5 years		More than 5 years
Letters of credit	$	160,130	$	160,130	$	—	$	—	$	—
Guarantees		—		—		—		—		—

	$	160,130	$	160,130	$	—	$	—	$	—

(1)

Excludes the remaining discount of $3.7 million recorded as a result of the fair value accounting adjustments made in connection with the Transaction and presumes repayment of the $1.28 billion of 8.5% senior notes due 2015 and $500 million of senior floating rate notes due 2015 by October 31, 2014 and the extended $1.4 billion U.S. denominated term loan on July 26, 2016 (see Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements).

(2)

These amounts represent future interest payments related to our existing debt obligations based on fixed and variable interest rates specified in the associated debt agreements. Payments related to variable debt are based on applicable rates at September 30, 2011 plus the specified margin in the associated debt agreements for each period presented. The amounts provided relate only to existing debt obligations and do not assume the refinancing or replacement of such debt. The average debt balance for each fiscal year from 2012 through 2016 is $5,252,000, $5,076,400, $4,037,300, $1,984,300, and $1,153,900, respectively. The average interest rate (after giving effect to interest rate swaps) for each fiscal year from 2012 through 2016 is 5.88%, 5.31%, 5.58%, 5.19%, and 3.79%, respectively. Refer to Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements for the terms and maturities of existing debt obligations.

(3)	Represents commitments for capital projects and client contract investments to help finance improvements or renovations at the facilities from which the Company operates.

(4)	Includes certain unfunded employee retirement obligations.

The Company has excluded from the table above uncertain tax liabilities due to the uncertainty of the amount and period of payment. As of September 30, 2011, the Company has gross uncertain tax liabilities of $34.0 million (see Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements). During fiscal 2011, the Company made contributions totaling $16.4 million into our defined benefit pension plans and benefit payments of $8.2 million out of these plans. Estimated contributions to our defined benefit pension plans in fiscal 2012 are $16.3 million and estimated benefit payments out of theses plans in fiscal 2012 are $11.0 million (see Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements).

The Company has an agreement (the Receivables Facility) with several financial institutions whereby it sells on a continuous basis an undivided interest in all eligible accounts receivable, as defined in the Receivables Facility. The maximum amount of the Receivables Facility is $250 million, which expires in January 2013. Pursuant to the Receivables Facility, the Company formed ARAMARK Receivables, LLC, a wholly-owned, consolidated, bankruptcy-remote subsidiary. ARAMARK Receivables, LLC was formed for the sole purpose of transferring receivables generated by certain subsidiaries of the Company. Under the Receivables Facility, the Company and certain of its subsidiaries transfer without recourse all of their accounts receivable to ARAMARK Receivables, LLC. As collections reduce previously transferred interests, interests in new, eligible receivables are transferred to ARAMARK Receivables, LLC, subject to meeting certain conditions. Effective October 2, 2010 under the new authoritative accounting guidance, the Company’s sale of eligible accounts receivable is now accounted for as a secured borrowing. As of September 30, 2011, approximately $225.9 million was outstanding under the Receivables Facility and is included in “Long-Term Borrowings” in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Amounts borrowed under the Receivables Facility fluctuate monthly based on the Company’s funding requirements and the level of qualified receivables available to collateralize the Receivables Facility.

Prior to October 2, 2010, the funding transactions under the Receivables Facility were accounted for as a sale of receivables under the provisions of the authoritative accounting guidance. At October 1, 2010, the Company retained an undivided interest in the transferred receivables of approximately $253.3 million and approximately $220.9 million of accounts receivable were sold and removed from the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Because the sold accounts receivable underlying the retained ownership interest are generally short-term in nature, the fair value of the retained interest approximated its carrying value at October 1, 2010. The fair value of the retained interest is measured based on expected future cash flows adjusted for unobservable inputs used to assess the risk of credit losses. Those inputs reflect the diversified customer base, the short-term nature of the securitized asset, aging trends and historic collections experience. The Company believes that the allowance for doubtful accounts balance is a reasonable approximation of any credit risk of the customers that generated the receivables.

The Company’s business activities do not include the use of unconsolidated special purpose entities, and there are no significant business transactions that have not been reflected in the accompanying financial statements. The Company is self-insured for a limited portion of the risk retained under its general liability and workers’ compensation arrangements. Self-insurance reserves are recorded based on actuarial analyses.

Legal Proceedings

Our business is subject to various federal, state and local laws and regulations governing, among other things, the generation, handling, storage, transportation, treatment and disposal of water wastes and other substances. We engage in informal settlement discussions with federal, state and local authorities regarding allegations of violations of environmental laws in connection with our operations or businesses conducted by our predecessors or companies that we have acquired, the aggregate amount of which and related remediation costs we do not believe should have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

From time to time, we are a party to various legal actions and investigations involving claims incidental to the conduct of our business, including actions by clients, customers, employees, government entities and third parties, including under federal and state employment laws, wage and hour laws, immigration laws, human health and safety laws, import and export controls and customs laws, environmental laws, false claims statutes, minority business enterprise and women owned business enterprise statutes, contractual disputes, antitrust and competition laws and dram shop laws. Based on information currently available, advice of counsel, available insurance coverage, established reserves and other resources, we do not believe that any such current actions are likely to be, individually or in the aggregate, material to our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. However, in the event of unexpected future developments, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of these matters, or other similar matters, if unfavorable, may be materially adverse to our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

We have been informed that an Illinois state civil action has been filed against a subsidiary of the Company by an unnamed Relator under the Illinois Whistleblower Reward and Protection Act in the Circuit Court of Cook County, Illinois County Department, Law Division. The action alleges, among other things, that the subsidiary has not complied with the requirement to contract with minority-owned and women-owned businesses in connection with its contracts with Cook County and seeks monetary damages. The Company intends to vigorously defend the action.

New Accounting Standard Updates

See Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a full description of recent accounting standard updates, including the expected dates of adoption.

SPECIAL NOTE ABOUT FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This report includes “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 that reflect our current views as to future events and financial performance with respect to our operations. These statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. They use words such as “aim,” “anticipate,” “are confident,” “estimate,” “expect,” “will be,” “will continue,” “will likely result,” “project,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe” and other words and terms of similar meaning in conjunction with a discussion of future operating or financial performance.

These statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause such a difference include: unfavorable economic conditions, including ramifications of any future terrorist attacks or increased security alert levels; increased operating costs, including increased food costs, labor-related, energy or product sourcing and distribution costs; shortages of qualified personnel or increases in labor costs; the impact on our business of healthcare reform legislation; costs and possible effects of further unionization of our workforce; liability resulting from our participation in multi-employer defined benefit pension plans; currency risks and other risks associated with international markets; risks associated with acquisitions, including acquisition integration issues and costs; our ability to integrate and derive the expected benefits from our recent acquisitions;

competition; a decline in attendance at client facilities; the unpredictability of sales and expenses due to contract terms and terminations; the impact of natural disasters or a flu pandemic on our sales and operating results; the risk that clients may become insolvent; the risk that our insurers may become insolvent or may liquidate; the contract intensive nature of our business, which may lead to client disputes; high leverage; claims relating to the provision of food services; costs of compliance with governmental regulations and government investigations; liability associated with noncompliance with our business conduct policy and governmental regulations, including regulations pertaining to food services, the environment, the Federal school lunch program, Federal and state employment and wage and hour laws, minority business enterprise and women-owned business enterprise statutes, human health and safety laws and import and export controls and customs laws; dram shop compliance and litigation; contract compliance and administration issues, inability to retain current clients and renew existing client contracts; a determination by customers to reduce their outsourcing and use of preferred vendors; seasonality; our competitor’s activities or announced planned activities; the effect on our operations of increased leverage and limitations on our flexibility as a result of increased restrictions in our debt agreements; potential future conflicts of interest between our Sponsors and other stakeholders; the impact on our business if we are unable to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness; the inability of our subsidiaries to generate enough cash flow to repay our debt; risks related to the structuring of our debt; our potential inability to repurchase our notes upon a change of control; and other risks that are set forth in the “Risk Factors,” “Legal Proceedings” and “Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” sections and other sections of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements to reflect the events or circumstances arising after the date as of which they are made. As a result of these risks and uncertainties, readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the forward-looking statements included in this report or that may be made in other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission or elsewhere from time to time by, or on behalf of, us.

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

We are exposed to the impact of interest rate changes and manage this exposure through the use of variable-rate and fixed-rate debt and by utilizing interest rate swaps. We do not enter into contracts for trading purposes and do not use leveraged instruments. The information below summarizes our market risks associated with debt obligations and other significant financial instruments as of September 30, 2011 (see Notes 5 and 6 to the consolidated financial statements). Fair values were computed using market quotes, if available, or based on discounted cash flows using market interest rates as of the end of the respective periods. For debt obligations, the table presents principal cash flows and related interest rates by contractual fiscal year of maturity. Variable interest rates disclosed represent the weighted-average rates of the portfolio at September 30, 2011. For interest rate swaps, the table presents the notional amounts and related weighted-average interest rates by fiscal year of maturity. The variable rates presented are the average forward rates for the term of each contract.


	Expected Fiscal Year of Maturity
As of September 30, 2011	2012			2013			2014			2015			2016			Thereafter			Total			Fair Value
	(US$ equivalent in millions)
Debt:
Fixed rate	$	11		$	12		$	8		$	1,536	^(a)(b)	$	4		$	5		$	1,576		$	1,585
Average interest rate		5.0	%		5.0	%		5.0	%		7.9	%		5.0	%		5.0	%		7.8	%
Variable rate	$	39	^(c)	$	235	^(c)(d)	$	1,889	^(c)	$	517	^(e)	$	1,386	^(f)	$	—		$	4,066		$	3,921
Average interest rate		6.4	%		1.1	%		2.4	%		4.0	%		3.6	%		—			3.0	%
Interest Rate Swaps:
Receive variable/pay fixed	$	2,365					$	662					$	500								$	(129.0	)
Average pay rate		4.9	%					3.8	%					2.2	%
Average receive rate		0.3	%					0.4	%					0.4	%

(a)

Balance includes $250 million of senior notes, due June 2012, callable by us at any time. The 5.00% senior unsecured notes, contractually due in June 2012, have been classified as noncurrent in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet as the Company has the ability and intent to finance the repayments through additional borrowings under the Amendment Agreement.

(b)	Balance includes $1,280 million of senior notes callable by us at any time with any applicable prepayment penalty.

(c)	Balance includes $6 million for each of fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2013 and $11 million for fiscal 2014 of extended senior secured term loan facilities callable by us at any time and $1,875 million for fiscal 2014 of un-extended senior secured term loan facilities callable by us any time.

(d)	Balance includes $226 million of borrowings under the Receivables Facility.

(e)	Balance includes $500 million of senior notes callable by us at any time with any applicable prepayment penalty and $14 million of extended senior secured term loan facilities callable by us any time.

(f)	Balance includes $1,383 million of extended senior secured term loan facilities callable by us any time.

During fiscal 2011, the Company entered into a series of pay fixed/receive floating natural gas hedge agreements based on a NYMEX price in order to limit its exposure to price increases for natural gas, primarily in the Uniform and Career Apparel segment. As of September 30, 2011, the Company has contracts for approximately 224,000 MMBtu’s outstanding for fiscal 2012. As of September 30, 2011, the fair value of the Company’s natural gas hedge agreements was a loss of $0.2 million.

During fiscal 2011, the Company entered into a series of gasoline and diesel fuel hedge agreements based on the Department of Energy weekly retail on-highway index in order to limit its exposure to price fluctuations

for gasoline and diesel fuel. The Company has contracts for approximately 4.7 million gallons outstanding for fiscal 2012. As of September 30, 2011, the fair value of the Company’s gasoline and diesel fuel hedge agreements was a loss of $1.9 million.

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

See Financial Statements and Schedule beginning on page S-1.

Item 9.

Changes and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Not applicable.

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Company’s management, with the participation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as that term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on that evaluation, management, with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report, are functioning effectively to provide reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. A controls system, no matter how well designed and operated, cannot provide absolute assurance that the objectives of the controls system are met, and no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within a company have been detected.

(b) Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Refer to “Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting” on page S-2 herein.

No change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting occurred during the Company’s fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B.

Other Information

On December 13, 2011, ARAMARK Intermediate Holdco Corporation, the sole stockholder of ARAMARK Corporation, acted by written consent to re-elect Joseph Neubauer, L. Frederick Sutherland and Christopher S. Holland as directors of ARAMARK Corporation. Messrs. Neubauer, Sutherland and Holland will serve as directors of ARAMARK Corporation until their successors are duly elected and qualified.

PART III

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Executive Officers of the Registrant

The following table presents the names and positions of our directors and executive officers, their ages as of November 25, 2011 and the length of time they have been officers or directors:


Name	Age	Position	Director/Officer Since
Joseph Neubauer	70	Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and Director	1979
Christopher S. Holland	45	Senior Vice President, Finance, Treasurer and Director	2003
Lynn B. McKee	56	Executive Vice President, Human Resources	2004
Joseph M. Munnelly	47	Senior Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer	2008
L. Frederick Sutherland	59	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer; Group Executive, ARAMARK Uniform and Career Apparel and Director	1983

Joseph Neubauer has been our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer since September 2004. From January 2004 to September 2004, he served as our Executive Chairman. Mr. Neubauer also served as our Chief Executive Officer from February 1983 to December 2003 and as our Chairman from April 1984 to December 2003. He was our President from February 1983 to May 1997. He currently is a director of Verizon Communications Inc. and Macy’s, Inc. and was a director of Wachovia Corporation from 1996 to 2008.

Christopher S. Holland has been our Senior Vice President, Finance, and Treasurer since February 2011. From May 2006 to February 2011, he served as our Senior Vice President and Treasurer. He joined us in November 2003, and he became our Vice President and Treasurer in December 2003. Prior to joining us, Mr. Holland served as Vice President, Investment Banking at J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. since 1998.

Lynn B. McKee has been our Executive Vice President, Human Resources since May 2004. From January 2004 to May 2004, she was our Senior Vice President of Human Resources and from September 2001 to December 2003, she served as Senior Vice President of Human Resources for our Food and Support Services Group. From August 1998 to August 2001, Ms. McKee served as our Staff Vice President, Executive Development and Compensation.

Joseph M. Munnelly joined us in September 2007 and was elected as our Senior Vice President and appointed Controller and Chief Accounting Officer effective March 2008. Prior to joining us, he served as Vice President and Corporate Controller at Unisys Corporation, a worldwide information technology services and solutions company, since 2005. Prior to that, he served as a partner at KPMG LLP in the Audit and Risk Advisory Services Practice. Prior to his tenure at KPMG, he spent 16 years with Arthur Andersen LLP, most recently as a partner in the Audit and Business Advisory practice.

L. Frederick Sutherland became our Chief Financial Officer in May 1997. He has served as an Executive Vice President since May 1993. In June 2009, he also became Group Executive, ARAMARK Uniform and Career Apparel. From May 1993 to May 1997, he also served as President of our Uniform Services division and from February 1991 to May 1993, he served as our Senior Vice President of Finance and Corporate Development. Mr. Sutherland served as our Treasurer from February 1984 to February 1991. Mr. Sutherland is a director of Consolidated Edison, Inc.

Our executive officers are elected annually by the Board of Directors and serve at its discretion or until their successors are duly elected and qualified.

Directors of the Registrant

Our directors, Joseph Neubauer, L. Frederick Sutherland and Christopher S. Holland, are employees of the Company, which is wholly-owned by Holdings. Holdings has a separate board of directors.

Mr. Neubauer has extensive business experience, both before and after he joined the Company in 1979. He has served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company for more than 25 years and our Executive Vice President of Finance and Development and Chief Financial Officer for four years prior to that time. In addition, Mr. Neubauer served in various positions at PepsiCo, Inc. from 1971 to 1979, including senior vice president of PepsiCo’s Wilson Sporting Goods Division and vice president and treasurer of the parent company, PepsiCo, Inc. Mr. Neubauer’s experience leading the Company, both with regard to business operations and finance, and serving in senior management positions at other companies, as well as his experience serving on Holdings’ Board of Directors and on boards of directors of both public companies and non profit entities, led to the conclusion that he should serve on the Board of Directors of the Company.

Mr. Sutherland has served as an Executive Vice President of the Company for 18 years as well as Chief Financial Officer for the last 14 years. As Chief Financial Officer, he oversees the finance, accounting, information technology and risk management functions. He also serves as the Group Executive of our ARAMARK Uniform and Career Apparel segment, overseeing its operations, and had previously served as President of our Uniform Services business for 2 years from 1991 to 1993. Mr. Sutherland’s financial and operational experience, as well as his experience serving as a director of a public company, led to the conclusion that he should serve on the Board of Directors of the Company.

Mr. Holland has served as Treasurer of the Company for 8 years and as Senior Vice President for 5 years (currently, he is Senior Vice President, Finance). In those capacities, Mr. Holland has extensive knowledge of the business operations of the Company and is directly responsible for corporate finance, treasury operations, cash management, retirement benefits finance, corporate business development and strategy, investor relations and corporate planning and analysis. Mr. Holland joined us following 15 years with J.P. Morgan Chase & Co., where he served as Vice President, Investment Banking and had primary responsibility for managing J.P. Morgan’s investment banking relationships with companies in the medical device sector. Mr. Holland’s financial expertise, as well as his operational knowledge of the Company and our industry, led to the conclusion that he should serve on the Board of Directors of the Company.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Not Applicable.

Code of Conduct

We have a business conduct policy that applies to all employees and non-employee directors, which includes the code of ethics for our principal executive officer, our principal financial officer and our principal accounting officer or controller within the meaning of the SEC regulations adopted under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Our business conduct policy is posted under the Investor Relations section of our website at www.aramark.com.

Copies of our business conduct policy also are available at no cost to any person who requests them by writing or telephoning us at the following address or telephone number:

ARAMARK Corporation

1101 Market Street

Philadelphia, PA 19107

Attention: Vice President, Audit & Controls

Telephone: (215) 238-3000

We will post on our website at www.aramark.com any amendments to the business conduct policy and any waivers that are required to be disclosed by SEC rules.

Audit Committee Financial Expert

The Board of Directors of the Company does not have any separate standing committees. The Audit and Corporate Practices Committee of the Holdings board performs the functions of an audit committee for the Company. Because the Company does not have an audit committee, the Board of Directors of the Company does not make a determination with regard to an Audit Committee Financial Expert.

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

Background

Holdings, our parent company, is a party to or sponsor of some of the plans and arrangements we discuss below, while we are a party to or sponsor of other plans or arrangements. In addition, our executive officers are also executive officers of Holdings and the board and compensation committee of Holdings make the determinations with regard to their compensation. Therefore, when we discuss the board or compensation committee, we are referring to the board and Compensation and Human Resources Committee of Holdings.

Our named executive officer group is composed of Messrs. Neubauer and Sutherland and Ms. McKee, who are members of our management committee, Mr. Kerin, a former member of our management committee, and Messrs. Holland and Munnelly, two of our other executive officers. Mr. Kerin, who served as Executive Vice President of the company, Group President, Global Food, Hospitality and Facility Services, and is one of the company’s named executive officers, gave notice of his intent to resign his position as Executive Vice President of the company on August 5, 2011. In connection with this notice, on August 8, 2011, the company entered into a Separation Letter Agreement (the “Kerin Agreement”) with Mr. Kerin. Under the Kerin Agreement, Mr. Kerin ceased to be an executive officer of the company effective August 8, 2011 but will continue to be an employee of the Company and Group President, Global Food, Hospitality and Facility Services until March 9, 2012, the effective date of his separation from the company. His employment with us is now governed by the Kerin Agreement, which supersedes his Agreement Relating to Employment and Post Employment Competition, other than with regard to the provisions in that agreement relating to non-disclosure and non-disparagement, non-competition, non-solicitation, discoveries and works, remedies and cause and certain miscellaneous provisions.

Installment stock purchase opportunities (“ISPOs,” which are discussed in more detail below), as well as non-investment stock options, were granted to certain of our named executive officers in June 2011. Each of our named executive officers holds a number of stock options he or she was granted in connection with our going private transaction in 2007 (or, in the case of Mr. Munnelly, the commencement of his employment with us). These stock options now serve as a substantial component of our compensation program for our named executive officers and provide significant motivation and retention value to us for two reasons:

•

The investment in Holdings common stock generally is illiquid while our named executive officers remain employed by us. If one of our named executive officers or other executives were to voluntarily terminate his or her employment with us, Holdings can compel the executive to sell that executive’s

stock back to Holdings for a price equal to the fair market value at the time of that sale (fair market value of the common stock will be the most recent quarterly appraisal value). Holdings does not have this right until one year after termination of employment. Holdings can pay for the stock in whole or in part with cash or a note with a term of up to three years, except in the case of death, disability, retirement or involuntary termination, when it must pay cash. Similarly, the executive can require Holdings to repurchase his or her shares, subject to an overall dollar amount limitation for all such purchases, for consideration of cash or a note except in the case of death, disability or retirement, when Holdings must pay cash. Holdings also has a Hardship Stock Repurchase Policy, which provides that an executive may request that Holdings repurchase all or some of the shares owned by him or her in the event of an unforeseeable emergency, which would include events such as a severe financial hardship resulting from an illness or accident, loss of property due to casualty or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances. Holdings also has a Limited Liquidity Program that permits eligible employees to obtain limited liquidity with respect to their Holdings stock for cash needs. Under the program, non management committee employees may sell shares back to Holdings twice each year. A maximum of the lesser of ten percent of a participant’s shares or shares with a value of $100,000 may be sold annually by each participant. Only investment shares or shares purchased through the exercise of an ISPO are eligible for the program, and participants may only sell up to one-third of their total holdings of original investment shares and ISPO shares through this program.

•

One-half of all stock options granted (other than ISPOs) have a time-based vesting schedule and vest over a four-year period, provided that the employee continues to be employed by us. The other half of the stock options other than ISPOs are intended to be performance-based and require that we achieve specified financial targets before those stock options will vest. Each ISPO award is divided into 5 installments that vest over a period of between four and five years. See “Components of Executive Compensation—Equity Incentives.”

Our Executive Compensation Policy

Our compensation programs are designed to support our overall commitment to continued growth and the provision of quality services to our clients and customers. Our programs are focused on three important goals:

•

Attraction and Retention—to enable us to recruit and retain the best performers;

•

Company and Individual Performance—to provide compensation levels consistent with the executive’s level of contribution and degree of accountability; and

•

Alignment and Stockholder Value Creation—to use performance measures consistent with our goals and to include a significant portion of incentive compensation to motivate business results and strengthen the connection between the long-term interests of our executives and the interests of stockholders by encouraging each executive to maintain a significant ownership interest in Holdings.

Attraction and Retention

Our compensation programs are an integral part of attracting and retaining our named executive officers. The compensation committee’s consultant, Frederic W. Cook & Co., Inc. has confirmed to the compensation committee that these programs are competitive with those of others in our industry and are well balanced to provide annual and longer-term capital accumulation opportunities by way of salary, annual incentives and equity interests. As described below under “Components of Executive Compensation,” with regard to cash compensation for our named executive officers, we aim to be between the median and 75^th percentile in our industry, and our total cash compensation generally is in line with that target. Option awards for our management committee members are targeted from the median to the 75^th percentile of peer companies. All of our stock options, including both time-based and performance-based options, generally vest over four years. Our ISPOs are divided into 5 installments, vest over a period of between four and five years, and have set exercise periods. We believe these stock options and ISPOs provide significant retention and recruitment value.

Company and Individual Performance

Our business requires us to deliver exceptional, value-driven experiences to our clients and customers. Our compensation programs, particularly our bonus plans, are designed to reward all executives, including our named executive officers, who perform to or exceed our standards by recognizing each executive’s scope of responsibilities, and management capabilities, and providing incentives to him or her to optimize company-wide financial results including, among other measures, earnings before interest and taxes, or EBIT.

Alignment and Stockholder Value Creation

We attempt to align our named executive officers’ and other executives’ goals with those of our clients, customers and stockholders. As a result of the going-private transaction, our named executive officers’ and other executives’ interests have been strongly aligned with our stockholders since a significant amount of our named executive officers’ and other executives’ personal capital has been invested in Holdings. In addition, because 50% of stock options granted are subject to performance-based vesting, if we perform well and satisfy the EBIT targets for performance vesting of stock options as described in “Components of Executive Compensation—Equity Incentives,” portions of the total number of stock options held by our named executive officers will vest. Therefore, if any executive helps us to achieve corporate EBIT growth, he or she can have a direct impact on the vesting of a portion of his or her equity. This emphasis on long-term compensation underscores the importance of maintaining our executives’ focus on creating long-term success and sustained stockholder value.

Role of Compensation Consultants

The compensation committee originally engaged Frederic W. Cook & Co., Inc. as its compensation consultant in October 2007 and has reengaged Frederic W. Cook & Co., Inc. each fiscal year since that time. Prior to that engagement, from time to time, the compensation committee had consulted with Frederic W. Cook & Co., Inc. and our Human Resources Services department had discussed with Frederic W. Cook & Co., Inc. the design of programs that affect executive officer compensation. Ms. McKee, our Executive Vice President, Human Resources, participated in the selection of and discussions with representatives from Frederic W. Cook & Co., Inc. None of our other executive officers has participated in the selection of any particular compensation consultant. Frederic W. Cook & Co., Inc. has provided us with market intelligence and guidance on compensation trends, along with general views on specific compensation programs being designed by our Human Resources management. Management consulted with both Frederic W. Cook & Co., Inc. and Towers Watson regarding the design of the equity compensation programs and other compensation issues in connection with the going-private transaction. While only the compensation committee may formally engage compensation consultants with respect to the compensation of executive officers and directors, our management may seek the advice of these or other compensation consultants from time to time with the approval of our compensation committee chairman. In addition, only the compensation committee has the right to terminate Frederic W. Cook & Co., Inc., its compensation consultant.

The compensation committee re-engaged Frederic W. Cook & Co., Inc. in November 2010 to assist in the evaluation of compensation for our named executive officers (other than Messrs. Holland and Munnelly) and the board of directors, as well as other compensation-related matters for fiscal 2011. In February 2011, the compensation committee called upon Frederic W. Cook & Co., Inc. to review our existing equity compensation plan design and recommend any modifications, as well as to recommend any modifications to option grant practices and individual option grants to our named executive officers (other than Mr. Munnelly) that were made in June 2011. In connection with its own assessment of our compensation risk, in August 2011, the compensation committee asked Frederic W. Cook & Co., Inc. to assist it in its review of our compensation policies and practices for the purpose of making a determination regarding whether risks arising from those policies or practices are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us. In September 2011, the compensation committee also asked Frederic W. Cook & Co., Inc. to review the compensation of the non-employee directors of Holdings who are not sponsor representatives and to propose any appropriate modifications. In addition, the

compensation committee asked Frederic W. Cook & Co., Inc. to review the compensation of the named executive officers and to make recommendations for the named executive officers’ fiscal 2011 bonus and calendar 2012 salary.

Role of Compensation Committee and Executive Officers

The compensation committee is responsible for the oversight of our executive compensation program. The compensation committee makes or approves all decisions concerning compensation awarded to our named executive officers. Although Mr. Neubauer is a member of the compensation committee, he recuses himself from compensation committee discussions regarding his own compensation.

Management Committee

Our Human Resources department initially prepares a tally sheet for use by Frederic W. Cook & Co., Inc. in its analysis of the compensation of our management committee members. The tally sheet contains the following information for each of our management committee members: current base salary, bonus target and prior year’s bonus award, current year option grant and current equity holdings. Frederic W. Cook & Co., Inc. uses the information contained in the tally sheet along with market data (relating to our peer group plus a few additional companies with whom we compete for talent, as well as general industry data) to prepare a report and recommendation to the compensation committee, which it provides directly to the chairman of the compensation committee. Frederic W. Cook & Co., Inc. then provides the report to Ms. McKee and discusses the report with the chairman of the compensation committee and Ms. McKee. With regard to bonus awards, our Human Resources department also prepares a report containing hypothetical bonus amounts based on business results, including EBIT and net income and, for Messrs. Sutherland and Kerin, client retention. Ms. McKee then engages in discussions with Mr. Neubauer regarding the compensation of management committee members other than himself and herself. Following this consultation, Mr. Neubauer presents a recommendation for Ms. McKee’s compensation and Ms. McKee presents the recommendations for the other management committee members’ compensation, including Mr. Neubauer’s compensation, to the compensation committee for its consideration. The compensation committee then uses this information to make the final decisions regarding executive compensation for our management committee members, including Mr. Neubauer. The compensation committee meets in executive session without Mr. Neubauer present when it makes any decisions with regard to Mr. Neubauer’s compensation.

Messrs. Holland and Munnelly

For executives below the management committee level, including Messrs. Holland and Munnelly, our Human Resources department sends out requests for salary and bonus target recommendations to supervisors in October for compensation decisions that will be effective the following calendar year. Supervisors are allotted an annual increase pool to allocate at their discretion across all of the employees who report directly to them. A portion of that pool is intended for promotions, new hires, market adjustments or equity adjustments that may occur throughout the year, but, at the supervisor’s discretion, may be used for on-cycle increases to existing employees. For fiscal 2011, the total pool to be allocated was 2.5% of the total of salaries and bonus targets for the executives that the supervisor oversees, with 0.5% intended for promotions, new hires, market adjustments or equity adjustments. Once the recommendations are received by the Human Resources department, the recommendations are sent to Ms. McKee and Mr. Neubauer for review and approval. Mr. Neubauer and Ms. McKee may make changes to the recommendations based their assessments of individual performance, in consultation with the particular supervisor. The recommendations are then submitted to the compensation committee for review and the compensation committee uses this information to make the final decisions regarding executive compensation for our executives.

The Compensation Committee’s Processes

The compensation committee generally makes its cash compensation decisions at its November meetings. New hires and promotions and other compensation adjustments are considered at its meetings throughout the

year. Annual base salary decisions are made in early November and are effective at the beginning of the next calendar year, while bonus awards earned by our named executive officers generally are determined in late November for the immediately preceding fiscal year. In addition, the bonus pool under the Senior Executive Annual Performance Bonus Plan (the “Bonus Plan”) for the current fiscal year is set at the late November meeting. The compensation committee makes its decisions after review and discussion of recommendations made by Ms. McKee, with input from Mr. Neubauer, and materials prepared by Frederic W. Cook & Co., Inc., and in the case of bonus recommendations, by our Human Resources department. In addition, with regard to participants in the Bonus Plan, Mr. Neubauer provides the compensation committee with qualitative assessments of the other management committee members’ performance, including individual business results (with regard to Messrs. Sutherland and Kerin) and his review of their performance, before it makes its compensation decisions. Non-investment stock options were granted to our named executive officers in March 2008, to certain of our named executive officers in September 2009 in connection with a management realignment, in March 2010 and in June 2011 in connection with a management realignment (other than with respect to Mr. Munnelly). In addition, ISPOs were granted to our named executive officers other than Mr. Munnelly in June 2011. See “Components of Executive Compensation—Equity Incentives.” We have not established a cycle for any future grants to our named executive officers. The compensation committee is entitled to exercise its discretion with regard to any element of compensation and does exercise negative discretion with regard to bonuses under the Bonus Plan.

Components of Executive Compensation

The principal components of our executive compensation program are base salary, bonus and equity incentives. We also provide employee and post-employment benefits and perquisites.

In October 2008, the compensation committee, with the assistance of Frederic W. Cook & Co., Inc., performed its periodic review of peer group companies to which the compensation committee benchmarks compensation for our named executive officers and slightly changed the composition of our peer group. Since that time, our peer group has consisted of Cintas, Compass Group PLC, Darden Restaurants, FedEx, Hertz, Manpower, Marriott, McDonald’s, RR Donnelley, Ryder Systems, Starbucks, SYSCO, Tyco International, UPS, Waste Management and Yum Brands. In terms of size, our revenues approximate the median of the peer companies, our enterprise value approximates the 25^th percentile and the number of our employees is above the 75^th percentile. Total cash compensation paid to our named executive officers in fiscal 2011 was generally between the median and the 75^th percentile, which is consistent with our competitive positioning. Base salaries paid to our named executive officers in fiscal 2011 approximated the 75^th percentile of peer companies and target bonus approximated the median.

Base Salary

We use base salary to reflect the value of a particular position—to us and the marketplace—and the value the individual contributes to us. Salary levels for our executives are reviewed at least annually.

Management Committee

The specific salary increase for each of our management committee members is typically based upon a review of his or her individual performance along with a comparison to published market data relating to over 500 companies, as well as a review of the peer companies described above. Salaries for all management committee members other than Mr. Neubauer are reviewed by Mr. Neubauer. Ms. McKee participates in all reviews except her own. Ms. McKee reviews Mr. Neubauer’s salary with the compensation committee and the compensation committee then meets in executive session to make its determination with regard to Mr. Neubauer’s salary. The survey of competitive salaries is conducted and recommendations are made to the compensation committee for its review and approval. Salary adjustments generally are effective at the beginning of the following calendar year. Salary increases also can be recommended and approved in connection with a

promotion or a significant change in responsibilities. After a review of competitive data and consideration of then current economic conditions, Mr. Neubauer determined not to recommend any salary increases for members of the management committee for calendar 2011. The compensation committee agreed with the recommendation and maintained the salaries for management committee members at 2010 levels. For calendar 2011, our management committee members received the following base salaries: for Mr. Neubauer, $1,300,000, for Messrs. Sutherland and Kerin, $750,000 and for Ms. McKee, $590,000. Base salaries for our management committee members will be as follows for 2012: for Mr. Neubauer, $1,400,000, for Mr. Sutherland, $800,000 and for Ms. McKee, $625,000. Because Mr. Kerin is no longer an executive officer of the company and his compensation is set forth in the Kerin Agreement, the compensation committee did not make a 2012 salary determination for him.

Messrs. Holland and Munnelly

The specific salary increase for each of our executives is typically based upon a review of his or her individual performance. For executives below the management committee level, including Messrs. Holland and Munnelly, our Human Resources department sends out requests for salary recommendations to supervisors in October for compensation decisions to be effective the following calendar year. Mr. Sutherland, who is Messrs. Holland’s and Munnelly’s supervisor, like other supervisors, is allotted an annual increase pool (2.5% of the total salaries he oversees for fiscal 2011) to allocate at his discretion across all of the employees who report directly to him. 0.5% of that pool is intended for promotions, new hires or market adjustments that may occur throughout the year. Mr. Sutherland evaluates Messrs. Holland’s and Munnelly’s responsibilities and job performance and makes his recommendation to the Human Resources department. His recommendation is then sent to Ms. McKee and Mr. Neubauer for review and final approval. Mr. Neubauer and Ms. McKee, in consultation with Mr. Sutherland, may make changes to the recommendations based upon their assessments of individual performance. The recommendations are then submitted to the compensation committee for approval. The compensation committee then uses this information to make the final decisions regarding executive compensation for our executives, including Messrs. Holland and Munnelly.

For calendar 2011, Mr. Holland received a base salary of $385,000 from February 9, 2011 through September 30, 2011 and a base salary of $365,000 from January 1, 2011 to February 8, 2011. He received a base salary of $355,000 from October 2010 through December 2010. Mr. Holland’s salary was increased in February 2011 in recognition of his promotion to the executive committee and a change in his responsibilities. Mr. Munnelly received a base salary of $354,000 from January 1, 2011 through September 30, 2011. His salary for October 2010 through December 2010 was $345,000. Mr. Holland’s base salary for calendar 2012 will be $395,000 and Mr. Munnelly’s base salary for calendar 2012 will be $361,000. Messrs. Holland and Munnelly received base salary increases of between 2-2.6%, which were generally consistent with the increases available under the pool.

Bonus

Management Committee

In fiscal 2011, our management committee members (other than Mr. Kerin, whose bonus was ultimately determined pursuant to the Kerin Agreement) participated in the Bonus Plan. Under the Bonus Plan, the compensation committee approved in November 2010 the establishment of a bonus pool which was funded based on 1.2% of adjusted EBIT. This pool method was chosen to satisfy the requirements of the performance-based pay exception to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code (when we were subject to Section 162(m) prior to the going-private transaction), which limits tax deductions for compensation paid to a public company’s named executive officers (other than the chief financial officer) to $1,000,000. Although neither we, nor Holdings, is currently subject to the Section 162(m) compensation deduction limit because we are not considered to be “publicly held” companies as defined in the regulations, Holdings may, in the future, be required to register securities under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and become subject to the Section 162(m) compensation

deduction limit. Therefore, we have continued to operate our Bonus Plan to comply with Section 162(m). For purposes of the Bonus Plan and the formula used to determine the bonus pool approved by the compensation committee, adjusted EBIT is income from both continuing and discontinued operations before income taxes, if any, and before interest expense and other financing costs, in each case as shown on our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto. In addition, the compensation committee adjusted the calculation of adjusted EBIT for purposes of the Bonus Plan to exclude share-based compensation expense, impairment charges or similar asset write-offs in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, incremental customer relationship amortization and incremental depreciation that resulted from the Transaction and extraordinary gains or losses. These adjustments were made to normalize the adjusted EBIT number so that it does not reflect unusual or non-operational items. For fiscal 2011, our adjusted EBIT under the Bonus Plan was $715,731,000. The following percentages of adjusted EBIT for each of our management committee members represent the maximum amount that could have been awarded to him or her for fiscal 2011: for Mr. Neubauer, 0.70% (up to the plan maximum of $4,500,000), for Mr. Sutherland, 0.3542%, and for Ms. McKee, 0.2834%. The potential bonus amounts under the Bonus Plan for fiscal 2011 based upon the percentages of adjusted EBIT were as follows: For Mr. Neubauer, $4,500,000, for Mr. Sutherland, $2,535,000, and for Ms. McKee, $2,028,000. For fiscal 2011, the compensation committee exercised negative discretion with regard to the actual bonus amounts awarded to our management committee members and those actual bonus amounts are as follows: for Mr. Neubauer, $2,500,000, for Mr. Sutherland, $650,000 and for Ms. McKee, $500,000. For fiscal 2012, the compensation committee approved the following percentages of adjusted EBIT for each of our management committee members, which represent the maximum amount that can be awarded to him or her in respect of his or her fiscal 2012 bonus: for Mr. Neubauer, 0.70%, for Mr. Sutherland, 0.32%, for Ms. McKee, 0.25%. Pursuant to the Kerin Agreement, Mr. Kerin, who is no longer an executive officer or a participant in the Bonus Plan, was guaranteed to receive at least his target bonus for fiscal 2011, or $600,000, and was ultimately awarded $630,000 by the compensation committee.

Bonuses are designed to encourage and reward performance that is consistent with our financial objectives and individual performance goals and targets. In determining the actual bonuses paid to our management committee members other than Mr. Neubauer, the compensation committee considers the maximum bonus amount based on the above adjusted EBIT formula and then considers as reference points, in the case of Messrs. Sutherland and Kerin, individual results of their business, based upon sales, EBIT, managed cash flow (as defined below) and client retention. Other factors include our company-wide results, based upon sales, EBIT, and managed cash flow (in the case of the other management committee members, other than Mr. Neubauer), the bonuses awarded by our peer companies to comparable officers and the management committee member’s historical bonus awards. Ms. McKee presents these reference points, along with a specific recommendation based on the analysis performed by Frederic W. Cook & Co., Inc., except with respect to herself and Mr. Neubauer, to Mr. Neubauer for his review. After consultation with Mr. Neubauer, who considers the individual contributions of the management committee members other than himself (including individual business results (with regard to Messrs. Sutherland and Kerin) and execution of business strategy), final bonus recommendations for management committee members, other than Mr. Neubauer, are made to the compensation committee. The recommendations for fiscal 2011 represented less than the amounts derived from the formula described above. The compensation committee considers the reference points and recommendations and, to the extent that the amount awarded is lower than the maximum bonus payable based on the adjusted EBIT formula, exercises negative discretion to determine the bonus amounts for our management committee members, other than Mr. Neubauer. The compensation committee also considers a target amount which represents the compensation committee’s view of a market competitive award. For fiscal 2011, as determined in November 2010, the bonus targets were $600,000 for Messrs. Sutherland and Kerin and $445,000 for Ms. McKee.

In determining the actual bonus paid to Mr. Neubauer, the compensation committee considers the maximum bonus amount based on the above formula and considers as reference points the bonuses awarded by our peer companies to their chief executive officers, as well as Mr. Neubauer’s historical bonus awards and company-wide results. The chairman of the compensation committee engages in a discussion with a representative of Frederic W. Cook & Co., Inc., who provides a recommendation of a bonus range for Mr. Neubauer based on a

view of bonuses paid to chief executive officers of our peer companies and discusses the recommendation with Ms. McKee. The chairman of the compensation committee then consults with each of the compensation committee members and receives their input. The chairman of the compensation committee presents Mr. Neubauer’s bonus recommendation to the compensation committee. The recommendation for fiscal 2011 represented less than the amount derived from the formula described above. The compensation committee considers the reference points and recommendation and, to the extent that the amount awarded is lower than the maximum bonus payable based on the adjusted EBIT formula, exercises negative discretion to determine the bonus amount for Mr. Neubauer. Mr. Neubauer was not involved in the determination of his bonus for fiscal 2011. The compensation committee also considers a target amount, which represents the compensation committee’s view of a market competitive award (for fiscal 2011, Mr. Neubauer’s target bonus amount was $2.3 million). For fiscal 2011, Mr. Neubauer was awarded a bonus of $2.5 million which is equal to 56% of his maximum bonus potential for fiscal 2011 and is equal to 192% of his base salary.

Messrs. Holland and Munnelly

Messrs. Holland and Munnelly participate in the Amended and Restated Executive Leadership Council Management Incentive Bonus Plan (the “MIB”), which provides annual cash bonuses to eligible executives for the achievement of explicit performance objectives established for each fiscal year. Each November (or at another time during the year in the case of a promotion), the compensation committee sets a bonus target in dollars for each executive who participates in the MIB, which is composed of two parts: a financial portion representing 70% of the overall potential MIB award and individual objectives representing the remaining 30%. The financial portion of the MIB award for Messrs. Holland and Munnelly is based on company-wide financial targets for fiscal 2011, specifically, sales ($13,162,301,000), adjusted EBIT ($704,691,000) and managed cash flow ($691,352,000). Actual sales for purposes of the MIB of $13,244,671,000 for fiscal 2011 included sales from discontinued operations. Actual adjusted EBIT for purposes of the MIB of $717,914,000 for fiscal 2011 included earnings from discontinued operations and excluded incremental customer relationship amortization and incremental depreciation from the Transaction and stock compensation expense. Managed cash flow consisted of EBITDA less capital expenditures, minus the change in accounts receivable, minus the change in inventories, plus stock compensation expense and was $670,221,000 for fiscal 2011. MIB participants are also rated on the achievement of individual objectives, which are established by the executives and approved by their supervisors and are based upon job responsibilities. For fiscal 2011, Mr. Holland’s and Mr. Munnelly’s individual objectives that were considered in calculating their respective bonus awards included their performance with regard to the structuring and implementation of the shareholder dividend and associated financing, the acquisition of Masterplan and Filterfresh, the divestiture of Galls, the sale of a minority interest in Seamless North America, LLC and the implementation of a new enterprise financial system for the uniform and career apparel business. The following table describes the threshold, targets and maximum for each of the components of the MIB award:



	Business Performance (Percentage of Target Performance)									Payout (Percentage of Target Payout)
Measure	Threshold			Target			Maximum			Threshold			Target			Maximum
EBIT		87.5	%		100	%		110	%		25	%		100	%		200	%
Revenue		90	%		100	%		110	%		25	%		100	%		200	%
Managed Cash Flow		87.5	%		100	%		110	%		25	%		100	%		150	%
Individual Objectives		0	%		100	%		150	%		0	%		100	%		150	%

As the table illustrates, the company must attain a threshold, or minimum, performance on each of the financial measures for the participant to receive any payout for the measure. If the threshold performance is achieved, the participant will receive 25% of the payout for that measure, which increases to 100% when 100% of the measure is attained. If greater than 100% of the target for a particular measure is achieved, the participant will receive more than 100% payout on that measure up to the maximum amount set forth in the table. Therefore, if the maximum performance of all measures was achieved, Messrs. Holland and Munnelly could have received up to 175% of their respective target bonus amounts.

For Messrs. Holland and Munnelly, our Human Resources department sends out requests for bonus target recommendations to Mr. Sutherland in October for compensation decisions to be effective the following fiscal year. Mr. Sutherland, like all supervisors, receives market data on the total cash compensation for the positions reporting to him that enables him to determine whether an increase in the bonus target for Mr. Holland or Mr. Munnelly is warranted and the amount of that increase. The market data consists of general industry surveys of compensation for similar positions. Mr. Neubauer and Ms. McKee may make changes to the recommendations, in consultation with Mr. Sutherland, based upon their assessments of Mr. Holland’s and Mr. Munnelly’s individual performance and the competitiveness of their total cash compensation. The recommendations are then submitted to the compensation committee for review. The compensation committee then uses this information to make the final decisions regarding bonus targets for our executives, including Messrs. Holland and Munnelly.

For fiscal 2011, Mr. Holland had a bonus target of $150,000 from October 2010 through February 2011, when he received a promotion. Mr. Holland’s bonus target from February 2011 through September 2011 was increased to $165,000 in connection with his promotion and assumption of additional responsibilities, including an increase in the size of his department, and based upon market data. Mr. Munnelly’s bonus target for fiscal 2011 was $174,000.

The actual award of bonuses under the MIB is based on the mechanical calculation of the financial target (for the 70% financial portion) and the supervisor’s assessment of the executive’s achievement of his or her predetermined individual objectives. For fiscal 2011, Mr. Holland received a bonus of $184,000 and Mr. Munnelly received a bonus of $190,000.

For fiscal 2011, our named executive officers’ (other than Mr. Neubauer’s) actual bonus amounts paid ranged from 48% to 87% of their base salaries. See the Summary Compensation Table for bonus amounts paid to our named executive officers for fiscal 2011. For fiscal 2012, the bonus targets will be as follows: For Mr. Neubauer, $2,400,000, for Mr. Sutherland, $650,000, for Ms. McKee, $480,000, for Mr. Holland, $170,000, and for Mr. Munnelly, $178,000.

Equity Incentives

The compensation committee has adopted guidelines for awards of equity compensation, which provide that, because non-investment option awards are currently an important means for retention and motivation, awards of non-investment stock options to our management committee members will be targeted from the median to the 75^th percentile of publicly-traded peer companies.

In January 2007, our named executive officers, other than Mr. Munnelly, were granted stock options in connection with their investment in Holdings, and in February 2007 and March 2008, most of our named executive officers received grants of non-investment stock options in accordance with Holdings’ 2007 Management Stock Incentive Plan. In September 2009, two of our named executive officers received non-investment stock option grants in connection with the realignment of our executive management and to encourage retention. In March 2010, each of our named executive officers received a non-investment stock option grant. In June 2011, each of our named executive officers, other than Mr. Munnelly, received a non-investment stock option grant and an ISPO grant (see discussion below).

As was negotiated with the sponsors in connection with the going-private transaction, half of all of the stock options granted have a time-based vesting schedule and vest over a four-year period, while half are intended to have a performance-based vesting schedule and require that we achieve specified financial targets in addition to the four-year vesting period before those options will vest, subject to the compensation committee’s discretion to accelerate vesting. In December 2008, the board of directors of Holdings waived the requirement that the EBIT target be satisfied with respect to 75% of the portion of performance-based stock options whose vesting was subject to the achievement of the 2008 EBIT target even though such EBIT target was not achieved. In December

2009, the Holdings board waived the requirement that the Company achieve the performance target with respect to 35% of the portion of the performance-based stock options whose vesting was subject to the achievement of the 2009 EBIT target, even though such EBIT target was not achieved. The 2010 EBIT target was not achieved. The 2011 EBIT target, which had been modified in June 2011 to reflect current economic conditions, was satisfied and options whose vesting was subject to the achievement of the 2011 EBIT target will vest.

In June of 2011, the compensation committee approved amendments to the Management Stock Incentive Plan to permit the issuance of ISPOs, a specialized form of stock option for new hires and promoted employees. The total ISPO award is divided into five equal installments. The first installment, which consists of the option to buy 20% of the shares in the total award at an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of grant, vests immediately upon grant. Any portion of this first installment that is not exercised will be cancelled on the first anniversary of the grant date. The holder of the ISPO must exercise at least 25% of this first installment prior to the first anniversary or the remaining ISPO grant will be cancelled. Twenty percent of the ISPO grant will vest in each subsequent year on the 15th of December, beginning in December following the grant date anniversary. Assuming the holder exercises at least 25% of the first installment, on each applicable vesting date, the holder may exercise up to the portion of the grant that has vested during the applicable designated exercise period, which will be the 31-day period beginning with the second installment vesting date, or December 15th until the immediately following January 15th. The holder must exercise ISPOs for a minimum of 100 shares in any installment or the exercise will not be valid. Any subsequent vested installments that are not exercised during the relevant exercise period will be cancelled, but the holder will still be able to exercise subsequent installments following their vesting in future years (subject to the exercise requirements of the first installment as described above).

Equity Grant Policy

On May 8, 2007, the board of directors of Holdings adopted a policy on the grant of equity awards. The board modified the policy in December 2009, March 2010 and June 2011. Under this policy, stock option grants may be approved by the compensation committee (or a subcommittee thereof) shortly following each new appraisal of Holdings common stock. In addition, the compensation committee may grant newly hired or promoted executives the right to purchase shares of Holdings common stock through an ISPO. The grant date for stock options and ISPOs is the date the committee or subcommittee approves the grants and the exercise price is the most recent appraisal price in effect on the date of such grant.

Other Components of Compensation

Employee and Post-Employment Benefits. We offer basic employee benefits to provide our workforce with a reasonable level of coverage in the event of illness or injury. The cost of certain employee benefits is partially or fully borne by the employee, including each named executive officer. We offer comparable benefits to our eligible U.S. employees, which include medical, dental and vision coverage, disability insurance and optional life insurance. In addition, our named executive officers receive excess medical coverage that provides reimbursement for medical, dental and vision expenses in excess of $1,500 per covered individual per year. Our named executive officers also participate in a Survivor Income Protection Plan, which entitles a surviving spouse or domestic partner and dependent children to receive the executive’s full base salary for one year after the executive’s death and one-half of the executive’s base salary for the subsequent nine years or, alternatively, may receive excess term life insurance. A participant in the Survivor Income Protection Plan who is 65 and has attained 5 years of employment with us is entitled to a benefit equal to one times his or her base salary upon his or her retirement or death in lieu of the benefit described above. Mr. Neubauer will receive this benefit on his retirement. Mr. Neubauer is also entitled to a supplemental retirement benefit as discussed under “Employment Agreements and Change of Control Arrangements.”

Generally, our highly compensated employees (for 2011, those earning more than $110,000), including our named executive officers, are not eligible to participate in our 401(k) plans because of certain legal requirements.

Instead, those employees are eligible to participate in a non-qualified savings plan that we call our Savings Incentive Retirement Plan, the successor plan to our Stock Unit Retirement Plan. This plan is intended to be a substitute for those employees’ participation in our 401(k) plans. See “Nonqualified Deferred Compensation for Fiscal Year 2011” on page 72 for further information.

Management Committee

Messrs. Neubauer and Sutherland and Ms. McKee are also parties to employment agreements that entitle them to lump sum payments and severance if there is a change of control of Holdings or us as described in those agreements and their employment is terminated under specified circumstances. These provisions are intended to align executive and stockholder interests by enabling executives to consider corporate transactions that are in the best interests of the stockholders and our other constituents without concern over whether the transactions may jeopardize the executives’ own employment.

The agreements with Mr. Sutherland and Ms. McKee were entered into following the going-private transaction and contain a “double trigger”—for payments to be made, there must be a change of control followed by an involuntary loss of employment within three years or their employment must be terminated in anticipation of a change of control. We chose to implement a “double trigger” for our management committee members other than Mr. Neubauer after advice from Frederic W. Cook & Co., Inc. that a “double trigger” is a more common practice in the market than a “single trigger.” Mr. Neubauer’s employment agreement has a “single trigger” that permits him to resign for any reason within twelve months after a change of control and be paid under his agreement. This single trigger provision has been included in his agreement for at least the past eleven years and was not triggered by the going-private transaction because Mr. Neubauer was part of the group that was responsible for the change of control. For more information on change of control and severance payments for our management committee members, see the disclosure under “Employment Agreements and Change of Control Arrangements” on page 67 and under “Potential Post-Employment Benefits” on page 73.

Messrs. Holland and Munnelly

Messrs. Holland and Munnelly are each parties to an Agreement Relating to Employment and Post Employment Competition that provides for certain benefits if either Mr. Holland or Mr. Munnelly should be terminated by us without cause. Those benefits include between 26 and 52 weeks of severance pay, depending on the executive’s length of service with the Company, as well as the continued use of a company car or the continuation of an auto allowance and the continuation of basic health care coverage through the end of the severance pay period. Pursuant to the agreement, the executive must adhere to certain non-disclosure, non-disparagement, non-competition and non-solicitation requirements for various periods of time after termination of employment.

Perquisites. We provide our named executive officers with other benefits, reflected in the All Other Compensation column in the Summary Compensation Table on page 62, that we believe are reasonable and encourage retention. We believe that these benefits enable our executives to focus on our business and enhance their commitment to us. In addition, the availability of financial planning services assists those who receive them to optimize the value received from all of the compensation and benefit programs offered. The costs of these benefits constitute a small percentage of each named executive officer’s total compensation, and include premiums paid on life insurance or the Survivor Income Protection Plan, disability insurance, excess health insurance, use of a car leased by us or receipt of a car allowance, no cost parking at a garage near company offices, an executive physical, reimbursement for a club membership (through December 31, 2010, at which time this benefit was discontinued) or financial planning services and personal use of company tickets or the company box at sporting or other events. Company-provided perquisites are reviewed by the compensation committee in consultation with Frederic W. Cook & Co., Inc. on an annual basis. Based upon the usefulness of such perquisites for retention, the compensation committee determines whether or not to continue them. In November 2010, the

compensation committee decided to phase out the company-leased vehicle in favor of an auto allowance, such that those employees that currently have company leased vehicles can retain those vehicles until the end of the lease term. In addition, the compensation committee eliminated reimbursement for a club membership effective at the end of calendar 2010.

Our compensation committee has established a policy, which it has determined to be in our business interest, that directs Mr. Neubauer to use company aircraft, whenever possible, for all air travel, whether personal or business. Some of Mr. Neubauer’s business use of the corporate aircraft in fiscal 2011 included flights to attend outside board meetings at the companies or organizations for which he serves as a director or trustee. We believe that Mr. Neubauer’s service on these boards, and his ability to conduct company business while traveling to these board meetings, provides benefits to us and therefore deem it to be business use. In addition, depending on seat availability, Mr. Neubauer’s spouse or family members may accompany him on the company aircraft. Although there is little or no incremental cost to us for these trips, we reflect a $500 per seat charge in his “All Other Compensation” amount in the Summary Compensation Table for flights in which those additional passengers’ travel is not business-related (for example, if Mr. Neubauer’s spouse’s presence at a business function is not required). Mr. Neubauer also has a car and driver that we provide to him. Much of Mr. Neubauer’s use of the company-provided car and driver, which generally enables him to make efficient use of his travel time, is business use, although Mr. Neubauer does utilize the car and driver for commuting to and from the office, which is considered personal use, and for other limited personal use.

Impact of Regulatory Requirements on our Executive Compensation

Sections 280G and 4999. Sections 280G and 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, respectively, limit our ability to take a tax deduction for certain “excess parachute payments” (as defined in Sections 280G and 4999) and impose excise taxes on each executive that receives “excess parachute payments” in connection with his or her severance from us in connection with a change of control. The compensation committee considered the adverse tax liabilities imposed by Sections 280G and 4999, as well as other competitive factors, when it structured certain post-termination compensation payable to our named executive officers. The potential adverse tax consequences to us and/or the executive, however, are not necessarily determinative factors in such decisions. Our agreements with Messrs. Neubauer and Sutherland and Ms. McKee relating to employment require us to make a gross-up payment to compensate them for any excise taxes (and income taxes on such gross-up payment) that they incur under Section 4999 and other similar local tax laws as a result of these provisions.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

Mr. Neubauer, who is our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, serves on the Compensation and Human Resources Committee of Holdings.

Please see “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence” for information on Stephen P. Murray, a member of our Compensation and Human Resources Committee.

Compensation Risk Disclosure

As part of its oversight responsibilities, the compensation committee considered the impact of our compensation programs on our risk profile and whether these programs promote excessive risk taking. Based on its review and the recommendation of its compensation consultant, the compensation committee determined that our compensation programs are appropriately structured and that risks arising from our compensation programs are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse affect on us for the following reasons, among others:

•

our compensation programs are well aligned with sound compensation design principles;

•

our Bonus Plan and the Management Incentive Bonus Plan utilize several financial performance measures at the corporate level, which cannot be easily manipulated by any one individual;

•

none of our individual business areas pose a significant business risk to the overall enterprise;

•

illiquid equity positions in Holdings ensure a long-term focus by our executives on our growth and long-term viability; and

•

equity compensation constitutes a meaningful portion of pay for more senior executives and focuses them on enhancing long-term shareholder value over a multi-year period.

Compensation Committee Report

The compensation committee has reviewed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis and discussed that Compensation Discussion and Analysis with management. Based on its review and discussions with management, the compensation committee recommended to our Board of Directors that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal 2011. This report is provided by the following directors, who constitute the compensation committee:

Robert J. Callander, Chairman

Joseph Neubauer

Leonard S. Coleman, Jr.

Thomas H. Kean

Stephen P. Murray

Summary Compensation Table

The following table lists the compensation we paid for the 2011 fiscal year to our named executive officers:


Name and Principal Position	Year	Salary⁽¹⁾		Bonus		Option Awards⁽²⁾		Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation		Change in Pension Value and Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Earnings⁽³⁾		All Other Compensation⁽⁴⁾		Total
						(all amounts in dollars)
Joseph Neubauer	2011		1,300,000		2,500,000		1,824,000				1,497,083		258,437		7,379,520
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer	2010		1,300,000		2,100,000		2,006,500				1,404,705		202,194		7,013,399
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer	2009		1,300,000		1,950,000						1,686,571		239,472		5,176,043

L. Frederick Sutherland	2011		750,000		650,000		816,925				15,385		51,273		2,283,583
EVP, Chief Financial Officer and Group Executive, ARAMARK Uniform and Career Apparel	2010		750,000		600,000		1,324,543				14,113		55,023		2,743,679
	2009		715,385		450,000		1,788,772				12,747		53,648		3,020,552




Lynn B. McKee	2011		590,000		500,000		816,925				8,389		40,392		1,955,706
EVP, Human Resources	2010		586,538		450,000		969,096				7,599		44,805		2,058,038
EVP, Human Resources	2009		570,385		375,000		504,246				6,775		43,885		1,500,291

Christopher S. Holland	2011		375,423				633,700		184,000		233		36,585		1,229,941
SVP, Finance and Treasurer

Joseph M. Munnelly	2011		351,750						190,000		433		37,208		579,391
SVP, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer

Andrew Kerin	2011		750,000		630,000		816,925				8,963		22,018		2,227,906
Former EVP and President, ARAMARK Global Food, Hospitality and Facility Services	2010		750,000		600,000		1,257,031				8,335		30,514		2,645,880
	2009		700,385		450,000		1,631,939				6,862		33,277		2,822,463

(1)

Messrs. Neubauer, Sutherland, Holland and Munnelly and Ms. McKee deferred a portion of their 2011 salaries under the 2007 Savings Incentive Retirement Plan. Messrs. Neubauer, Sutherland and Kerin and Ms. McKee deferred a portion of their fiscal 2010 and 2009 salaries under the 2007 Savings Incentive Retirement Plan. These amounts are reflected in the Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Table for Fiscal Year 2011 on page 72 and in this column.

(2)

This column represents the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 with respect to the 2011, 2010 and 2009 fiscal years for the stock options granted to each of the named executive officers in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The grant date fair value for performance-based stock options granted in fiscal 2011 reflects the value attributable only to those options whose vesting is based on 2011 targets, as that is the only target that had been determined during fiscal 2011. As future targets are determined in future years, additional grant date fair value will be reflected in the years in which such targets are set. See “Grants of Plan Based Awards for Fiscal Year 2011” for additional information on stock options granted in 2011. For additional information on the valuation assumptions and more discussion with respect to the stock options, refer to Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements contained in this Annual Report.

(3)

Includes amounts earned on deferred compensation in excess of 120% of the applicable federal rate, based upon the above-market return at the time the rate basis was set. The amounts attributable to Mr. Neubauer’s above-market earnings on deferred compensation were $49,382 in 2011, $45,518 in 2010 and $41,298 in 2009. Also includes, for Mr. Neubauer, $1,447,701 in fiscal 2011, $1,359,187 in fiscal 2010 and $1,645,273 in 2009, which are the aggregate changes in the actuarial present value of his supplemental executive retirement benefit for such years. See “Employment Agreements and Change of Control Arrangements” on page 67 and “Pension Benefits for Fiscal Year 2011” on page 71.

(4)	The following are included in this column for fiscal 2011:

(a)

The aggregate incremental cost to us of the following perquisites: car allowance payments or the cost to us of providing the named executive officer a company-leased vehicle (including maintenance, insurance and fees), premium payments for disability insurance, premium payments for an excess health insurance plan, payments for an executive physical, parking fees paid by the company, costs associated with personal use of company owned tickets or the company owned suite at sports stadiums, reimbursement for a club membership (through 12/31/10 only) and, for Mr. Neubauer, personal use of the company aircraft and personal use of a company-provided car and driver.

(b)

With regard to Mr. Neubauer, $98,570 for Mr. Neubauer’s personal use of the company aircraft and $26,210 for Mr. Neubauer’s personal use of a company-provided car and driver. The calculation of incremental cost for personal use of company aircraft includes the variable costs incurred as a result of personal flight activity: a portion of ongoing maintenance and repairs, aircraft fuel, telephone communications and any travel expenses for the flight crew.

(c)

With respect to each individual listed in the table, the amount of company matching contributions to the Savings Incentive Retirement Plan for fiscal 2011 ($10,313 for Messrs. Neubauer, Sutherland, Holland and Munnelly and Ms. McKee).

(d)

Premium payments for term life insurance or the Survivor Income Protection Plan as follows: for Mr. Neubauer, $113,182, for Mr. Sutherland, $19,611, for Ms. McKee, $4,044, for Mr. Holland, $1,668, for Mr. Munnelly, $1,668 and for Mr. Kerin, $1,668.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards for Fiscal Year 2011

The following table provides information about equity awards granted to our named executive officers in fiscal 2011: (1) the grant date, (2) estimated future payouts under equity incentive plan awards, which consist of the stock options with performance-based vesting schedules, (3) all other option awards, which consist of the number of shares underlying stock options with time-based vesting schedules, (4) the exercise price of the stock option awards, which reflects the most recent appraisal price of Holdings common stock on the date of grant and (5) the grant date fair value of each equity award computed under FASB ASC Topic 718.

All of the grants in the Grants of Plan-Based Awards for Fiscal Year 2011 table, the Outstanding Equity Awards at 2011 Fiscal Year-End table and the Options Exercises and Stock Vested Table for Fiscal Year 2011 refer to grants of options to purchase Holdings common stock. ARAMARK no longer has an equity incentive plan and no longer grant any equity awards.


Name	Grant Date		Estimated Future Payouts under Equity Incentive Plan Awards					All Other Option Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Options		Exercise or Base Price of Option Awards⁽²⁾ ($/sh)		Grant Date Fair Value of Stock and Option Awards⁽³⁾
Name	Grant Date		Threshold^(#)	Target^(1)(#)		Max^(#)				Exercise or Base Price of Option Awards⁽²⁾ ($/sh)		Grant Date Fair Value of Stock and Option Awards⁽³⁾
Neubauer		6/22/2011							100,000	$	12.69	$	248,000	⁽⁴⁾
		6/22/2011							200,000	$	12.69	$	874,000	⁽⁵⁾
		6/22/2011			200,000		200,000			$	12.69	$	702,000

Sutherland		6/22/2011							60,000	$	12.69	$	148,800	⁽⁴⁾
		6/22/2011							125,000	$	12.69	$	546,250	⁽⁵⁾
		6/22/2011			31,250		31,250			$	12.69	$	121,875	⁽⁶⁾

McKee		6/22/2011							60,000	$	12.69	$	148,800	⁽⁴⁾
		6/22/2011							125,000	$	12.69	$	546,250	⁽⁵⁾
		6/22/2011			31,250		31,250			$	12.69	$	121,875	⁽⁶⁾

Holland		6/22/2011							40,000	$	12.69	$	99,200	⁽⁴⁾
		6/22/2011							100,000	$	12.69	$	437,000	⁽⁵⁾
		6/22/2011			25,000		25,000			$	12.69	$	97,500	⁽⁶⁾

Munnelly		—	—		—		—		—		—		—

Kerin		6/22/2011							60,000	$	12.69	$	148,800	⁽⁴⁾
		6/22/2011							125,000	$	12.69	$	546,250	⁽⁵⁾
		6/22/2011			31,250		31,250			$	12.69	$	121,875	⁽⁶⁾

(1)

Named executive officers may receive all or less than all of the target amount of performance-based options when certain events occur, including the achievement of certain percentage returns by our sponsors. See the discussion under “Performance-Based Stock Options” below. Consists of shares underlying options granted that vest in 25% increments on each of the first four anniversaries of the date of grant and upon the attainment of certain EBIT targets that are set forth in the Option Agreements and described in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis and the narrative to the table. These stock options will expire ten years from the date of grant. The EBIT targets associated with the grants of performance-based options are as follows:


Year	Annual EBIT Target		Cumulative EBIT Target
2011	$	748.5		N.A.
2012	$	834.7	$	1,583.2
2013		*		*
2014 (the “Final Fiscal Year”)		*		*

EBIT Target not yet established

(2)	The exercise price of the options reported in the table is the most recent appraisal price of a share of Holdings common stock on the original date of grant.

(3)

This column shows the full grant date fair value of stock options granted to our named executive officers in fiscal 2011 under FASB ASC Topic 718. No restricted stock was granted in fiscal 2011. For additional information on the valuation assumptions, refer to Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements. These amounts do not correspond to the actual value that will be received by the named executive officers.

(4)

These stock options are installment stock purchase opportunities that are divided into 5 installments. The first installment vests immediately upon grant and is exercisable for one year. The remaining installments vest on the first four anniversaries of the December 15^th following the grant date and are exercisable for a period of 31 days. At least 25% of the first installment must be exercised or the remaining installments are cancelled.

(5)	These stock options vest 25% per year over four years and have a ten-year term.

(6)

The grant date fair value for these performance-based stock options reflects the value attributable only to those options whose vesting is based on 2011 targets, as that is the only target that had been determined during fiscal 2011. As future targets are determined in future years, additional grant date fair value will be reflected in the years in which such targets are set.

Performance-Based Stock Options

The performance targets for 50% of the stock options granted to our named executive officers are based upon our annual EBIT. If we do not achieve the performance target for any particular fiscal year (other than that of the “Final Fiscal Year” for each grant, as defined below), but we do achieve a cumulative performance target at the end of a later fiscal year, then all installments of performance-based options that did not become vested because of a missed performance target or targets in a prior year will vest. Our EBIT targets over the four-year vesting schedule of options granted to our named executive officers in fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2010 are as follows (in millions):


Year	Annual EBIT Target			Cumulative EBIT Target
2010	$	718.1			N.A.
2011	$	748.5		$	1,507.5
2012	$	834.7		$	2,366.0
2013 (the “Final Fiscal Year”)	$	933.3	**	$	3,299.3

**	To the extent that the target set by the compensation committee within 90 days of the beginning of the fiscal year is less than this target, the target for these options will be the lower target.

In June 2011, the Holdings board approved a new Form of Non Qualified Stock Option Agreement that provides that annual and cumulative EBIT targets for performance-based stock options will now be established by the compensation committee within the first ninety days of each of the 2012 through 2014 fiscal years. Therefore, performance-based options granted to certain of our named executive officers in fiscal 2011 had only an EBIT target for fiscal 2011. In November 2011, the compensation committee established EBIT targets for fiscal 2012, and the EBIT targets for the 2013 and 2014 fiscal years will be established within the first ninety days of each such fiscal year. The EBIT targets for options granted in 2011 are as follows (in millions):


Year	Annual EBIT Target		Cumulative EBIT Target
2011	$	748.5		N.A.
2012	$	834.7	$	1,583.2
2013		*		*
2014 (the “Final Fiscal Year”)		*		*

*	EBIT Target not yet established

When we calculate our EBIT (which calculation is subject to review and approval by the compensation committee) for purposes of determining whether we have achieved our annual EBIT target, we take our net income and increase it by: (1) net interest expense and (2) the provision for income taxes. We are then required to exclude a number of categorical amounts as follows:

•

any extraordinary gains or losses, cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle, income or loss from disposed or discontinued operations and any gains or losses on disposed or discontinued operations, all as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

•

any gain or loss greater than $2 million attributable to asset dispositions, contract terminations and similar items, provided that losses on contract terminations and asset dispositions in connection with client contract terminations are limited in any given fiscal year to $5 million;

•

any increase in amortization or depreciation resulting from the application of purchase accounting to the going-private transaction, including the current amortization of existing acquired intangibles;

•

any gain or loss from the early extinguishment of indebtedness, including any hedging obligation or other derivative instrument;

•

any impairment charge or similar asset write-off required by generally accepted accounting principles;

•

any non-cash compensation expense resulting from the application of the authoritative accounting pronouncement for share-based compensation expense or similar accounting requirements;

•

any expenses or charges related to any equity offering, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization, refinancing or similar transaction, including the going-private transaction;

•

any transaction, management, monitoring, consulting, advisory and related fees and expenses paid or payable to the sponsors;

•

the effects of changes in foreign currency translation rates from the rates used in the calculation of the EBIT targets. 2011 and later EBIT targets are based on the foreign currency translation rates used in the 2011 Business Plan approved by the Holdings board; and

•

the impact of the 53rd week of operations on our financial results during any 53-week fiscal year referenced in the relevant Schedule 1 to the Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement.

Our calculation of EBIT is adjusted for acquisitions as follows:

•

for small acquisitions, which have purchase prices of less than $20 million each, there is no adjustment until the total consideration for all small acquisitions exceeds $20 million in any fiscal year, and then the EBIT targets will be adjusted for the percentage of EBIT that results from the cumulative amounts of such acquisitions over $20 million; and

•

for larger acquisitions, which have purchase prices of more than $20 million, our EBIT targets are adjusted based on the amount of EBIT that we project for that acquisition when it is approved by our board.

Our calculation of EBIT also is adjusted when we sell a business by an amount equal to the last twelve months earnings of the divested business.

The terms of the performance targets and calculation of EBIT, including the adjustments, were initially negotiated with the sponsors in connection with the going-private transaction and were approved by the Holdings board in connection with the closing of the going-private transaction and subsequently modified twice in 2007. The EBIT targets were also modified in November 2008 and in December 2009 to reflect acquisitions and divestitures, pursuant to the terms of the Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreements. The EBIT targets are intended to measure achievement of the plan presented by us to the sponsors at the time of the negotiation of the going-private transaction, as modified in response to changed circumstances, and the adjustments to EBIT described above primarily represent elements of our performance that are either beyond the control of management or were not predictable at the time the targets were set. On June 21, 2011, the Holdings board approved a revised EBIT target for fiscal year 2011 and adopted a new form of Non Qualified Stock Option Agreement that provides that the Compensation and Human Resources Committee will, on an annual basis, set both annual and cumulative EBIT targets for future fiscal years within 90 days of the beginning of each fiscal year based upon the company’s business plan as approved by the Holdings board. The Holdings board also approved an amendment to outstanding Stock Option Agreements, which provides that if an annual EBIT target is established for fiscal 2012 or later years for options granted after June 21, 2011 that is less than the annual EBIT target for such fiscal year for the outstanding stock options, the EBIT target for such outstanding options will be reduced to such lower EBIT target. In addition, if a cumulative EBIT target as established for options granted after June 21, 2011 is achieved in a fiscal year ending after fiscal 2011, then for any years (beginning with fiscal 2011) that an annual

EBIT target as established under the outstanding Stock Option Agreement was not achieved and which was not the final performance year of such option (a “missed year”), then the portion of the performance option under the outstanding Stock Option Agreement that did not vest in respect of such missed year will nevertheless become vested.

Because we achieved our EBIT target for fiscal 2011, all performance based options whose vesting is based upon the attainment of the 2011 EBIT target will vest in accordance with the vesting schedules for those options.

The above performance targets do not represent a prediction of how we will perform during the fiscal years 2012 through 2014. We are not providing any guidance, nor updating any prior guidance, of our future performance with the disclosure of these performance targets, and you are cautioned not to rely on these performance targets as a prediction of ARAMARK’s future performance.

Some or all of the performance-based options also will vest if certain other events occur, including the achievement of a return or internal rate of return by our sponsors. For example, if our sponsors were to sell a portion of their investment in Holdings and, in connection with that sale, achieve an internal rate of return on or after the third anniversary of the grant date of the options equal to 15%, or prior to the third anniversary of the grant date, that equals or exceeds 200% of that sponsor’s investment, the sale would be a qualified partial liquidity event and a percentage of the unvested performance-based options would vest. The percentage will be based upon the percentage of our sponsors’ interest in Holdings that was sold in the qualified partial liquidity event. In addition, if there is a change of control of Holdings in which our sponsors do not achieve the return or internal rate of return described above, a portion of the unvested performance-based options will vest, with the percentage vesting based upon the percentage of eligible performance-based options that had previously vested (all unvested time-based options will vest on a change of control). Finally, upon death, disability or retirement (attaining at least age 60 with five years of service), unvested performance-based options that would have vested during the twelve-month period immediately following termination had the termination not occurred during that period will vest if the performance targets for that period are satisfied. Time-based options that would have vested in the year following retirement, death or disability would also vest according to the vesting schedule. In addition, if employment terminates due to death, disability or retirement, the exercise period for vested options is one year, rather than the 90-day period that is otherwise available for terminations other than for cause.

Employment Agreements and Change of Control Arrangements

We have employment agreements with all of the named executive officers for indeterminate periods terminable by either party, in most cases subject to post-employment severance and benefit obligations. While we do have these agreements in place, from time to time, it has been necessary to renegotiate some terms upon actual termination.

For more information regarding change of control and severance payments for our named executive officers, see the disclosure under “Potential Post-Employment Benefits” on page 73.

Mr. Neubauer

Under Mr. Neubauer’s employment agreement, he received a base salary of $1,300,000 for calendar 2011, which is reviewed annually by the compensation committee in connection with its review of Mr. Neubauer’s performance. The compensation committee can increase, but not decrease, his salary in its discretion. Mr. Neubauer’s bonus is determined by the compensation committee pursuant to the terms of the Bonus Plan and Mr. Neubauer is eligible to participate in our equity plan and all retirement and welfare programs applicable to our senior executives. Mr. Neubauer’s employment agreement provides for two year’s advance notice of termination, either by us or by him. Mr. Neubauer’s employment agreement also provides that he will receive a supplemental retirement benefit for the duration of his life following his termination of employment, with a 50%

survivor benefit for his surviving spouse for her lifetime, which is described more fully in “Pension Benefits for Fiscal Year 2011” below. Mr. Neubauer’s employment agreement provides for certain payments upon termination that are more fully discussed in the “Potential Post-Employment Benefits” section below.

During his employment term and for a period of two years thereafter, Mr. Neubauer is subject to a non-competition covenant according to which he would be restricted from associating with or acquiring or maintaining an ownership interest in a competing business. We have agreed to use our best efforts to cause Mr. Neubauer to be a member of our board during the term of Mr. Neubauer’s employment agreement. In addition, if any payment or benefit payable to Mr. Neubauer after a change in ownership or control of us would be considered a parachute payment subject to a federal excise tax, then we will pay Mr. Neubauer an additional payment or benefit to gross-up the amount of the excise tax. This gross-up provision in Mr. Neubauer’s agreement ensures that he would receive the full benefit of payments related to a change of control.

Messrs. Sutherland and Kerin and Ms. McKee

In connection with the going-private transaction, we entered into new employment agreements relating to employment and post-employment competition with Messrs. Sutherland and Kerin and Ms. McKee in July 2007.

As mentioned above, Mr. Kerin, who served as Executive Vice President of the company, Group President, Global Food, Hospitality and Facility Services, and is one of the company’s named executive officers, gave notice of his intent to resign his position as Executive Vice President of the company on August 5, 2011. In connection with this notice, on August 8, 2011, the company entered into the Kerin Agreement with Mr. Kerin. Under the Kerin Agreement, Mr. Kerin ceased to be an executive officer of the company effective August 8, 2011 but will continue to be an employee of the company and Group President, Global Food, Hospitality and Facility Services until March 9, 2012. The Kerin Agreement provides that Mr. Kerin will receive his base salary for eighteen months following March 9, 2012 and received a bonus for fiscal 2011 of $630,000. Mr. Kerin will also receive a lump sum payment of $300,000 in December 2012 and will continue to receive his health benefits and car allowance during his eighteen month severance period. Under the Kerin Agreement, Mr. Kerin will be subject to a non-competition agreement for two years from March 9, 2012. The Kerin Agreement superseded his Agreement Relating to Employment and Post Employment Competition, except for provisions relating to non-disclosure and non-disparagement, non-competition, non-solicitation, discoveries and works, remedies and cause and certain miscellaneous provisions.

If Mr. Sutherland or Ms. McKee is terminated without “cause,” the agreements generally provide for severance payments equal to 18 months of pay, plus the continuation of certain other benefits, including basic group medical and life insurance coverage and use of a company-leased vehicle or continuation of a car allowance, during the period of such payment. The agreements contain non-competition provisions pursuant to which the management committee member would be restricted from associating with or acquiring or maintaining an ownership interest in a competing business for a period of two years (or one year if employment is terminated by us other than for cause or is terminated by the employee for good reason after a change of control).

Upon a change of control of Holdings or us as described in the agreements, these management committee members also would be entitled to lump sum payments and severance if their employment is terminated under certain circumstances. The agreements provide a payout in the event of a change of control based on a “double trigger” (more fully described under “Potential Post-Employment Benefits”). The agreements, including the “double trigger” provision, were negotiated with the sponsors in connection with the going-private transaction. These provisions are intended to align executive and stockholder interests by enabling executives to consider corporate transactions that are in the best interests of the stockholders and our other constituents without undue concern over whether the transactions may jeopardize the executives’ own employment. More detail on amounts and benefits in connection with termination, after a change of control or otherwise, is included in the Potential Post-Employment Benefits section below.

Messrs. Holland and Munnelly

We entered into agreements relating to employment and post employment competition with Messrs. Holland and Munnelly upon their commencement of employment with us. The agreements provide for post-employment benefits should Mr. Holland or Mr. Munnelly be terminated by us without cause. Those benefits include between 26 and 52 weeks of severance pay, depending on the length of time the executive has been employed by the company, and basic group medical coverage and continued use of the company leased vehicle or the company paid auto allowance during the severance pay period. The agreements contain non-disclosure, non-disparagement, non-competition and non-solicitation provisions to which the executive must adhere for certain periods of time after termination of employment.

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into Indemnification Agreements with our named executive officers, among others, that provide substantially similar rights to which they are currently entitled pursuant to our certificate of incorporation and by-laws and that spell out further the procedures to be followed in connection with indemnification.

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2011 Fiscal Year-End

The following table provides information with respect to holdings of stock options by our named executive officers at 2011 fiscal year-end.


	Option Awards
Name	Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options(#) Exercisable⁽¹⁾		Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options(#) Unexercisable⁽²⁾		Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Unearned Options(#)⁽³⁾		Option Exercise Price⁽⁴⁾		Option Expiration Date
Neubauer		343,126		0		106,874	$	6.50		2/27/17
		76,876		18,750		54,374	$	10.80		3/5/18
		50,000		150,000		200,000	$	10.54		3/2/20
		0		200,000		200,000	$	12.69		6/22/21
		20,000		80,000		0	$	12.69		1/15/16

Sutherland		756,591		0		235,659	$	6.50		1/26/17
		274,500		0		85,500	$	6.50		2/27/17
		38,439		9,375		27,186	$	10.80		3/5/18
		75,000		50,000		75,000	$	9.65		9/2/19
		25,000		75,000		100,000	$	10.54		3/2/20
		0		125,000		125,000	$	12.69		6/22/21
		0		48,000		0	$	12.69		1/15/16

McKee		466,555		0		145,321	$	6.50		1/26/17
		228,750		0		71,250	$	6.50		2/27/17
		25,626		6,250		18,124	$	10.80		3/5/18
		18,750		56,250		75,000	$	10.54		3/2/20
		0		125,000		125,000	$	12.69		6/22/21
		12,000		48,000		0	$	12.69		1/15/16

Holland		88,258		0		27,492	$	6.50		1/26/17
		53,376		0		16,624	$	6.50		2/27/17
		9,226		2,250		6,524	$	10.80		3/5/18
		10,625		31,875		42,500	$	10.54		3/2/20
		0		100,000		100,000	$	12.69		6/22/21
		8,000		32,000		0	$	12.69		1/15/16

Munnelly		30,750		7,500		21,750	$	9.95		12/4/17
		38,102		9,296		26,952	$	9.95		12/20/17
		9,226		2,250		6,524	$	10.80		3/5/18
		10,625		31,875		42,500	$	10.54		3/2/20

Kerin		538,897		0		167,853	$	6.50		1/26/17
		266,876		0		83,124	$	6.50		2/27/17
		38,439		9,375		27,186	$	10.80		3/5/18
		75,000		50,000		75,000	$	9.65		9/2/19
		25,000		75,000		100,000	$	10.54		3/2/20
		0		125,000		125,000	$	12.69		6/22/21
		12,000		48,000		0	$	12.69		1/15/16

(1)	These are time-based and performance-based options and ISPOs that have vested.

(2)

These are options subject to time-based vesting and generally vest 25% per year over four years from the date of grant, provided that the named executive officer is still employed by us. ISPOs are also included in this column. Stock options with an expiration date of January 26, 2017 were granted on January 26, 2007 and vest 25% on each of the first four anniversaries of the date of grant. Stock options with an expiration date of February 27, 2017 vest 25% on each of the first four anniversaries of January 26, 2007. Stock options with an expiration date of March 5, 2018 were granted on March 5, 2008 and vest 25% on each of

the first four anniversaries of the date of grant. Stock options with an expiration date of September 2, 2019 were granted on September 2, 2009 and vest 25% on each of the first four anniversaries of the date of grant. Stock options with an expiration date of March 2, 2020 were granted on March 2, 2010 and vest 25% on each of the first four anniversaries of the date of grant. Stock options with an expiration date of June 22, 2021 were granted on June 22, 2011 and vest 25% on each of the first four anniversaries of the date of grant. ISPOs with an expiration date of 1/15/2016 were granted on June 22, 2011 and are divided into 5 installments. The first installment vests immediately upon grant and is exercisable for one year. The remaining installments vest on the first four anniversaries of the December 15^th following the grant date and are exercisable for a period of 31 days. At least 25% of the first installment must be exercised or the remaining installments are cancelled.

(3)

These are the maximum number of options that are subject to performance-based vesting. 25% of the original award will vest each year over four years from the grant date, which in each case was 10 years prior to the listed expiration date, provided that certain performance targets are satisfied and the named executive officer is still employed by us, with certain exceptions (disability, retirement or death). See the narrative following the “Grants of Plan-Based Awards for Fiscal Year 2011” table.

(4)	In connection with the dividend declared by Holdings on April 19, 2011, the exercise price of all outstanding options was reduced by $3.50 per share, the amount of the dividend.

Options Exercises and Stock Vested Table for Fiscal Year 2011

The following table sets forth information with respect to the named executive officers concerning the exercise of options in fiscal 2011.


Name	Option Awards
Name	Number of Shares Acquired on Exercise (#)		Value Realized on Exercise ($)¹
Neubauer		—		—
Sutherland		12,000	$	0
McKee		—		—
Holland		—		—
Munnelly		—		—
Kerin		—		—

(1)	For Mr. Sutherland, who exercised ISPOs, no value was realized because the fair market value at the time of exercise was equal to the exercise price of the ISPO.

Pension Benefits for Fiscal Year 2011

Mr. Neubauer is the only named executive officer who has a supplemental executive retirement benefit. His right to the benefit vested in 1988. The supplemental executive retirement benefit entitles him to receive benefits beginning on his termination of employment for any reason or on his retirement. The annual benefit, which is payable in monthly installments, equals 50% of Mr. Neubauer’s base salary plus 50% of his average bonus, calculated based on his bonus from 2001-2003, or the three full years immediately preceding his retirement, whichever is greater. Mr. Neubauer will receive the retirement benefit for the remainder of his life and, upon his death, his surviving spouse would receive one-half of the benefit for the remainder of her life. This benefit will be paid to Mr. Neubauer, or his surviving spouse, according to our normal payroll cycle. Any amounts payable under the Survivor Income Protection Plan will reduce Mr. Neubauer’s retirement benefit. If Mr. Neubauer experiences a permanent disability, this benefit would commence immediately. The table below lists the present value of his benefit, which is set forth in his employment agreement with us, rather than in an actual plan document.

Name

Plan Name⁽¹⁾

Number of Years of
Credited
Service (#)⁽²⁾

Present Value of
Accumulated Benefit ($)⁽³⁾

Payments During Last
Fiscal Year ($)

Neubauer

N/A

20,731,601

—

(1)	Mr. Neubauer is entitled to this benefit under his employment agreement with the Company.

(2)	Mr. Neubauer’s right to the benefit vested in 1988 and credited service is not taken into account in determining the amount of the benefit.

(3)

The assumptions used in determining the present value of the future payments for the supplemental retirement benefit as of September 30, 2011 are as follows: (a) a discount rate of 4.0%; (b) mortality assumption based on the UP-94 mortality table; (c) payment as a monthly annuity as described above; and (d) Mr. Neubauer’s applicable base salary and average bonus figures. The actuarial present value is calculated assuming a retirement age equal to two years past Mr. Neubauer’s current age, which represents the period that notice is required to be provided for termination under his employment agreement. The assumptions are adjusted annually, based on prevailing market conditions and actual experience.

Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation for Fiscal Year 2011

Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in two deferred compensation plans: the 2007 Savings Incentive Retirement Plan and the 2005 Deferred Compensation Plan, each of which is discussed in “Other Components of Compensation” in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis above. Our named executive officers, other than Messrs. Holland and Munnelly, participated in predecessor plans to the 2007 Savings Incentive Retirement Plan and/or the 2005 Deferred Compensation Plan and retain balances in these older plans, all of which are reflected in the table.


Name	Executive Contributions in Last FY ($)⁽¹⁾		Registrant Contributions in Last FY ($)⁽²⁾		Aggregate Earning in Last FY ($)⁽³⁾		Aggregate Withdrawals/ Distributions ($)		Aggregate Balance at Last FYE ($)⁽³⁾
Neubauer
2007 SIRP		130,000		10,313		295,850		—		5,307,610
2005 Deferred Comp Plan		—		—		136,241		—		2,406,977
Other Deferred Compensation⁽⁴⁾		—		—		—		—		959,369

Sutherland
2007 SIRP		45,173		10,313		134,615		—		2,413,829
2005 Deferred Comp Plan		—		—		—		—		—

McKee
2007 SIRP		35,400		10,313		73,401		—		1,327,266
2005 Deferred Comp Plan		—		—		—		—		—

Holland
2007 SIRP		22,431		10,313		2,036		—		59,720
2005 Deferred Comp Plan		—		—		—		—		—

Munnelly
2007 SIRP		21,094		10,313		3,786		—		89,776
2005 Deferred Comp Plan		—		—		—		—		—

Kerin
2007 SIRP		—		—		78,423		—		1,386,459
2005 Deferred Comp Plan		—		—		—		—		—

(1)	All amounts in this column were deferred under the 2007 Savings Incentive Retirement Plan during fiscal 2011. All amounts deferred are included in the named executive officer’s salary amount in the Summary Compensation Table.

(2)	With respect to our named executive officers, these amounts constitute the company match for fiscal 2011 which was made in November 2011 to our nonqualified deferred compensation plan, the 2007 Savings Incentive Retirement Plan. These amounts were reported in the Summary Compensation Table.

(3)

Mr. Neubauer has balances in both the 2007 Savings Incentive Retirement Plan and the 2005 Deferred Compensation Plan, or its predecessors. Our Summary Compensation Table for previous years included the amount of salary deferred and company match for those years. The amounts in the Executive Contributions column are included in the Salary column in the Summary Compensation Table for fiscal 2011 and amounts in the Registrant Contributions column are reflected in the All Other Compensation column and are separately footnoted. To the extent that earnings for the 2007 Savings Incentive Retirement Plan and the 2005 Deferred Compensation Plan exceeded 120% of the applicable federal rate, those excess earnings were reported in the Change in Pension Value and Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Earnings column of the Summary Compensation Table as follows: for Mr. Neubauer, $49,382, for Mr. Sutherland, $15,385, for Ms. McKee, $8,389, for Mr. Holland, $233, for Mr. Munnelly, $433, and for Mr. Kerin, $8,963.

(4)	Represents amounts deferred beginning in 1979 under various deferred compensation plans that are aggregated on the books of the company and for which Mr. Neubauer is not credited with interest.

The 2007 Savings Incentive Retirement Plan enables our named executive officers to defer up to 25% of their base salaries, which become our unfunded deferral obligations. We credit amounts deferred with interest at the Moody’s Long Term Corporate Baa Bond Index rate for October of the previous year; the rate was 5.72% for 2011. From October 1, 2010 until December 31, 2010, we credited amounts deferred with an interest rate equal to 6.29%. Employees who participate in the 2007 Savings Incentive Retirement Plan are eligible to receive a company matching contribution equal to 25-75% of the first 6% of their salary deferred up to the Internal Revenue Code maximum deferral limit ($16,500 for fiscal 2011). This match is intended to replicate what the employee would have received if he or she had been able to participate in our 401(k) plans. For fiscal 2011, the company matching contribution was 62.5%. Participants in the Savings Incentive Retirement Plan may only make account withdrawals if there occurs an unforeseeable emergency as defined in the plan and the withdrawal is approved by the plan administrative committee. Company match amounts are not available for a hardship withdrawal. The 2007 Savings Incentive Retirement Plan is settled in cash following termination of employment and in compliance with certain requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.

Named executive officers may defer receipt of part or all of their cash compensation under our 2005 Deferred Compensation Plan. This Plan allows executives to save for retirement in a tax-deferred way at minimal cost to us. Under this unfunded Plan, amounts deferred by the executive are credited at an interest rate based on Moody’s Long Term Corporate Baa Bond Index rate for October of the previous year, which was 5.72% beginning January 1, 2011. From October 1, 2010 until December 31, 2010, we credited amounts deferred with an interest rate equal to 6.29%. Effective January 1, 2012, the rate for both the 2007 Savings Incentive Retirement Plan and the 2005 Deferred Compensation Plan will be adjusted to 5.37%, the Moody’s Long Term Corporate Baa Bond Index rate for October 2011. The 2005 Deferred Compensation Plan permits participants to select a payment schedule at the time they make their deferral election, subject to a three-year minimum deferral period as long as the participant remains employed by us. All or a portion of the amount then credited to a deferral account may be withdrawn, if the withdrawal is necessary in light of a severe financial hardship.

Potential Post-Employment Benefits

Our named executive officers may be eligible to receive benefits in the event their employment is terminated (1) upon their retirement, disability or death, (2) by ARAMARK without cause, or (3) in certain circumstances following a change of control. The amount of benefits will vary based on the reason for the termination.

The following sections present a discussion and calculations, as of September 30, 2011, of the estimated benefits the named executive officers would receive in these situations. Although the calculations are intended to provide reasonable estimates of the potential benefits, they are based on numerous assumptions discussed in the footnotes to the table and may not represent the actual amount an executive would receive if an eligible termination event were to occur.

In addition to the amounts disclosed in the following sections, each of our named executive officers would retain the amounts which he or she has earned or accrued over the course of his or her employment prior to the termination event, such as the executive’s balances under our deferred compensation plans and, on death, disability and termination other than for cause, the proceeds of previously vested stock options and on death, disability or retirement, the proceeds of one additional tranche of unvested time-based options that will vest and the proceeds of any unvested performance-based options that would have otherwise vested in the year following termination. Mr. Neubauer is entitled to his supplemental executive retirement benefit upon his termination of employment. For further information about previously earned and accrued amounts, see “Summary Compensation Table,” “2011 Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End,” “Pension Benefits for Fiscal Year 2011” and “Nonqualified Deferred Compensation for Fiscal Year 2011.”

In connection with his entry into the Kerin Agreement, Mr. Kerin’s employment is no longer governed by his employment agreement with the company and he is no longer entitled to any of the benefits provided for in his employment agreement except to the extent provided for in the Kerin Agreement.

Retirement, Death and Disability

Mr. Neubauer

Mr. Neubauer has an employment agreement with us under which he is entitled to receive benefits from a supplemental executive retirement benefit upon his termination of employment or retirement. See “Pension Benefits for Fiscal Year 2011” for more information on Mr. Neubauer’s supplemental retirement benefit.

Mr. Neubauer’s employment agreement provides that, upon his death, his estate will receive his accrued but unpaid salary and vacation and a portion of his average bonus prorated for the portion of the then current fiscal year, calculated based on his bonus from 2001-2003, or the three full years immediately preceding his termination, whichever is greater. In the event of his death, one additional tranche of Mr. Neubauer’s time-based stock options will vest and after one year we will determine whether an additional tranche of 25% of performance-based options will vest. His vested options will be exercisable for one year following his death. His surviving spouse will receive her portion of the supplemental retirement benefit described above.

If Mr. Neubauer is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or if Mr. Neubauer is, by reason of any such condition, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan, he will be considered permanently disabled and will receive all accrued but unpaid salary and vacation, continuation of salary for three years (offset by any amounts received under the Survivor Income Protection Plan and any disability plans), a portion of his bonus prorated for the portion of the then current fiscal year, calculated based on his average bonus from 2001-2003, or the three full years immediately preceding his termination, whichever is greater. In addition, all stock options held by Mr. Neubauer will become vested and immediately exercisable, but will remain subject to the terms of the Holdings 2007 Management Stock Incentive Plan. Accelerated vesting will occur for both Mr. Neubauer’s time-based and performance-based stock options. In addition, Mr. Neubauer may participate in the Executive Health Plan at his own expense for a period of three years following his permanent disability. Mr. Neubauer’s benefits on permanent disability would be in addition to amounts he would receive under the supplemental retirement benefit described above.

Messrs. Sutherland, Holland, Munnelly and Kerin and Ms. McKee

The other named executive officers do not receive any special benefits upon retirement, disability or death, other than those under the Survivor Income Protection Plan and/or life insurance, as applicable, in the case of death as more fully described in the “Other Components of Compensation” section of the Compensation Discussion and Analysis, or with regard to their stock options that are more fully described above.

Termination for Cause or Resignation without Good Reason

Mr. Neubauer

If Mr. Neubauer’s employment is terminated by us for cause or if Mr. Neubauer resigns without good reason, his employment agreement entitles him to receive accrued but unpaid base salary and vacation, a portion of his bonus prorated for the portion of the then current fiscal year, calculated based on his average bonus from 2001-2003, or the three full years immediately preceding his termination, whichever is greater, and his supplemental retirement benefit described above. Mr. Neubauer may also continue participation in the Executive Health Plan at his own expense for three years following his termination for cause or resignation without good reason. In addition, all of Mr. Neubauer’s outstanding stock options would remain outstanding and subject to the terms of the Holdings 2007 Management Stock Incentive Plan. If Mr. Neubauer resigns without good reason two years following his notice to us of his intent to do so, all of his stock options will vest and become immediately exercisable upon the effective date of his resignation. If Mr. Neubauer does not provide two years’ notice of his intent to resign, his stock options will not be subject to accelerated vesting. Termination for cause means termination by the Holdings board for Mr. Neubauer’s willful failure to perform his duties or his willful misconduct that materially injures our reputation or financial condition, in each case if he fails to cure within 30 days of receiving notice of the events or circumstances that the board deems to be willful failure or willful misconduct. Good reason includes our material breach of his employment agreement and our failure to cure that breach or Mr. Neubauer’s resignation within 12 months after a change of control, which is defined below.

Messrs. Sutherland, Holland, Munnelly and Kerin and Ms. McKee

The other named executive officers are not entitled to any benefits under their employment agreements upon termination for cause or resignation without good reason. With respect to the other named executive officers, termination for cause means termination of employment due to conviction or plea of nolo contendere to a felony, intentional fraud or dishonesty with regard to us that causes us demonstrable harm, willful and continuous failure to perform his or her duties, willful violation of our Business Conduct Policy that causes us material harm or intentionally working against our best interests, in each case after notice and failure to cure the conduct within 10 business days. Our named executive officers are subject to a two-year non-competition prohibition if their employment is terminated for cause or they resign without good reason.

Termination without Cause

Mr. Neubauer

If Mr. Neubauer’s employment is terminated by us without cause, he is entitled to the following payments and benefits:

•

A pro rata bonus for the year of termination based on his average bonus over the three immediately preceding years (or, if higher, 2001-2003);

•

A lump sum payment of two times his base salary;

•

A lump sum payment of two times his average bonus for the three years prior to his termination (or, if higher, his average bonus from 2001-2003);

•

The supplemental retirement benefit described above;

•

Participation in our Survivor Income Protection Plan, if applicable, certain health and welfare plans and other perquisites (such as his company car) for up to three years;

•

Full vesting of his stock options—both time-based and performance-based stock options;

•

Participation in our Executive Health Plan at his own expense for three years; and

•

Other accrued but unpaid salary and benefits.

If Mr. Neubauer’s termination occurs at least two years after our notice to Mr. Neubauer of our intent to terminate his employment, it will be considered an “Involuntary Termination with Notice” under his employment agreement and he will not receive the lump sum payment of two times his base salary and bonus or other perquisites, but will receive the other benefits outlined above.

Mr. Sutherland and Ms. McKee

If we terminate Mr. Sutherland or Ms. McKee without cause, he or she will receive:

•

Severance payments equal to his or her monthly base salary for 18 months, made in the course of our normal payroll cycle;

•

Participation in our basic medical and life insurance programs during the period over which he or she receives severance payments, with the employee’s share of premiums deducted from the severance payments;

•

Use of his or her company car or continuation of his or her car allowance payments, as applicable, during the severance period; and

•

All of his or her vested stock options.

Mr. Sutherland and Ms. McKee are subject to a one-year non-competition covenant if their employment is terminated without cause or they terminate for good reason after a change of control.

Messrs. Holland and Munnelly

If we terminate Mr. Holland or Mr. Munnelly without cause, he will receive:

•

Severance payments equal to his monthly base salary for 26 to 52 weeks, graduated depending on number of years of service (with less than two years of service entitling the executive to six months of severance and five or more years of service entitling the executive to 52 weeks of severance), made in the course of our normal payroll cycle (based upon their years of service, Mr. Holland would be entitled to 52 weeks of severance and Mr. Munnelly to 45 weeks of severance);

•

Participation in our basic medical and life insurance programs during the period over which he receives severance payments, with the employee’s share of premiums deducted from the severance payments;

•

Use of his company car or continuation of his car allowance payments, as applicable, during the severance period; and

•

All of his vested stock options.

Messrs. Holland and Munnelly are subject to non-disclosure and non-disparagement obligations, a one-year non-competition covenant and a two-year non-solicitation covenant after termination of employment under their agreements.

Resignation for Good Reason and Termination or Resignation for Good Reason after a Change of Control

Mr. Neubauer

As mentioned above, Mr. Neubauer may resign for good reason if we materially breach his employment agreement and fail to cure or Mr. Neubauer resigns within 12 months after a change of control. A change of control under Mr. Neubauer’s employment agreement includes a person’s acquisition of 35% or more of our outstanding voting stock, the change in a majority of our board membership over a two-year period, a sale or disposition of substantially all of our income-producing assets or property, our merger or consolidation with

another company with our stockholders owning less than 50% of the voting stock of the surviving corporation after the merger or a change of control. A change of control will not be deemed to have occurred under Mr. Neubauer’s employment agreement if Mr. Neubauer is a member of the group whose transaction with us or our stockholders would result in the change of control. If Mr. Neubauer resigns for good reason, he is entitled to the amounts set forth above under the heading “termination without cause.” This would constitute a “single trigger” since Mr. Neubauer can resign for any reason within 12 months after a change of control and be paid out under his agreement. This “single trigger” provision has been included in Mr. Neubauer’s employment agreement for at least the past 11 years and was not triggered by the going-private transaction.

Mr. Sutherland and Ms. McKee

Our employment agreements with Mr. Sutherland and Ms. McKee contain a “double trigger”—to be initiated, there must be a change of control followed by an involuntary loss of employment or decrease in responsibilities within three years thereafter, or employment must be terminated in anticipation of a change of control. We chose to implement a “double trigger” because we were advised by Frederic W. Cook & Co., Inc. that a “double trigger” is more common in the market than a “single trigger.” In addition, in connection with the going-private transaction, change of control amounts were paid to our management committee members other than Mr. Neubauer under their previous employment agreements. With respect to Mr. Sutherland and Ms. McKee, a change of control is deemed to occur if:

•

an entity or group other than our sponsors acquire more than 50% of our voting stock;

•

the Company experiences a reorganization, merger or sale or disposition of substantially all of our assets or we purchase the assets or stock of another entity unless the shareholders prior to the transaction own at least 50% of the voting stock after the transaction and no person owns a majority of the voting stock (unless that ownership existed before the transaction); or

•

a majority of the members of our board are replaced during any 12-month period and the new directors are not endorsed by a majority of the Company’s board before the replacement or the replacement is not contemplated by our stockholders agreement.

In addition to termination by us following a change of control, the employment agreements with Mr. Sutherland and Ms. McKee provide the same benefits to them if they resign for good reason following a change of control. Good reason is defined in their employment agreements as any of the following actions occurring after a change of control:

•

A decrease in base salary or target bonus;

•

A material decrease in aggregate employee benefits;

•

Diminution in title or substantial diminution in reporting relationship or responsibilities; or

•

Relocation of his or her principal place of business by 35 miles or more.

If Mr. Sutherland’s or Ms. McKee’s employment is terminated by us without cause or if he or she resigns with good reason (as defined in his or her employment agreement) following a change of control other than the going-private transaction that was completed in January 2007, he or she is entitled to the following in addition to severance payments and benefits (see “Employment Agreements and Change of Control Arrangements”):

•

Cash severance benefits based on a multiple of two times his or her base salary and target bonus (or the prior year’s actual bonus, if higher) over a two-year period according to our payroll cycle;

•

A lump sum payment, within 40 days after his or her termination date, equal to the portion of his or her target bonus attributable to the portion of the fiscal year served prior to termination, plus any earned but unpaid amounts;

•

Continued medical, life and disability insurance at our expense for a two-year period following termination;

•

Outplacement counseling in an amount not to exceed 20% of base salary; and

•

Accelerated vesting of outstanding equity-based awards or retirement plan benefits as is specified under the terms of the applicable plans. See the narrative following the “Grants of Plan-Based Awards for Fiscal Year 2011” table.

If the payments made to a management committee member were to result in excise tax or interest and penalties, the Company is required to gross up the management committee member for the income or excise tax imposed. This gross-up provision ensures that our management committee members receive the full benefit of payments related to a change of control to which they are entitled. If a change of control were to have occurred at the end of fiscal 2011, no excise tax would have been imposed on our management committee members and, therefore, the table below does not include any gross-up for excise taxes.

Estimated Benefits Upon Termination

The following table shows potential payments to our named executive officers under existing contracts, agreements, plans or arrangements, whether written or unwritten, for various scenarios involving a termination of employment, assuming a September 30, 2011 termination date and using the market value of Holdings common stock as of September 30, 2011. The market value of Holdings common stock is calculated on the basis of the appraisal price of the common stock as of September 30, 2011 ($12.73). The named executive officers would also be eligible to receive their supplemental retirement benefits (in the case of Mr. Neubauer) and accrued deferred compensation (see “Pension Benefits for Fiscal Year 2011” and “Nonqualified Deferred Compensation for Fiscal Year 2011”), which does not automatically accelerate upon a change of control. Some of the named executive officers have optional life insurance for which they pay 100% of the premium.

This table shows amounts that would be payable under existing employment and post-employment competition and other agreements.


Name	Retirement		Permanent Disability		Death⁽⁴⁾		Termination For Cause		Resignation w/out Good Reason		Voluntary Resignation with Notice		Termination w/ out Cause		Involuntary Termination With Notice		Resignation with Good Reason / Change of Control
Neubauer⁽⁵⁾
Cash Payment (Lump Sum)	$	1,300,000	$	2,183,333	$	4,483,333	$	2,183,333	$	2,183,333	$	2,183,333	$	9,150,000	$	2,183,333	$	9,150,000
Cash Payment (Over Time)			$	3,900,000
Vested Stock Options⁽¹⁾	$	2,396,346	$	2,396,346	$	2,396,346			$	2,396,346	$	2,396,346	$	2,396,346	$	2,396,346	$	2,396,346
Unvested Stock Options⁽²⁾	$	295,375	$	1,592,654	$	295,375					$	1,592,654	$	1,592,654	$	1,592,654	$	1,592,654
Perquisites⁽³⁾													$	420,396			$	420,396

Total	$	3,991,721	$	10,072,33	$	7,175,054	$	2,183,333	$	4,579,679	$	6,172,333	$	13,559,396	$	6,172,333	$	13,559,396


Name	Retirement	Death⁽⁴⁾		Disability		Termination w/out cause		Change of Control
Sutherland⁽⁶⁾
Cash Payment (Lump Sum)		$	1,000,000					$	600,000
Cash Payment (Over Time)		$	3,625,000			$	1,125,000	$	3,825,000
Vested Stock Options⁽¹⁾		$	6,783,634	$	6,783,634	$	6,783,634	$	6,783,634
Unvested Stock Options⁽²⁾		$	225,188	$	225,188			$	265,975
Perquisites⁽³⁾						$	39,100	$	262,354

Total		$	11,633,822	$	7,008,822	$	7,947,734	$	11,736,963

McKee⁽⁷⁾
Cash Payment (Lump Sum)		$	1,500,000					$	445,000
Cash Payment (Over Time)		$	2,745,000			$	885,000	$	2,955,000
Vested Stock Options⁽¹⁾		$	4,422,751	$	4,422,751	$	4,422,751	$	4,422,751
Unvested Stock Options⁽²⁾		$	108,750	$	108,750			$	139,191
Perquisites⁽³⁾						$	27,665	$	178,986

Total		$	8,776,501	$	4,531,501	$	5,335,416	$	8,140,928

Holland⁽⁸⁾
Cash Payment (Lump Sum)		$	1,770,000
Cash Payment (Over Time)		$	0			$	385,000	$	385,000
Vested Stock Options⁽¹⁾		$	923,775	$	923,775	$	923,775	$	923,775
Unvested Stock Options⁽²⁾		$	57,223	$	57,223			$	75,419
Perquisites⁽³⁾						$	31,566	$	31,566

Total		$	2,750,998	$	980,998	$	1,340,341	$	1,415,760

Munnelly⁽⁹⁾
Cash Payment (Lump Sum)		$	1,708,000
Cash Payment (Over Time)		$	0			$	306,346	$	306,346
Vested Stock Options⁽¹⁾		$	232,483	$	232,483	$	232,483	$	232,483
Unvested Stock Options⁽²⁾		$	264,501	$	264,501			$	139,551
Perquisites⁽³⁾						$	31,445	$	31,445

Total		$	2,204,984	$	496,984	$	570,274	$	709,825

Kerin⁽¹⁰⁾
Cash Payment (Lump Sum)		$	2,500,000			$	930,000	$	930,000
Cash Payment (Over Time)						$	1,456,250	$	1,456,250
Vested Stock Options⁽¹⁾		$	5,380,383	$	5,380,383	$	5,380,383	$	5,380,383
Unvested Stock Options⁽²⁾		$	225,188	$	225,188			$	265,495
Perquisites⁽³⁾						$	64,946	$	64,946

Total		$	8,105,571	$	5,605,571	$	7,831,579	$	8,097,074

Change of control means termination without cause following a change of control or resignation for good reason following a change of control. For Messrs. Holland and Munnelly, whose employment agreements do not contain special provisions for a change of control, it means termination without cause following a change of control. Mr. Kerin’s employment agreement, which contained provisions relating to change of control, was superseded by the Kerin Agreement on August 8, 2011. Therefore, for Mr. Kerin, change of control means termination without cause after a change of control. For purposes of stock options, the change of control provisions become operative regardless of whether there is a termination following the change of control and change of control for purposes of stock options does not include a return based vesting event.

(1)

Represents currently vested stock options. Calculations with regard to stock options are based upon the market value of Holdings common stock, which is calculated on the basis of the appraisal price of the common stock ($12.73) as of September 30, 2011. Vested stock options are included in the table due to the fact that absent the events set forth in the table, the named executive officers would not be able to gain any liquidity from any of the stock they would receive upon exercising vested options.

(2)

Represents unvested stock options that would vest upon the occurrence of the specified event. Calculations with regard to stock options are based upon the market value of Holdings common stock, which is calculated on the basis of the appraisal price of the common stock ($12.73) as of September 30, 2011.

(a) Only Mr. Neubauer has attained the Company’s retirement age of 60 under the Management Stock Incentive Plan. Therefore, the accelerated vesting for stock options on retirement would apply only to Mr. Neubauer.

(b) For Mr. Neubauer, the accelerated vesting for stock options in the case of permanent disability was calculated assuming that all options become fully vested. Otherwise, in the case of death or disability of any named executive officer, amounts were calculated assuming that all time-based options scheduled to vest in fiscal 2012 vest and the performance-based options granted in 2008, 2009, 2010 and 2011 that were scheduled to vest in 2012 based upon the achievement of the 2011 EBIT target would vest since the 2011 EBIT target was achieved.

(c) For Mr. Neubauer, the accelerated vesting for stock options on a change of control was calculated assuming that all options become fully vested. Stock option amounts (which apply to options not yet vested) on a change of control for named executive officers other than Mr. Neubauer assume that unvested performance-based options granted in 2008, 2009, 2010 and 2011 vest at a rate of 52.5%, which is the blended rate for the vesting of performance-based stock options based on the 2007, 2008, 2009 and 2010 EBIT targets, pursuant to the terms of the Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement. See “Grants of Plan Based Awards for Fiscal Year 2011” and the narrative following the table.

(3)

The following assumptions were used in our calculation of the cost of perquisites in connection with termination of employment: a 7.5% increase annually for health insurance premiums, dental insurance premiums, vision insurance premiums and excess health, with 2011 used as the base year, and no increase annually for life and accident insurance premiums.

(4)	Includes amounts payable under the Survivor Income Protection Plan, various term life insurance policies and accidental death and dismemberment policy for which we pay all or part of the premium, which amounts are reflected in the “Summary Compensation Table.”

(5)	(a) In addition to the amounts listed in this table, Mr. Neubauer also will receive his supplemental executive retirement benefit as described under “Pension Benefits for Fiscal Year 2011.”

(b) Included in Mr. Neubauer’s perquisites in the case of termination without cause or resignation for good reason following a change of control are health care, accident, disability and survivor insurance premiums for three years, use of a company leased vehicle and vehicle maintenance and insurance for three years and reimbursement for financial planning services. Mr. Neubauer may also participate in the Executive Health Plan at his own expense.

(6)

Included in Mr. Sutherland’s perquisites: (a) in the case of termination without cause, are basic medical and life insurance coverage and a car allowance over an 18-month severance period; and (b) in the case of a change of control, are health care, accident, disability and survivor insurance premiums for two years and a car allowance for eighteen months, reimbursement of financial planning services, as well as outplacement benefits of 20% of his base salary.

(7)

Included in Ms. McKee’s perquisites: (a) in the case of termination without cause, are life insurance coverage and use of a leased car over an 18-month severance period; and (b) in the case of a change of control, are health care, accident, disability and survivor insurance premiums for two years, use of a leased car for 18 months, reimbursement of financial planning services, as well as outplacement benefits of 20% of her base salary.

(8)	Included in Mr. Holland’s perquisites, in the case of termination without cause, are basic medical insurance coverage and a car allowance over a 12-month severance period.

(9)	Included in Mr. Munnelly’s perquisites, in the case of termination without cause, are basic medical insurance coverage and use of a leased car over a 45 week severance period.

(10)

As of August 8, 2011, Mr. Kerin’s employment with us is governed by the Kerin Agreement. Included in Mr. Kerin’s perquisites in the case of termination without cause, are basic medical and life insurance coverage and a car allowance over the 5.3 months he is guaranteed employment with us under the Kerin Agreement, plus his 18-month severance period. In addition, the Kerin Agreement provides that Mr. Kerin would receive a lump sum payment of at least $600,000 in December of 2011 (it was $630,000) and a lump sum payment of $300,000 in December 2012.

Director Compensation

Three of our executive officers, Joseph Neubauer, L. Frederick Sutherland and Christopher Holland, serve as directors of ARAMARK Corporation. None of them receives any additional remuneration for serving as a director.

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

Holdings owns 100% of the capital stock of ARAMARK Intermediate Holdco Corporation, which owns 100% of the capital stock of ARAMARK. Holdings has a board of directors consisting of the Chief Executive Officer, representatives of our four Sponsors and five other non-management directors. The board of directors of ARAMARK Intermediate Holdco Corporation consists of the same members as that of ARAMARK.

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership, as of November 25, 2011, of (i) each individual or entity known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of the common stock of Holdings, (ii) each of our Named Executive Officers, (iii) each of our directors and (iv) all of directors and our executive officers as a group.

The amounts and percentages of shares beneficially owned are reported on the basis of SEC regulations governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under SEC rules, a person is deemed to be a “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has or shares voting power or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Securities that can be so acquired are deemed to be outstanding for purposes of computing such person’s ownership percentage, but not for purposes of computing any other person’s percentage. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of the same securities and a person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of securities as to which such person has no economic interest.

Except as otherwise indicated in the footnotes below, each of the beneficial owners has, to our knowledge, sole voting and investment power with respect to the indicated shares. Unless otherwise noted, the address of each beneficial owner is ARAMARK Corporation, ARAMARK Tower, 1101 Market Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19107.


Name and Address of Beneficial Owner	Beneficial Ownership of ARAMARK Corporation Common Stock⁽¹⁾		Percentage of ARAMARK Corporation Common Stock
GS Capital Partners⁽²⁾		208		20.83	%
CCMP Capital Investors⁽³⁾		104		10.42	%
J.P. Morgan Partners⁽⁴⁾		104		10.42	%
Thomas H. Lee Partners⁽⁵⁾		208		20.83	%
Warburg Pincus LLC⁽⁶⁾		213		21.28	%
Joseph Neubauer⁽⁷⁾		97		9.69	%
L. Frederick Sutherland⁽⁸⁾		13		1.30	%
Andrew C. Kerin⁽⁹⁾		7		*
Lynn B. McKee⁽¹⁰⁾		6		*
Christopher S. Holland⁽¹¹⁾		1		*
Joseph Munnelly⁽¹²⁾		1		*
Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (6 persons)⁽¹³⁾		124		12.44	%

*	Less than one percent or one share, as applicable.

(1)

ARAMARK has 1,000 shares of common stock outstanding, all of which are owned indirectly by Holdings. Share amounts indicated above reflect beneficial ownership, through Holdings, by such entities or individuals of these 1,000 shares of ARAMARK. As of November 25, 2011, Holdings had 202,892,002 shares outstanding.

(2)

ARAMARK shares shown as beneficially owned by GS Capital Partners reflect an aggregate of the following record ownership: (i) 22,326,144 shares of Holdings held by GS Capital Partners V Fund, L.P.; (ii) 11,532,758 shares of Holdings held by GS Capital Partners V Offshore Fund, L.P.; (iii) 7,655,956 shares of Holdings held by GS Capital Partners V Institutional, L.P.; and (iv) 885,142 shares of Holdings held by GS Capital Partners V GmbH & Co. KG (collectively, the “GS Entities”). The GS Entities, of which affiliates of the Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. are the general partner, managing general partner or investment manager, share voting and investment power with certain of its respective affiliates. The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares held directly or indirectly by the GS Entities, except to the extent of its pecuniary interest therein, if any. The address of GS Capital Partners is c/o The Goldman Sachs Group, 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282.

(3)

ARAMARK shares shown as beneficially owned by CCMP Capital Investors reflect an aggregate of the following record ownership: (i) 18,706,648 shares of Holdings held by CCMP Capital Investors II, L.P.; and (ii) 2,493,353 shares of Holdings held by CCMP Capital Investors (Cayman) II, L.P. The address of CCMP Capital Investors is 245 Park Avenue, 16th Floor, New York, New York 10167.

(4)

ARAMARK shares shown as beneficially owned by JP Morgan Partners reflect an aggregate of the following record ownership: (i) 11,955,003 shares of Holdings held by JP Morgan Partners (BHCA), LP; (ii) 2,865,797 shares of Holdings held by JP Morgan Partners Global Investors, L.P.; (iii) 440,340 shares of Holdings held by JP Morgan Partners Global Investors A, L.P.; (iv) 1,438,760 shares of Holdings held by JP Morgan Partners Global Investors (Cayman), L.P.; (v) 160,899 shares of Holdings held by JP Morgan Partners Global Investors (Cayman) II, L.P.; (vi) 970,308 shares of Holdings held by J.P. Morgan Partners Global Investors (Selldown), L.P.; and (vii) 3,368,893 shares of Holdings held by J.P. Morgan Partners Global Investors (Selldown) II, L.P. The address of JP Morgan Partners is 270 Park Avenue, 9th Floor, New York, New York 10017.

(5)

ARAMARK shares shown as beneficially owned by Thomas H. Lee Partners reflect an aggregate of the following record ownership: (i) 200,000 shares of Holdings held by THL Equity Fund VI Investors (ARAMARK), LLC; (ii) 23,347,540 shares of Holdings held by Thomas H. Lee Equity Fund VI, L.P.; (iii) 15,809,712 shares of Holdings held by Thomas H. Lee Parallel Fund VI, L.P.; (iv) 2,761,639 shares of Holdings held by Thomas H. Lee Parallel (DT) Fund VI, L.P.; (v) 119,161 shares of Holdings held by Putnam Investment Holdings, LLC; (vi) 119,115 shares of Holdings held by Putnam Investments Employees Securities Company III LLC; and (vii) 42,833 shares of Holdings held by THL Coinvestment Partners, L.P. The address of Thomas H. Lee Partners is 100 Federal Street, 35th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.

(6)

ARAMARK shares shown as beneficially owned by Warburg Pincus LLC reflect record ownership of 43,300,000 shares of Holdings held by Warburg Pincus Private Equity IX, L.P. (“WPIX”). Warburg Pincus Partners, LLC, a direct subsidiary of Warburg Pincus & Co. (“WP”), is the sole member of Warburg Pincus IX, LLC, which is the sole general partner of WPIX. WPIX is managed by Warburg Pincus LLC. The address of Warburg Pincus LLC is 450 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10017.

(7)	Includes beneficial ownership held by a trust for which Mr. Neubauer serves as trustee. ARAMARK Corporation shares shown as beneficially owned by Mr. Neubauer reflect 490,002 shares of Holdings subject to stock options exercisable currently, or within 60 days of November 25, 2011.

(8)

Includes beneficial ownership held by a family partnership for which Mr. Sutherland serves as a general partner. ARAMARK Corporation shares shown as beneficially owned by Mr. Sutherland reflect 1,169,530 shares of Holdings subject to stock options exercisable currently, or within 60 days of November 25, 2011.

(9)	ARAMARK Corporation shares shown as beneficially owned by Mr. Kerin reflect 956,212 shares of Holdings subject to stock options exercisable currently, or within 60 days of November 25, 2011.

(10)	Includes beneficial ownership held by a general partnership for which Ms. McKee serves as a general partner. ARAMARK Corporation shares shown as beneficially owned by Ms. McKee reflect 751,681 shares of Holdings subject to stock options exercisable currently, or within 60 days of November 25, 2011.

(11)	ARAMARK Corporation shares shown as beneficially owned by Mr. Holland reflect 169,485 shares of Holdings subject to stock options exercisable currently, or within 60 days of November 25, 2011.

(12)	ARAMARK Corporation shares shown as beneficially owned by Mr. Munnelly reflect 88,703 shares of Holdings subject to stock options exercisable currently, or within 60 days of November 25, 2011.

(13)	ARAMARK Corporation shares shown as beneficially owned by Directors and Executive Officers as a group reflect 3,625,613 shares of Holdings subject to stock options exercisable currently, or within 60 days of November 25, 2011.

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Review of Related Person Transactions

The Board of Directors adopted a written Policy Regarding Transactions with Related Persons, which is administered by the Audit and Corporate Practices Committee of Holdings (the “Audit Committee”). This policy applies to any transaction or series of transactions in which the Company or a subsidiary is a participant, the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and a Related Person (as defined in Item 404(a) of SEC Regulation S-K) has a direct or indirect material interest. Under the Policy, a related person transaction other than as described below with regard to Mr. Neubauer and the Sponsors must be reported to the Company’s General Counsel and be reviewed and approved or ratified by the Audit Committee in accordance with the terms of this Policy, prior to the effectiveness or consummation of the transaction, whenever practicable. The Audit Committee will review all relevant information available to it about the potential Related Person Transaction. The Audit Committee, in its sole discretion, may impose such conditions as it deems appropriate on the Company or the Related Person in connection with the approval of the Related Person Transaction. In connection with transactions in which Mr. Neubauer, any of the directors of Holdings who are associated with the Sponsors or any of the Sponsors has a direct or indirect material interest, the provisions of the Stockholders Agreement of Holdings, which requires the consent of a majority of the disinterested directors of Holdings, will apply except that in the case of Mr. Neubauer, this requirement will not apply to compensation and incentive arrangements and other matters within the customary purview of and approved by the Compensation and Human Resources Committee of Holdings.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

We manage our exposure to interest rate changes with respect to our floating rate indebtedness through the use of interest rate swaps. Before and subsequent to the closing of the Transaction on January 26, 2007, our financial institution counterparties on these swaps have included entities affiliated with GS Capital Partners and with J.P. Morgan Partners. As of September 30, 2011, the notional value of interest rate swaps with entities affiliated with GS Capital Partners was $766.0 million and ¥5.0 billion and with entities affiliated with J.P. Morgan Partners was $1,071.0 million. In all of these swaps, we pay the counterparty a fixed interest rate in exchange for their payment of a floating interest rate. The net payments in fiscal 2011 to entities affiliated with GS Capital Partners and entities affiliated with J.P. Morgan Partners pursuant to interest rate swap transactions were approximately $40.1 million and $51.6 million, respectively.

JP Morgan Chase Bank, NA, an affiliate of J.P. Morgan Partners, serves as administrative agent, collateral agent and LC facility issuing bank for our Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of March 26, 2010 (the “Credit Agreement”). In fiscal 2011, we paid JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. $200,000 for these services.

On April 18, 2011, we entered into Amendment Agreement No. 1 (the “Amendment Agreement”) to the Credit Agreement to, among other things, extend, from January 26, 2013 to January 26, 2015, the maturity of, and increase, from $435 million to $500 million, the U.S. dollar denominated portion of the Company’s existing revolving credit facility. Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., affiliates of GS Capital Partners and J.P. Morgan Partners, respectively, served as co-lead arrangers for this transaction and were each paid $1.9 million for their services. In addition, we paid $85,000 in legal fees related to the amendment on behalf of these co-lead arrangers as well as $19,000 of other out-of-pocket expenses.

approximately $711 million dividend ($3.50 per share) to the Parent Company’s shareholders and to pay fees and expenses related to the issuance of the Parent Company Notes. In connection with this transaction, entities affiliated with GS Capital Partners and J.P. Morgan Partners were paid approximately $3.1 million and $5.2 million, respectively, for their services.

The Company engaged Goldman Sachs & Co. and JP Morgan Securities, LLC, affiliates of GS Capital Partners and J.P. Morgan Partners, respectively, to provide financial advisory services in connection with the sale of a portion of the Company’s equity interest in Seamless North America, LLC, a previously wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. In connection with that engagement, each of Goldman Sachs & Co. and JP Morgan Securities, LLC, was paid $500,000 for their services. In addition, we paid $66,000 in aggregate out-of-pocket expenses to these advisors in connection with the engagement.

Goldman Sachs Credit Partners is an affiliate of GS Capital Partners, one of our Sponsors, and Sanjeev Mehra, a member of the board of directors of Holdings. JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and J.P. Morgan Securities are affiliates of J.P. Morgan Partners, one of our Sponsors. Stephen P. Murray, who serves on the board of directors of Holdings, was employed by J.P. Morgan Partners until August 2006 and has been employed by CCMP Capital Advisors since August 2006.

Other Transactions

On August 8, 2011, we entered into the Kerin Agreement with Mr. Kerin, who served as Executive Vice President of the Company, Group President, Global Food, Hospitality and Facility Services, and is one of the Company’s named executive officers. See “Employment Agreements and Change of Control Arrangements.”

The Company employs Mr. Kerin’s brother as a general manager in its uniform rental business. Mr. Kerin’s brother earned approximately $176,946 in salary and bonus for fiscal 2011.

On January 10, 2011, the Company entered into a letter agreement (the “Vozzo Agreement”) with Thomas J. Vozzo, Executive Vice President of the Company and President, ARAMARK Uniform and Career Apparel, in connection with his resignation as Executive Vice President of the Company. Under the Vozzo Agreement, Mr. Vozzo ceased to be an officer of the Company effective January 9, 2011 but continued to be an employee of the Company and the President, ARAMARK Uniform and Career Apparel until June 30, 2011. The Vozzo Agreement also provides that Mr. Vozzo will receive his base salary for eighteen months following June 30, 2011 and received a lump sum payment of $225,000 in December 2011. Mr. Vozzo also will continue to receive his health benefits and car allowance during this eighteen month period and will be entitled to be reimbursed for up to $50,000 of outplacement services. Pursuant to the Vozzo Agreement, Mr. Vozzo will be subject to a non-competition agreement for one year from June 30, 2011.

During fiscal 2011, the Company paid a $125,000 Hart Scott Rodino filing fee (and related legal expenses of $16,568) in connection with a Hart Scott Rodino filing made on Mr. Neubauer’s behalf. The filing was necessary for Mr. Neubauer to be able to exercise Installment Stock Purchase Opportunities granted to him by the Compensation and Human Resources Committee.

We have a split dollar life insurance agreement with Mr. Neubauer. The agreement relates to life insurance policies owned by a trust created by Mr. Neubauer. Pursuant to the agreement, prior to 2003 we paid a substantial portion of the premiums on the policies, such amounts to be repaid from the proceeds of the policies upon their termination. At September 30, 2011, the amount of the premium repayment obligation was $2,497,692. We do not charge interest in each fiscal year on this amount. However, we have in the past captured at least some of the foregone interest because we reduced the amount of the interest that would otherwise accrue on Mr. Neubauer’s deferred compensation. We hold a security interest in the policies to secure the repayment of the premium amount paid by us. This arrangement terminates upon the termination of Mr. Neubauer’s employment (other than by reason of his retirement).

Director Independence

The Company’s Board of Directors is composed of Joseph Neubauer, L. Frederick Sutherland and Christopher S. Holland, each of whom is elected to serve until his successor is duly elected and qualified. Each of our directors is an employee of the Company and would not be considered independent for purposes of the New York Stock Exchange Listing Standards.

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Set forth below is information relating to the aggregate fees billed by KPMG LLP for professional services rendered for each of the last two fiscal years.

Audit Fees

The aggregate fees billed by KPMG LLP for each of fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010 for professional services rendered for the audit of our consolidated financial statements, for the reviews of the unaudited consolidated financial statements included in our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the fiscal years, or for services normally provided by our independent registered public accountant in connection with statutory or regulatory filings or engagements, including reviews of registration statements, for those fiscal years were $4,720,648 and $4,716,259, respectively.

Audit-Related Fees

The aggregate fees billed by KPMG LLP in each of fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010 for assurance and related services that were reasonably related to performance of the audit or review of our consolidated financial statements and that are not reported under “Audit Fees” above were $540,549 and $583,692, respectively. These services consisted of compliance and employee benefit plan audits, accounting consultation and other services.

Tax Fees

The aggregate fees billed by KPMG LLP in each of fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010 for professional services rendered for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning were $243,279 and $242,442, respectively. These services consisted primarily of international compliance assistance and tax planning advice.

All Other Fees

There were no other fees billed by KPMG LLP in fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010 for products and services provided, other than the services noted above.

Pre-Approval of Services

Pursuant to its Pre-Approval Policy, the Audit Committee annually reviews and pre-approves the services that may be provided by the independent auditor without obtaining further pre-approval from the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee may revise its list of pre-approved services from time to time, based on subsequent determinations. The Audit Committee has delegated pre-approval authority for additional or different services to the chairman of the Audit Committee, or in his absence or unavailability, to another specified member of the Audit Committee. The chairman of the Audit Committee or such specified member will report any pre-approval decisions to the Audit Committee at its next scheduled meeting. All of our audit, audit-related fees and tax fees were pre-approved by the Audit Committee or the chairman of the Audit Committee.

PART IV

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Financial Statements

See Index to Financial Statements and Schedule at page S-1 and the Exhibit Index.

(b) Exhibits Required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K

See the Exhibit Index which is incorporated herein by reference.

See Index to Financial Statements and Schedule at page S-1.

SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION TO BE FURNISHED WITH REPORTS FILED PURSUANT TO SECTION 15(d) OF THE ACT BY REGISTRANTS WHICH HAVE NOT REGISTERED SECURITIES PURSUANT TO SECTION 12 OF THE ACT.

No annual report to security holders covering the registrant’s last fiscal year has been sent to security holders. No proxy statement, form of proxy or other proxy soliciting material has been sent to more than 10 of the registrant’s security holders with respect to any annual or other meeting of security holders.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this annual report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENT, that each person whose name appears below hereby appoints Joseph Neubauer, L. Frederick Sutherland, and Christopher S. Holland, and each of them, as his or her true and lawful agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to execute any and all amendments to the within annual report, and to file the same, together with all exhibits thereto, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each said attorney-in-fact and agent may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this annual report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.


Name	Title	Date

/s/ JOSEPH NEUBAUER Joseph Neubauer	Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	December 15, 2011

/s/ L. FREDERICK SUTHERLAND L. Frederick Sutherland	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer and Director (Principal Financial Officer)	December 15, 2011

/s/ JOSEPH MUNNELLY Joseph Munnelly	Senior Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)	December 15, 2011

/s/ CHRISTOPHER S. HOLLAND Christopher S. Holland	Senior Vice President, Finance, Treasurer and Director	December 15, 2011

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULE


Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting			S-2
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm			S-3
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010			S-4
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2011, October 1, 2010 and October 2, 2009			S-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2011, October 1, 2010 and October 2, 2009			S-6
Consolidated Statements of Equity for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2011, October 1, 2010 and October 2, 2009			S-7
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements			S-8
Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2011, October 1, 2010 and October 2, 2009			S-59

All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable, not required, or the information required to be set forth therein is included in the consolidated financial statements or in the notes thereto.

S-1

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting of the Company (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting can only provide reasonable assurance and may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, management concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of September 30, 2011.

This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting pursuant to rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission that permit the company to provide only management’s report in this annual report.

S-2

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholder

ARAMARK Corporation:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of ARAMARK Corporation and subsidiaries (the Company) as of September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, cash flows and equity for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2011, October 1, 2010 and October 2, 2009. In connection with our audits of the consolidated financial statements, we also have audited the financial statement schedule as listed in the accompanying index. These consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of ARAMARK Corporation and subsidiaries as of September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, cash flows and equity for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2011, October 1, 2010 and October 2, 2009, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for its trade receivable securitization agreement due to the adoption of Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-16, Transfers and Servicing (Topic 860): Accounting for Transfer of Financial Assets, as of October 2, 2010.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

December 15, 2011

S-3

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

SEPTEMBER 30, 2011 AND OCTOBER 1, 2010

(in thousands, except share amounts)


	September 30, 2011			October 1, 2010
ASSETS
Current Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	213,323		$	160,266
Receivables (less allowances: 2011—$32,963; 2010—$36,886)		1,252,266			932,932
Inventories		450,848			421,883
Prepayments and other current assets		211,587			203,887
Assets held for sale		2,798			92,079

Total current assets		2,130,822			1,811,047

Property and Equipment, at cost:
Land, buildings and improvements		573,740			550,511
Service equipment and fixtures		1,400,471			1,313,912

		1,974,211			1,864,423
Less-Accumulated depreciation		(969,521	)		(816,732	)

		1,004,690			1,047,691

Goodwill		4,640,606			4,522,667
Other Intangible Assets		1,748,417			1,913,634
Other Assets		985,017			926,876

	$	10,509,552		$	10,221,915

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
Current maturities of long-term borrowings	$	49,064		$	51,647
Accounts payable		775,455			747,642
Accrued payroll and related expenses		445,076			421,285
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		781,434			710,503
Liabilities held for sale		—			17,525

Total current liabilities		2,051,029			1,948,602

Long-term borrowings		5,637,678			5,401,825
Less-Current portion		(49,064	)		(51,647	)

Total long-term borrowings		5,588,614			5,350,178

Deferred Income Taxes and Other Noncurrent Liabilities		1,234,885			1,341,442
Common Stock Subject to Repurchase		158,061			184,736
Equity:
ARAMARK Shareholder’s Equity:
Common stock, par value $.01 (authorized: 1,000 shares; issued and outstanding: 1,000 shares)		—			—
Capital surplus		1,476,061			1,446,187
Earnings retained for use in the business		46,468			79,296
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(77,345	)		(128,526	)

Total ARAMARK shareholder’s equity		1,445,184			1,396,957
Noncontrolling interest		31,779			—

Total equity		1,476,963			1,396,957

	$	10,509,552		$	10,221,915

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

S-4

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2011, OCTOBER 1, 2010 AND OCTOBER 2, 2009

(in thousands)


	Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2011			Fiscal Year Ended October 1, 2010			Fiscal Year Ended October 2, 2009
Sales	$	13,082,377		$	12,419,064		$	12,138,095

Costs and Expenses:
Cost of services provided		11,836,780			11,247,115			11,008,810
Depreciation and amortization		510,516			502,892			497,209
Selling and general corporate expenses		186,870			191,561			183,492

		12,534,166			11,941,568			11,689,511

Operating Income		548,211			477,496			448,584
Interest and Other Financing Costs, net		426,262			444,510			472,305

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations Before Income Taxes		121,949			32,986			(23,721	)
Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes		9,020			663			(23,498	)

Income (loss) from Continuing Operations		112,929			32,323			(223	)
Loss from Discontinued Operations, net of tax		(11,732	)		(1,635	)		(6,688	)

Net income (loss)		101,197			30,688			(6,911	)
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest		1,125			—			—

Net income (loss) attributable to ARAMARK shareholder	$	100,072		$	30,688		$	(6,911	)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

S-5

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2011, OCTOBER 1, 2010 AND OCTOBER 2, 2009

(in thousands)


	Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2011			Fiscal Year Ended October 1, 2010			Fiscal Year Ended October 2, 2009
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss)	$	101,197		$	30,688		$	(6,911	)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		516,290			508,875			503,123
Income taxes deferred		(39,890	)		(45,553	)		(68,064	)
Share-based compensation expense		17,317			21,300			25,396
Loss on sale of Galls		11,998			—			—
Changes in noncash working capital:
Receivables		(111,862	)		(69,264	)		169,490
Inventories		(26,000	)		18,883			73,280
Prepayments		(3,096	)		6,878			7,184
Accounts payable		27,012			74,737			(74,761	)
Accrued expenses		20,881			70,105			26,934
Net change in proceeds from sale of receivables (Note 11)		(220,855	)		(14,585	)		(14,560	)
Changes in other noncurrent liabilities		9,391			16,438			34,572
Changes in other assets		11,188			(1,775	)		26,475
Other operating activities		(8,885	)		17,283			5,077

Net cash provided by operating activities		304,686			634,010			707,235

Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchases of property and equipment and client contract investments		(293,776	)		(289,973	)		(358,247	)
Disposals of property and equipment		21,499			25,895			27,915
Proceeds from divestiture		83,078			—			—
Acquisition of businesses:
Working capital other than cash acquired		5,128			45			(86,738	)
Property and equipment		(6,386	)		(2,905	)		(2,504	)
Additions to goodwill, other intangible assets and other assets, net		(155,697	)		(82,880	)		(48,473	)
Other investing activities		(16,993	)		(3,686	)		3,250

Net cash used in investing activities		(363,147	)		(353,504	)		(464,797	)

Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from long-term borrowings		22,252			11,519			711
Payments of long-term borrowings		(31,236	)		(334,823	)		(147,553	)
Net change in funding under the Receivables Facility (Note 11)		225,905			—			—
Dividends paid to Parent Company		(132,900	)		—			—
Net proceeds from sale of subsidiary shares to noncontrolling interest		48,369			—			—
Proceeds from issuance of Parent Company common stock		4,593			3,273			3,380
Repurchase of Parent Company common stock		(16,149	)		(10,809	)		(22,989	)
Other financing activities		(9,979	)		(13,381	)		(262	)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		110,855			(344,221	)		(166,713	)

Increase (Decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		52,394			(63,715	)		75,725
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period		160,929			224,644			148,919

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period		213,323			160,929			224,644
Less: Cash and cash equivalents included in assets held for sale		—			663			537

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period	$	213,323		$	160,266		$	224,107

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

S-6

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY

FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2011, OCTOBER 1, 2010 AND OCTOBER 2, 2009

(in thousands)


	Total			Total ARAMARK Shareholder’s Equity			Common Stock		Capital Surplus			Earnings Retained for Use in the Business			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss			Noncontrolling Interest
Balance, October 3, 2008	$	1,339,779		$	1,339,779		$	—	$	1,391,550		$	55,519		$	(107,290	)	$	—
Comprehensive loss:
Net loss		(6,911	)		(6,911	)							(6,911	)
Pension plan adjustments (net of tax)		(6,459	)		(6,459	)										(6,459	)
Foreign currency translation adjustments (net of tax)		15,433			15,433											15,433
Change in fair value of cash flow hedges (net of tax)		(35,378	)		(35,378	)										(35,378	)

Total comprehensive loss		(33,315	)		(33,315	)													—

Capital contributions from issuance of Parent Company common stock		14,989			14,989					14,989
Compensation expense related to stock incentive plan		25,396			25,396					25,396
Tax benefits related to stock incentive plan		(262	)		(262	)				(262	)
Decrease in Parent Company common stock subject to repurchase obligation, net		53,233			53,233					53,233
Repurchases of Parent Company common stock		(39,455	)		(39,455	)				(39,455	)

Balance, October 2, 2009	$	1,360,365		$	1,360,365		$	—	$	1,445,451		$	48,608		$	(133,694	)	$	—

Comprehensive income:
Net income		30,688			30,688								30,688
Pension plan adjustments (net of tax)		(12,304	)		(12,304	)										(12,304	)
Foreign currency translation adjustments (net of tax)		2,220			2,220											2,220
Change in fair value of cash flow hedges (net of tax)		15,252			15,252											15,252

Total comprehensive income		35,856			35,856														—

Capital contributions from issuance of Parent Company common stock		11,703			11,703					11,703
Compensation expense related to stock incentive plan		21,300			21,300					21,300
Tax benefits related to stock incentive plan		(104	)		(104	)				(104	)
Increase in Parent Company common stock subject to repurchase obligation, net		(8,341	)		(8,341	)				(8,341	)
Repurchases of Parent Company common stock		(23,822	)		(23,822	)				(23,822	)

Balance, October 1, 2010	$	1,396,957		$	1,396,957		$	—	$	1,446,187		$	79,296		$	(128,526	)	$	—

Comprehensive income:
Net income		101,197			100,072								100,072						1,125
Pension plan adjustments (net of tax)		(4,058	)		(4,058	)										(4,058	)
Foreign currency translation adjustments (net of tax)		366			366											366
Change in fair value of cash flow hedges (net of tax)		54,873			54,873											54,873

Total comprehensive income		152,378			151,253														1,125

Capital contributions from issuance of Parent Company common stock		25,252			25,252					25,252
Compensation expense related to stock incentive plan		17,317			17,317					17,317
Tax benefits related to stock incentive plan		651			651					651
Decrease in Parent Company common stock subject to repurchase obligation, net		26,675			26,675					26,675
Repurchases of Parent Company common stock		(40,756	)		(40,756	)				(40,756	)
Dividends paid to Parent Company		(132,900	)		(132,900	)							(132,900	)
Sale of subsidiary shares to noncontrolling interest		31,677			735					735			—						30,942
Distributions to noncontrolling interest		(288	)		—														(288	)

Balance, September 30, 2011	$	1,476,963		$	1,445,184		$	—	$	1,476,061		$	46,468		$	(77,345	)	$	31,779

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

S-7

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and all of its subsidiaries in which a controlling financial interest is maintained. For those material consolidated subsidiaries in which the Company’s ownership is less than 100%, the outside stockholders’ interests are shown as noncontrolling interest in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. All significant intercompany transactions and accounts have been eliminated. The consolidated financial statements exclude the accounts of ARAMARK Holdings Corporation and ARAMARK Intermediate Holdco Corporation, but do reflect the Sponsors’ investment cost basis allocated to the assets and liabilities acquired on January 26, 2007 and the Parent Company’s common stock subject to repurchase. See Note 19 for further discussion of ARAMARK Holdings Corporation.

Fiscal Year

The Company’s fiscal year is the fifty-two or fifty-three week period which ends on the Friday nearest September 30th. The fiscal years ended September 30, 2011, October 1, 2010 and October 2, 2009 were each fifty-two week periods.

New Accounting Standard Updates

In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued an accounting standard update which amends certain requirements for enterprises involved with variable interest entities to improve financial reporting and to provide more relevant and reliable information to users of financial statements. The Company adopted this standard in the first quarter of fiscal 2011, the effect of which was not material.

In June 2009, the FASB issued an accounting standard update regarding transfers of financial assets which eliminates the concept of a qualifying special-purpose entity, changes the requirements for derecognizing financial assets and requires enhanced disclosures to provide financial statement users with greater transparency about transfers of financial assets, including securitization transactions, and an entity’s continuing involvement in and exposure to the risks related to transferred financial assets. The Company adopted this accounting standard update in the first quarter of fiscal 2011, which impacts the Company’s accounting for its Receivables Facility (see Note 11).

S-8

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

In January 2010, the FASB issued an accounting standard update that will require new disclosures about recurring and non-recurring fair value measurements. The new disclosures include significant transfers into and out of level 1 and 2 measurements and will change the current disclosure requirement of level 3 measurement activity from a net basis to a gross basis. The standard also clarifies existing disclosure guidance about the level of disaggregation, inputs and valuation techniques. The new and revised disclosures were effective for ARAMARK in fiscal 2010, except for the revised disclosures about level 3 measurement activity, which are not effective for ARAMARK until beginning in fiscal 2012 (see Note 16). The new standard impacts disclosures only and has no impact on the Company’s results of operations or financial position. The Company is currently evaluating the disclosure impact on level 3 measurement activity.

In July 2010, the FASB issued an accounting standard update that will require new disclosures about the credit quality of financing receivables and the allowance for credit losses. The enhanced disclosures are intended to improve financial statement users’ understanding of the nature of credit risk associated in a company’s financing receivables, how that risk is analyzed in determining the related allowance for credit losses and changes to the allowance during the reporting period. The Company adopted this standard for disclosures about the credit quality of financing receivables in the first quarter of fiscal 2011, the effect of which was not material. The Company adopted the disclosures about the activity in the allowance for credit losses in the second quarter of fiscal 2011, the effect of which was not material.

In December 2010, the FASB issued authoritative guidance on disclosure of supplementary pro forma information for business combinations. The new guidance requires that pro forma financial information should be prepared as if the business combination occurred as of the beginning of the prior annual period. The guidance is effective for the Company for business combinations with acquisition dates occurring in fiscal 2012. Early adoption is permitted. The Company early adopted this authoritative guidance in the second quarter of fiscal 2011 (see Note 3).

In May 2011, the FASB issued an accounting standard update that is intended to achieve common fair value measurement and disclosure requirements in U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. The new standard does not extend the use of fair value but rather provides clarification of existing guidance and additional disclosures. The guidance is effective prospectively for the Company beginning in the second quarter of fiscal 2012. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this pronouncement.

In September 2011, the FASB issued an accounting standard update that simplifies how entities test goodwill for impairment. The amendment permits an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. The update does not address impairment test of the indefinite-lived intangibles. The guidance is effective for the Company beginning in fiscal 2013; however, early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this pronouncement.

In June 2011, the FASB issued an accounting standard update that modifies the presentation of comprehensive income in the financial statements. The standard requires an entity to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. This standard eliminates the current option to report other comprehensive income and its components in the statement of changes in equity. The guidance is effective retrospectively for the Company beginning for interim periods in fiscal 2013. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this pronouncement.

In September 2011, the FASB issued an accounting standard update that requires companies participating in multiemployer pension plans to disclose more information about their involvement in the plans, specifically related to the amount of employer contributions made to each significant plan and to all plans in the aggregate,

S-9

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

whether an employer’s contributions represent more than 5% of total contributions to the plan, whether any plans are subject to a funding improvement plan, the expiration date(s) of the collective bargaining agreement(s) and any minimum funding arrangements, the most recent certified funded status of the plan, as determined by the plan’s “zone status,” (required by the Pension Protection Act of 2006) and a description of the nature and effect of any changes affecting comparability for each period an income statement is presented. The guidance is effective for the Company’s 2012 fiscal year-end. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this pronouncement.

Revenue Recognition

In each of the Company’s operating segments, sales is recognized in the period in which services are provided pursuant to the terms of the Company’s contractual relationships with its clients. Sales from direct marketing activities are recognized upon shipment. All sales related taxes are presented on a net basis.

Vendor Consideration

Consideration received from vendors is accounted for as an adjustment to the cost of the vendor’s products or services and reported as a reduction of “Cost of services provided” or “Inventories.”

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of sales and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income includes all changes to shareholder’s equity during a period, except those resulting from investments by and distributions to shareholders. As of September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010, “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” consisted of pension plan adjustments of ($34.1) million and ($30.0) million, respectively, foreign currency translation adjustments of $24.8 million and $24.4 million, respectively, and fair value of cash flow hedges of ($68.1) million and ($123.0) million, respectively. During fiscal 2011, the tax effects on other comprehensive income were $2.2 million for pension plan adjustments, ($5.5) million for foreign currency translation adjustments and ($36.1) million for fair value of cash flow hedges. During fiscal 2010, the tax effects on other comprehensive income were $6.6 million for pension plan adjustments, ($6.6) million for foreign currency translation adjustment and ($9.8) million for fair value of cash flow hedges. During fiscal 2009, the tax effects on other comprehensive loss were $3.6 million for pension plan adjustments, ($14.1) million for foreign currency translation adjustments and $23.1 million for fair value of cash flow hedges.

Currency Translation

Gains and losses resulting from the translation of financial statements of non-U.S. subsidiaries are reflected as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in shareholder’s equity. Transaction gains and losses included in operating results for fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009 were immaterial.

Current Assets

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost (principally the first-in, first-out method) or market. Personalized work apparel, linens and other rental items in service are recorded at cost and are amortized over their estimated useful lives, which primarily range from one to four years. The amortization rates used are based on the Company’s specific experience.

S-10

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The components of inventories are as follows:


	September 30, 2011			October 1, 2010
Food		38.7	%		40.0	%
Career apparel and linens		55.9	%		55.5	%
Parts, supplies and novelties		5.4	%		4.5	%

		100.0	%		100.0	%

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost and are depreciated over their estimated useful lives on a straight-line basis. Gains and losses on dispositions are included in operating results. Maintenance and repairs are charged to current operations, and replacements and significant improvements are capitalized. The estimated useful lives for the major categories of property and equipment are 10 to 40 years for buildings and improvements and 3 to 10 years for service equipment and fixtures. Depreciation expense during fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009 was $234.5 million, $240.8 million, and $251.0 million, respectively.

Other Assets

Other assets consist primarily of investments in 50% or less owned entities, client contract investments, deferred financing costs, computer software costs and long-term receivables. Investments in which the Company owns more than 20% but less than a majority are accounted for using the equity method. Investments in which the Company owns less than 20% are accounted for under the cost method. Client contract investments generally represent a cash payment provided by the Company to help finance improvement or renovation at the facility from which the Company operates. These amounts are amortized over the contract period. If a contract is terminated prior to its maturity date, the Company is generally reimbursed for the unamortized client contract investment amount. Amortization expense for client contract investments was $76.7 million, $67.8 million and $57.5 million during fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, respectively.

The Company’s principal equity method investment is its 50% ownership interest in AIM Services Co., Ltd., a Japanese food and support services company (approximately $269.7 million and $238.5 million at September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010, respectively). Summarized unaudited financial information for AIM Services Co., Ltd. follows (in thousands):


	September 30, 2011		October 1, 2010
Current assets	$	402,381	$	324,452
Noncurrent assets		215,475		203,360
Current liabilities		321,025		278,953
Noncurrent liabilities		67,008		59,170
Noncontrolling interest		—		653

	Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2011		Fiscal Year Ended October 1, 2010
Sales	$	1,772,143	$	1,589,709
Gross profit		222,970		198,980
Net income		41,949		38,559

S-11

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

ARAMARK’s equity in undistributed earnings of AIM Services Co., Ltd., net of amortization related to purchase accounting for the Transaction, was $18.0 million and $15.5 million for fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, respectively, and is recorded as a reduction of “Cost of services provided” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. During fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, the Company received $10.5 million and $8.2 million of cash distributions from AIM Services Co., Ltd, respectively.

Other Accrued Expenses and Liabilities

Other accrued expenses and current liabilities consist principally of insurance accruals, advanced payments from clients, taxes, interest, fair value of interest rate swaps and accrued commissions. Advanced payments from clients as of September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010 were $242.3 million and $205.6 million, respectively. The Company is self-insured for the risk retained under its health and welfare and general liability and workers’ compensation arrangements. Self-insurance reserves are recorded based on historical claims experience and actuarial analyses. As of September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010, $86.7 million and $92.6 million of insurance accruals were included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities, respectively.

Noncurrent liabilities consist primarily of deferred compensation, insurance accruals, pension liabilities, fair value of interest rate swaps and other hedging agreements and asset retirement obligations.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company’s financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, current and long-term borrowings, derivatives and the Parent Company’s common stock subject to repurchase. See Note 16 for the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments.

Share-Based Compensation

The Company recognizes compensation cost related to share-based payment transactions in the consolidated financial statements. The cost is measured at the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award, and is recognized as an expense over the employee’s requisite service period (generally the vesting period of the equity award). See Note 10 for additional information on share-based compensation.

Supplemental Cash Flow Information


(dollars in millions)	Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2011		Fiscal Year Ended October 1, 2010		Fiscal Year Ended October 2, 2009
Interest paid	$	386.4	$	409.3	$	427.7
Income taxes paid	$	64.9	$	34.8	$	38.3

Significant noncash activities follow:

•

During fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009 the Company executed capital lease transactions. The present value of the future rental obligations was approximately $16.2 million, $3.2 million and $9.1 million for the respective periods, which is included in property and equipment and long-term borrowings.

•

During fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, approximately $4.8 million, $5.2 million and $5.1 million of common stock of the Parent Company was repurchased through the issuance of promissory notes, respectively.

S-12

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

•

During fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, cashless settlements of the exercise price and related employee minimum tax withholding liabilities of share-based payment awards were approximately $25.9 million, $9.6 million and $12.9 million, respectively.

NOTE 2. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS AND ASSETS HELD FOR SALE:

On September 30, 2011, the Company completed the sale of its wholly-owned subsidiary, Galls, LLC (“Galls”), for approximately $75.0 million in cash. The transaction resulted in a pretax loss of approximately $1.5 million (net of tax loss of approximately $12.0 million). Galls is accounted for as a discontinued operation in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and Consolidated Statements of Operations. Galls’ results of operations have been removed from the Company’s results of continuing operations for all periods presented. Galls was previously included in the Uniform and Career Apparel segment. All related disclosures have also been adjusted to reflect the discontinued operation. Summarized selected financial information of discontinued operations for fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows (in thousands):


	Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2011			Fiscal Year Ended October 1, 2010			Fiscal Year Ended October 2, 2009
Sales	$	162,294		$	152,611		$	159,774
Income (loss) before income taxes		441			(2,702	)		(11,055	)
Income tax provision (benefit)		175			(1,067	)		(4,367	)

		266			(1,635	)		(6,688	)
Loss on sale, net of tax		(11,998	)		—			—

Loss from discontinued operations	$	(11,732	)	$	(1,635	)	$	(6,688	)

The assets and liabilities of the discontinued operation are stated separately in the Consolidated Balance Sheet as held for sale. The primary asset and liability categories follow (in thousands):


	September 30, 2011		October 1, 2010
Cash	$	—	$	663
Receivables		—		10,017
Inventories		—		26,032
Prepayments and other current assets		—		2,391
Property and equipment		2,798		24,893
Goodwill		—		28,035
Other Assets		—		48

	$	2,798	$	92,079

Accounts payable	$	—	$	11,106
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		—		6,419

	$	—	$	17,525

The Company is in the process of finalizing the working capital adjustment pursuant to the terms of the sale agreement.

S-13

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

NOTE 3. ACQUISITIONS AND DIVESTITURES:

Fiscal 2011

Acquisitions

On March 18, 2011, ARAMARK Clinical Technology Services, LLC, a subsidiary of the Company, purchased the common stock of the ultimate parent company of Masterplan, a clinical technology management and medical equipment maintenance company, for cash consideration of approximately $154.5 million. Also acquired in the transaction was ReMedPar, an independent provider of sourced and refurbished medical equipment parts.

The Company followed the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with the accounting standard related to business combinations. The Company is in the process of finalizing its assessment of the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Inventory, property and equipment, intangible assets and deferred income taxes were based on preliminary valuation data and estimates. Accordingly, the fair values of these assets and liabilities are subject to change. The following table summarizes the preliminary estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the acquisition, based on the current best estimates of management (in thousands):


Purchase consideration	$	154,544

Current assets	$	27,214
Current liabilities		(31,409	)
Property and equipment		3,986
Other intangible assets		33,702
Goodwill		134,905
Other assets		314
Long-term borrowings		(767	)
Deferred income taxes and other noncurrent liabilities		(13,401	)

	$	154,544

The goodwill arising from the acquisition consists largely of the growth opportunity the Company anticipates in the core businesses acquired and the cost savings and synergies the Company expects to realize in its existing clinical technology services business. None of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. All of the goodwill recorded is included in the Food and Support Services—North America segment.

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011, $62.4 million of sales and ($4.7) million of net loss were recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations related to the acquisition. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011, approximately $0.3 million of pretax transaction-related costs related to the acquisition were recorded in “Selling and general corporate expenses” in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

On October 3, 2011, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of Filterfresh, a refreshment services company, for cash consideration of $148.9 million. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011, approximately $0.7 million of pretax transaction-related costs related to the acquisition were recorded in “Selling and general corporate expenses” in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Divestitures

During fiscal 2011, the Company completed the sale of its 67% ownership interest in the security business of its Chilean subsidiary for approximately $11.6 million in cash. The transaction resulted in a pretax gain of approximately $7.7 million (net of tax gain of approximately $5.8 million), which is included in “Cost of services

S-14

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

provided” in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. The results of operations and cash flows associated with the security business were not material to the Company’s consolidated operations and cash flows.

During the third quarter of fiscal 2011, the Company sold a noncontrolling interest in Seamless North America, LLC (Seamless), an online and mobile food ordering service, for consideration of $50.0 million in cash (see Note 18). During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011, the Company completed the sale of its wholly-owned subsidiary, Galls, for approximately $75.0 million (see Note 2).

Fiscal 2010

On October 30, 2009, ARAMARK Ireland Holdings Limited and ARAMARK Investments Limited, subsidiaries of the Company, completed the acquisition of the facilities management and property management businesses of Veris plc, an Irish company, for consideration of approximately $74.3 million in cash and the assumption of a pension liability of approximately $1.2 million. These business interests include Vector Workplace and Facility Management Ltd, Irish Estates (Facilities Management) Ltd, Irish Estates (Management) Ltd, Premier Management Company (Dublin) Ltd, Glenrye Properties Services Ltd, Spokesoft Technologies Ltd, Orange Support Services Ltd, Orange Environmental Building Services Ltd and Vector Environmental Services Ltd, all of which are companies that were owned by Veris plc. The facilities management business provides a broad range of facility and project management and consulting services for clients across a wide range of industrial and commercial sectors in Ireland and the United Kingdom. The property management business operates three business units—commercial, residential and retail—through which it manages mixed and single use property developments.

The Company followed the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with the accounting standard related to business combinations. The following table summarizes the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed from Veris plc (in thousands):


Purchase consideration	$	74,335

Current assets	$	42,962
Current liabilities		(48,122	)
Property and equipment		1,005
Customer relationship assets		44,235
Goodwill		40,165
Other assets		956
Long-term borrowings		(77	)
Deferred income taxes and other noncurrent liabilities		(6,789	)

	$	74,335

The goodwill arising from the acquisition consists largely of the growth opportunity the Company anticipates in the core businesses acquired. None of the goodwill is deductible for tax purposes. All of the goodwill recorded is included in the Food and Support Services—International segment.

For fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, $117.4 million and $77.5 million of sales and $5.0 million and $0.1 million of net income, respectively, were recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations related to the acquisition of the facilities management and property management businesses of Veris plc. Approximately $1.8 million of pretax transaction-related costs related to the acquisition were recorded during fiscal 2010 and included in “Selling and general corporate expenses” in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

S-15

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Fiscal 2009

During fiscal 2009, the Company paid approximately $26.7 million for the acquisition of the remaining 20% of its Chilean subsidiary. The Company also acquired a refreshment services business and several regional uniform rental companies. The Company’s pro forma results of operations for fiscal 2009 would not have been materially different than reported, assuming the acquisition had occurred at the beginning of the respective fiscal period.

During fiscal 2009, the Company paid $85.0 million as additional consideration related to the fiscal 2006 acquisition of Seamless, per the terms of the acquisition agreement which was accrued as part of the purchase price allocation for the Transaction.

Unaudited Pro Forma Results of Operations

The following unaudited pro forma results of operations (in thousands) assume the acquisitions of Masterplan and Veris plc occurred at the beginning of fiscal 2010. This unaudited pro forma information does not purport to be indicative of the results that would have been obtained if the acquisition had actually occurred at the beginning of each fiscal period, nor of the results that may be reported in the future.


	Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2011		Fiscal Year Ended October 1, 2010
Sales	$	13,134,105	$	12,552,532
Income from Continuing Operations		114,012		33,802
Net income		102,280		32,167
Net income attributable to ARAMARK shareholder		101,155		32,167

NOTE 4. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS:

Goodwill represents the excess of the fair value of an acquired entity over the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. Goodwill is not amortized and is subject to an impairment test that the Company conducts annually or more frequently if a change in circumstances or the occurrence of events indicates that potential impairment exists, using discounted cash flows. The Company performs its assessment of goodwill at the reporting unit level. Within the Food and Support Services—International segment, each country is evaluated separately since such operating units are relatively autonomous and separate goodwill balances have been recorded for each entity. The Company has completed the annual goodwill impairment test, which did not result in an impairment charge.

During the second quarter of fiscal 2011, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $5.3 million in the Food and Support Services—International segment in order to write off the goodwill (approximately $4.0 million) and other intangible assets (approximately $1.3 million) associated with its India operations. The impairment charge is included in “Cost of services provided” in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. The impairment charge primarily resulted from a change in the strategic direction of the business and continuing operating losses due to competitive pressures. To determine the amount of the impairment charge, the Company concluded that the carrying value exceeded the estimated fair value of the India operating unit. The Company estimated the fair value using a discounted cash flow valuation methodology, which included making assumptions about the future profitability and cash flows of the business.

S-16

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Goodwill, allocated by segment (see Note 15 for a description of segments), is as follows (in thousands):


Segment	October 1, 2010		Acquisitions and Divestitures			Impairment			Translation			September 30, 2011
Food and Support Services—North America	$	3,478,479	$	134,905		$	—		$	(14	)	$	3,613,370
Food and Support Services—International		471,354		(2,613	)		(4,017	)		(10,728	)		453,996
Uniform and Career Apparel		572,834		406			—			—			573,240

	$	4,522,667	$	132,698		$	(4,017	)	$	(10,742	)	$	4,640,606

The amounts for acquisitions during fiscal 2011 may be revised upon final determination of the purchase price allocations.

Other intangible assets consist of (in thousands):


	September 30, 2011							October 1, 2010
	Gross Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Amount		Gross Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Amount
Customer relationship assets	$	1,852,531	$	(865,524	)	$	987,007	$	1,828,400	$	(677,538	)	$	1,150,862
Trade names		761,919		(509	)		761,410		762,932		(160	)		762,772

	$	2,614,450	$	(866,033	)	$	1,748,417	$	2,591,332	$	(677,698	)	$	1,913,634

Acquisition-related intangible assets consist of customer relationship assets, the ARAMARK trade name and other trade names. Customer relationship assets are amortizable and are being amortized principally on a straight-line basis over the expected period of benefit, 2 to 24 years, with a weighted average life of about 11 years. The ARAMARK and Seamless trade names are indefinite lived intangible assets and are not amortizable but are evaluated for impairment at least annually. The Company completed its annual trade names impairment test, which did not result in an impairment charge.

Intangible assets of approximately $34.9 million were acquired through business combinations during fiscal 2011. Amortization of intangible assets for fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009 was approximately $193 million, $188 million and $182 million, respectively.

The estimated amortization expense of the amortizable intangible assets through 2016 reflects the Transaction and acquisitions since January 26, 2007. Based on the recorded balances at September 30, 2011, total estimated amortization of all acquisition-related intangible assets for fiscal years 2012 through 2016 follows (in thousands):


2012	$	187,263
2013	$	183,465
2014	$	149,537
2015	$	126,417
2016	$	90,931

S-17

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

NOTE 5. BORROWINGS:

Long-term borrowings at September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010 are summarized in the following table (in thousands):


	September 30, 2011			October 1, 2010
Senior secured revolving credit facility	$	—		$	—
Senior secured term loan facility (un-extended)		1,886,848			1,894,404
Senior secured term loan facility (extended)		1,407,440			1,407,440
8.50% senior notes, due February 2015		1,280,000			1,280,000
Senior floating rate notes, due February 2015		500,000			500,000
5.00% senior notes, due June 2012		246,287			241,466
Receivables Facility, due January 2013		225,905			—
Capital leases		45,696			46,615
Other		45,502			31,900

		5,637,678			5,401,825
Less—current portion		(49,064	)		(51,647	)

	$	5,588,614		$	5,350,178

In connection with the completion of the Transaction on January 26, 2007, the Company (i) entered into a $4.15 billion senior secured term loan facility with an original maturity date of January 26, 2014, (ii) issued $1.28 billion of 8.50% senior notes due 2015 and $500 million of senior floating rate notes due 2015, (iii) entered into a $600 million senior secured revolving credit facility with an original six-year maturity, and (iv) entered into a synthetic letter of credit facility for up to $250 million (which was reduced to $200 million in January 2008).

On March 26, 2010, the Company amended and restated its senior secured credit agreement (the “Restated Credit Agreement”). Among other things, the Restated Credit Agreement: (i) extends the maturity date of $1,407.4 million of the Company’s U.S. denominated term loan and $92.6 million of the letter of credit deposits securing the Company’s synthetic letter of credit facility to July 26, 2016; provided that if any of the Company’s $1.28 billion of 8.50% senior notes due 2015 or $500 million of senior floating rate notes due 2015 are outstanding on October 31, 2014, the maturity date of such term loans and letter of credit deposits shall be October 31, 2014, (ii) permits future extensions and refinancings of the maturity date of the Company’s term loans, letter of credit deposits and revolving credit commitments under the Restated Credit Agreement, (iii) establishes a sub-limit of $250 million for letters of credit under the Restated Credit Agreement’s revolving credit facility, and (iv) permits the Company to refinance term loans in the future with the proceeds of unsecured or secured notes issued by the Company; provided that any such secured notes are subject to a customary first- or second-lien intercreditor agreement, as applicable. The maturity date, interest margins and letter of credit fees for loans and letters of credit deposits that were not extended remain unchanged. Consenting lenders received a one-time amendment fee of approximately $1.9 million in the aggregate on their total loan commitments. During fiscal 2010, approximately $8.5 million of third-party costs directly attributable to the amendment were expensed and are included in “Interest and Other Financing Costs, net” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Approximately $7.5 million of the third-party costs were paid to entities affiliated with GS Capital Partners and J.P. Morgan Partners.

On April 18, 2011, the Company entered into an Amendment Agreement to the Restated Credit Agreement (the “Amendment Agreement”) that extended, from January 2013 to January 2015, the maturity of, and

S-18

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

increased, from $435 million to $500 million, the U.S. dollar denominated portion of its existing revolving credit facility. The other revolving credit facilities available to the Company under its existing senior secured credit agreement, which total $165 million and are available in both U.S. dollars and other foreign currencies, were not extended and remain unchanged. Any commitments from existing lenders in the U.S. dollar facility that were not extended have been terminated, which resulted in a write-off of deferred financing fees of $2.1 million. Existing lenders that extended the U.S. dollar denominated portion of their existing revolving credit facility include entities affiliated with GS Capital Partners and J.P. Morgan Partners. As a result of the extension, the Company’s aggregate revolver capacity under the senior secured credit agreement will be $665 million through January 2013 and $500 million from January 2013 through the January 2015 extended maturity date. From and after the effective date of the Amendment Agreement, borrowings under the new U.S. revolving facility have an applicable margin of 3.25% for Eurocurrency rate borrowings and 2.25% for base-rate borrowings. The new U.S. revolving facility has an unused commitment fee of 0.50% per annum. The maturity date of the U.S. revolving facility will accelerate from January 26, 2015 to October 26, 2013 if non-extended term loans in excess of $250 million remain outstanding on October 26, 2013. The non-extended term loans are due on January 26, 2014. In addition, the maturity date of the new U.S. revolving facility will accelerate to October 31, 2014 if any of the Company’s senior fixed rate notes due 2015 or senior floating rate notes due 2015 remain outstanding on October 31, 2014. The Company’s senior fixed rate notes due 2015 and senior floating rate notes due 2015 mature on February 1, 2015. All other terms are substantially similar to the terms of the existing revolving credit facilities. Commitment fees and third party costs directly attributable to the amendment were approximately $7.2 million, of which approximately $3.9 million were paid to entities affiliated with GS Capital Partners and J.P. Morgan Partners. As of September 30, 2011, there was approximately $646.7 million available for borrowing on the credit facility.

During fiscal 2011, the Company borrowed $132.7 million under the extended U.S. dollar revolving credit facility to pay dividends to the Parent Company through ARAMARK Intermediate Holdco Corporation (see Note 19).

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

The senior secured revolving credit facility consists of the following subfacilities:

•

A revolving credit facility available for loans in U.S. dollars to the Company with aggregate commitments of $500 million;

•

A revolving credit facility available for loans in sterling or U.S. dollars to the Company or a U.K. subsidiary with aggregate commitments of $40 million;

•

A revolving credit facility available for loans in Euros or U.S. dollars to the Company or an Irish subsidiary with aggregate commitments of $20 million;

•

A revolving credit facility available for loans in Euros or U.S. dollars to the Company or German subsidiaries with aggregate commitments of $30 million; and

•

A revolving credit facility available for loans in Canadian dollars or U.S. dollars to the Company or a Canadian subsidiary with aggregate commitments of $75 million.

The senior secured term loan facility consists of the following subfacilities:

•

A U.S. dollar denominated term loan to the Company in the amount of $3,547 million ($1,333.7 million (un-extended) and $1,407.4 million (extended) as of September 30, 2011);

•

A yen denominated term loan to the Company in the amount of ¥5,422 million (¥5,164.5 million as of September 30, 2011);

S-19

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

•

A U.S. dollar denominated term loan to a Canadian subsidiary in the amount of $170 million ($162.4 million as of September 30, 2011);

•

A Euro denominated term loan to an Irish subsidiary in an amount of €44 million (€41.9 million as of September 30, 2011);

•

A sterling denominated term loan to a U.K. subsidiary in an amount of £122 million (£116.2 million as of September 30, 2011); and

•

A Euro denominated term loan to German subsidiaries in the amount of €70 million (€64.7 million as of September 30, 2011).

The senior secured credit facilities provide that the Company has the right at any time to request up to $750 million of incremental commitments in the aggregate under one or more incremental term loan facilities and/or synthetic letter of credit facilities and/or revolving credit facilities and/or by increasing commitments under the revolving credit facility. The Company’s ability to obtain extensions of credit under these incremental facilities or commitments will be subject to the same conditions as extensions of credit under the existing credit facilities. However, the lenders under these facilities will not be under any obligation to provide any such incremental facilities or commitments, and any such addition of or increase in facilities or commitments will be subject to pro forma compliance with an incurrence-based financial covenant and customary conditions precedent.

Borrowings under the senior secured credit facilities bear interest at a rate equal to an applicable margin plus, at the Company’s option, either (a) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for deposits in the currency of such borrowing for the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs, (b) with respect to borrowings denominated in U.S. dollars, a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (1) the prime rate of the administrative agent, and (2) the federal funds rate plus 0.50% or (c) with respect to borrowings denominated in Canadian dollars, (1) a base rate determined by reference to the prime rate of Canadian banks or (2) a BA (bankers’ acceptance) rate determined by reference to the rate offered for bankers’ acceptances in Canadian dollars for the interest period relevant to such borrowing.

The applicable margin spread for borrowings under the revolving credit facility are 1.25% to 2.00% (as of September 30, 2011—1.75%) with respect to LIBOR borrowings and 0.25% to 1.00% (as of September 30, 2011—0.75%) with respect to base-rate borrowings.

Prior to the Restated Credit Agreement, the applicable margin spreads for borrowings under the U.S. dollar term loan facility were 1.875% to 2.125% with respect to LIBOR borrowings and 0.875% to 1.125% with respect to base-rate borrowings. The Restated Credit Agreement increased the applicable margin with respect to the extended term loans to 3.25% for LIBOR borrowings and to 2.25% with respect to extended term loan base-rate borrowings. The applicable margin spreads under the un-extended U.S. dollar term loan and Euro term loan facilities and the synthetic letter of credit facilities are 1.875% to 2.125% (as of September 30, 2011—1.875%) with respect to LIBOR borrowings and 0.875% to 1.125% (as of September 30, 2011—0.875%) with respect to base-rate borrowings. The applicable margin spreads under the yen and sterling term loan facilities are 2.00% to 2.125% (as of September 30, 2011—2.00%).

In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the senior secured credit facilities, the Company is required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the revolving credit facility in respect of the unutilized commitments thereunder. The commitment fee rate ranges from 0.375% to 0.50% per annum (as of September 30, 2011—0.50%).

S-20

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Prior to the Restated Credit Agreement, fees on the $200 million synthetic letter of credit facility ranged from 1.875% to 2.125%. The Restated Credit Agreement increased the applicable margin with respect to the extended letter of credit facility fees to 3.25%. Fees on the un-extended synthetic letter of credit facilities are 1.875% to 2.125% (as of September 30, 2011—1.875%).

The actual spreads within all ranges referred to above are based on a ratio of Consolidated Secured Debt to EBITDA, each as defined in the senior secured credit agreement.

All obligations under the senior secured credit facilities are secured by a security interest in substantially all assets of the Company and its U.S. subsidiaries.

The senior secured credit facilities require the Company to prepay outstanding term loans, subject to certain exceptions, with (i) 50% of the Company’s Excess Cash Flow if the Consolidated Capital Leverage Ratio is above 5.25x or 25% of the Company’s Excess Cash Flow if the Consolidated Leverage Ratio falls between 5.25x and 4.50x (as defined in the senior secured credit agreement) (the actual ratio at September 30, 2011 was 5.06x), (ii) 100% of the net cash proceeds of all nonordinary course asset sales or other dispositions of property subject to certain exceptions and customary reinvestment rights, and (iii) 100% of the net cash proceeds of any incurrence of debt, including debt incurred by any business securitization subsidiary in respect of any business securitization facility, but excluding proceeds from the Company’s receivables facilities and other debt permitted under the senior secured credit agreement. Any mandatory prepayments would be applied to the term loan facilities as directed by the Company. Generally, the Company is permitted to voluntarily repay outstanding loans under the senior secured credit facilities at any time without premium or penalty, other than customary “breakage” costs with respect to LIBOR loans.

The Company is required to repay the senior secured term loan facilities in quarterly principal amounts of 0.25% of the funded total principal amount, with the remaining amount payable on January 26, 2014 (un-extended) and July 26, 2016 (extended). In June 2010 and September 2010, the Company made optional prepayments of outstanding un-extended U.S. dollar term loan of $150.0 million and $150.0 million, respectively. All required quarterly principal amounts of the U.S. dollar term loan have been paid through its maturities in January 2014 (un-extended) and July 2016 (extended).

Principal amounts outstanding under the synthetic letter of credit facility are due and payable in full at maturity, January 26, 2014 (un-extended) and July 26, 2016 (extended), on which day the commitments thereunder will terminate.

The senior secured credit agreement contains a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, the Company’s ability to: incur additional indebtedness; issue preferred stock or provide guarantees; create liens on assets; engage in mergers or consolidations; sell assets; pay dividends, make distributions or repurchase its capital stock; make investments, loans or advances; repay or repurchase any notes, except as scheduled or at maturity; create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to the Company from its restricted subsidiaries; make certain acquisitions; engage in certain transactions with affiliates; amend material agreements governing the Company’s outstanding notes (or any indebtedness that refinances the notes); and fundamentally change the Company’s business. In addition, the senior secured revolving credit facility requires the Company to maintain a maximum senior secured leverage ratio and imposes limitations on capital expenditures. The senior secured credit agreement also contains certain customary affirmative covenants, such as financial and other reporting, and certain events of default. At September 30, 2011, the Company was in compliance with all of these covenants.

S-21

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The senior secured credit agreement requires the Company to maintain a maximum Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio, defined as consolidated total indebtedness secured by a lien to Adjusted EBITDA, of 5.875x, being reduced over time to 4.25x by the end of 2013 (as of September 30, 2011—4.75x). Consolidated total indebtedness secured by a lien is defined in the senior secured credit agreement as total indebtedness outstanding under the senior secured credit agreement, capital leases, advances under the Receivables Facility and any other indebtedness secured by a lien reduced by the lesser of the amount of cash and cash equivalents on the consolidated balance sheet that is free and clear of any lien and $75 million. Non-compliance with the maximum Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio could result in the requirement to immediately repay all amounts outstanding under such agreement, which, if the Company’s revolving credit facility lenders failed to waive any such default, would also constitute a default under the indenture. The actual ratio at September 30, 2011 was 3.17x.

The senior secured credit agreement establishes an incurrence-based minimum Interest Coverage Ratio, defined as Adjusted EBITDA to consolidated interest expense, the achievement of which is a condition for the Company to incur additional indebtedness and to make certain restricted payments. The minimum Interest Coverage Ratio is 2.00x for the term of the senior secured credit agreement. If the Company does not maintain this minimum Interest Coverage Ratio calculated on a pro forma basis for any such additional indebtedness or restricted payments, it could be prohibited from being able to incur additional indebtedness, other than the additional funding provided for under the senior secured credit agreement and pursuant to specified exceptions, and make certain restricted payments, other than pursuant to certain exceptions. Consolidated interest expense is defined in the senior secured credit agreement as consolidated interest expense excluding interest income, adjusted for acquisitions and dispositions, further adjusted for certain non-cash or nonrecurring interest expense and the Company’s estimated share of interest expense from one equity method investee. The actual ratio was 2.62x for the twelve months ended September 30, 2011.

8.50% Senior Notes due 2015 and Senior Floating Rate Notes due 2015

The senior floating rate notes due 2015 bear interest equal to three-month LIBOR (as defined in the indenture) plus a spread of 3.50%.

The 8.50% senior notes due 2015 and senior floating rate notes due 2015 are senior unsecured obligations of the Company.

The Company may redeem some or all of the 8.50% senior notes due 2015 at any time on or after February 1, 2011 and some or all of the senior floating rate notes due 2015 at any time, in each case at varying redemption prices that are stated in the indenture and generally include premiums.

If the Company experiences specific kinds of “changes in control,” it will be required to make an offer to purchase the 8.50% senior notes due 2015 and senior floating rate notes due 2015 at a purchase price of 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the purchase date. If the Company sells assets under certain circumstances, it will be required to make an offer to purchase the 8.50% senior notes due 2015 and senior floating rate notes due 2015 at a purchase price of 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the purchase date.

The indenture governing the 8.50% senior notes due 2015 and the senior floating rate notes due 2015 restricts the Company’s ability to, among other things, incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends and make certain other distributions, investments and other restricted payments. As of September 30, 2011, the Company was in compliance with the covenants of the indenture.

S-22

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

5.00% Senior Notes due 2012

During the third quarter of fiscal 2005, the Company issued $250 million of 5.00% senior unsecured notes due 2012. The notes are recorded at $246.3 million as September 30, 2011 as a result of the fair value accounting adjustments made in connection with the Transaction. The discount of $3.7 million will be accreted as interest expense over the remaining period to maturity.

The 5.00% senior unsecured notes, contractually due in June 2012, have been classified as noncurrent in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet as the Company has the ability and intent to finance the repayments through additional borrowings under the Amendment Agreement.

At September 30, 2011, annual maturities on long-term borrowings maturing in the next five fiscal years and thereafter (excluding the $3.7 million discount on the 5.00% senior notes due 2012 and presumes repayment of the $1.28 billion of 8.5% senior notes due 2015 and $500 million of senior floating rate notes due 2015 by October 31, 2014 and the extended $1.4 billion U.S. denominated term loan on July 26, 2016) are as follows (in thousands):


2012	$	49,064
2013	$	247,347
2014	$	1,896,818
2015	$	2,053,294
2016	$	1,390,093
Thereafter	$	4,775

The components of interest and other financing costs, net, are summarized as follows (in thousands):


	Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2011			Fiscal Year Ended October 1, 2010			Fiscal Year Ended October 2, 2009
Interest expense	$	442,392		$	449,002		$	480,001
Interest income		(18,653	)		(7,318	)		(12,827	)
Other financing costs		2,523			2,826			5,131

Total	$	426,262		$	444,510		$	472,305

NOTE 6. DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS:

The Company enters into derivative contractual arrangements to manage changes in market conditions related to debt obligations, foreign currency exposures and exposure to fluctuating natural gas, gasoline and diesel fuel prices. Derivative instruments utilized during the period include interest rate swap agreements, foreign currency forward exchange contracts, and natural gas, gasoline and diesel fuel hedge agreements. All derivative instruments are recognized as either assets or liabilities on the balance sheet at fair value at the end of each quarter. The counterparties to the Company’s contractual derivative agreements are all major international financial institutions. The Company is exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by these counterparties. The Company continually monitors its positions and the credit ratings of its counterparties, and does not anticipate nonperformance by the counterparties. For all hedging relationships the Company formally documents the hedging relationship and its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge, the hedging instrument, the hedged item, the nature of the risk being hedged, how the hedging instrument’s effectiveness in offsetting the hedged risk will be assessed prospectively and retrospectively, and a description of the method of measuring ineffectiveness. The Company also formally assesses, both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting cash flows of hedged items.

S-23

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Cash Flow Hedges

The Company has entered into $3.3 billion and ¥5.0 billion of interest rate swap agreements, fixing the rate on a like amount of variable rate term loan borrowings and floating rate notes. The Company entered into $300 million of forward starting interest rate swap agreements during fiscal 2011 to hedge the cash flow risk of variability in interest payments on variable rate borrowings. As of September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010, approximately ($56.3) million and ($114.4) million of unrealized net of tax losses related to the interest rate swaps were included in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss,” respectively. The hedge ineffectiveness for these cash flow hedging instruments during fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010, and fiscal 2009 was immaterial.

The Company previously entered into a $169.6 million amortizing forward starting cross currency swap to mitigate the risk of variability in principal and interest payments on the Canadian subsidiary’s variable rate debt denominated in U.S. dollars. The agreement fixes the rate on the variable rate borrowings and mitigates changes in the Canadian dollar/U.S. dollar exchange rate. During fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009 approximately $1.8 million of unrealized net of tax gains, ($9.1) million of unrealized net of tax losses and ($0.8) million unrealized net of tax losses related to the swap were recorded in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss,” respectively. Approximately ($3.8) million, $8.9 million and $0.2 million were reclassified to offset net translation gains (losses) on the foreign currency denominated debt during fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, respectively. As of September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010, unrealized net of tax losses of approximately ($10.6) million and ($8.6) million related to the cross currency swap were included in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss,” respectively. The hedge ineffectiveness for this cash flow hedging instrument during fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009 was immaterial.

The Company enters into a series of pay fixed/receive floating natural gas hedge agreements based on a NYMEX price in order to limit its exposure to price increases for natural gas, primarily in the Uniform and Career Apparel segment. As of September 30, 2011, the Company has contracts for approximately 224,000 MMBtu’s outstanding for fiscal 2012 that are designated as cash flow hedging instruments. During fiscal 2011, the Company entered into contracts totaling approximately 224,000 MMBtu’s. As of September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010, unrealized net of tax losses of approximately ($0.1) million were recorded in both periods in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” for these contracts. There was no hedge ineffectiveness for fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009.

The Company entered into a series of pay fixed/receive floating gasoline and diesel fuel hedge agreements based on the Department of Energy weekly retail on-highway index in order to limit its exposure to price fluctuations for gasoline and diesel fuel. As of September 30, 2011, the Company has contracts for approximately 4.7 million gallons outstanding for fiscal 2012 that are designated as cash flow hedging instruments. During fiscal 2011, the Company entered into contracts totaling approximately 6.2 million gallons. These contracts are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and reclassified into earnings as the underlying hedged item affects earnings. As of September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010, unrealized net of tax gains (losses) of approximately ($1.1) million and $0.1 million, respectively, was recorded in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” for these contracts. Beginning in fiscal 2012, these contracts will no longer be designated as cash flow hedges for accounting purposes. The hedge ineffectiveness for the gasoline and diesel fuel hedging instruments for fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009 was immaterial.

S-24

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The following table summarizes the effect of our derivatives designated as cash flow hedging instruments on Comprehensive Income (Loss), net of tax (in thousands):


	Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2011			Fiscal Year Ended October 1, 2010			Fiscal Year Ended October 2, 2009
Interest rate swap agreements	$	58,082		$	13,749		$	(38,080	)
Cross currency swap agreements		(1,956	)		(224	)		(524	)
Natural gas hedge agreements		(21	)		536			992
Gasoline and diesel fuel hedge agreements		(1,232	)		1,191			2,234

	$	54,873		$	15,252		$	(35,378	)

Derivatives not Designated in Hedging Relationships

As of September 30, 2011, the Company had foreign currency forward exchange contracts outstanding with notional amounts of €59.0 million, £10.7 million and CAD79.0 million to mitigate the risk of changes in foreign currency exchange rates on short-term intercompany loans to certain international subsidiaries. Gains and losses on these foreign currency exchange contracts are recognized in income currently as the contracts were not designated as hedging instruments, substantially offsetting currency transaction gains and losses on the short term intercompany loans, which are included in “Interest and Other Financing Costs, net.”

The following table summarizes the location and fair value of our derivatives designated and not designated as hedging instruments in our Consolidated Balance Sheets (in thousands):


	Balance Sheet Location	September 30, 2011		October 1, 2010
ASSETS
Designated as hedging instruments:
Gasoline and diesel fuel hedge agreements	Prepayments	$	—	$	179
Not designated as hedging instruments:
Foreign currency forward exchange contracts	Prepayments		2,856		—

Total derivatives		$	2,856	$	179

LIABILITIES
Designated as hedging instruments:
Natural gas hedge agreements	Accounts Payable	$	187	$	152
Gasoline and diesel fuel hedge agreements	Accounts Payable		1,894		20
Interest rate swap agreements	Accrued Expenses		49,349		—
Interest rate swap agreements	Other Noncurrent Liabilities		44,054		190,156
Cross currency swap agreements	Other Noncurrent Liabilities		35,551		38,261

			131,035		228,589

Not designated as hedging instruments:
Foreign currency forward exchange contracts	Accounts Payable		—		2,065

Total derivatives		$	131,035	$	230,654

S-25

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The following table summarizes the location of (gain) loss reclassified from “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” into earnings for our derivatives designated as hedging instruments in our Consolidated Statements of Operations (in thousands):


	Account	Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2011			Fiscal Year Ended October 1, 2010		Fiscal Year Ended October 2, 2009
Interest rate swap agreements	Interest Expense	$	123,739		$	132,787	$	117,827
Cross currency swap agreements	Interest Expense		8,960			11,763		4,590
Natural gas hedge agreements	Cost of services provided		158			1,961		5,621
Gasoline and diesel fuel hedge agreements	Cost of services provided		(2,289	)		2,192		13,675

		$	130,568		$	148,703	$	141,713

The following table summarizes the location of (gain) loss for our derivatives not designated as hedging instruments in our Consolidated Statements of Operations (in thousands):


	Account	Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2011			Fiscal Year Ended October 1, 2010			Fiscal Year Ended October 2, 2009
Foreign currency forward exchange contracts	Interest Expense	$	(1,586	)	$	(5,812	)	$	773

As part of the Transaction, the Company entered into a Japanese yen denominated term loan in the amount of ¥5,422 million (see Note 5). The term loan was designated as a hedge of the Company’s net Japanese currency exposure represented by the equity investment in our Japanese affiliate, AIM Services Co., Ltd.

NOTE 7. EMPLOYEE PENSION AND PROFIT SHARING PLANS:

In the United States, the Company maintains qualified contributory and non-contributory defined contribution retirement plans for eligible employees, with Company contributions to the plans based on earnings performance or salary level. The Company also has a non-qualified retirement savings plan for certain employees. The total expense of the above plans for fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009 was $31.5 million, $26.1 million and $25.0 million, respectively. The Company participates in various multi-employer union administered pension and employee welfare plans. Contributions to these plans, which are primarily defined benefit plans, result from contractual provisions of labor contracts and were $37.7 million, $35.7 million and $33.9 million for fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, respectively. Additionally, the Company maintains several contributory and non-contributory defined benefit pension plans, primarily in Canada and the United Kingdom.

S-26

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The following table sets forth the components of net periodic pension cost for the Company’s single-employer defined benefit pension plans for fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009 (in thousands):


	Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2011			Fiscal Year Ended October 1, 2010			Fiscal Year Ended October 2, 2009
Service cost	$	10,310		$	8,308		$	6,636
Interest cost		13,086			11,769			10,300
Expected return on plan assets		(12,738	)		(10,577	)		(8,695	)
Settlements		704			1,066			903
Amortization of prior service cost		6			6			5
Recognized net (gain) loss		1,608			1,234			649

Net periodic pension cost	$	12,976		$	11,806		$	9,798

The following tables set forth changes in the projected benefit obligation and the fair value of plan assets for these plans as of and for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011:


Benefit obligation, beginning	$	239,103
Foreign currency translation		(6,426	)	Fair value of plan assets, beginning	$	175,943
Service cost		10,310		Foreign currency translation		(4,350	)
Interest cost		13,086		Employer contributions		16,375
Employee contributions		3,619		Employee contributions		3,619
Actuarial loss (gain)		(4,532	)	Actual return on plan assets		(2,594	)
Benefits paid		(8,151	)	Benefits paid		(8,151	)
Settlement		(2,255	)	Settlement		(2,255	)

Benefit obligation, end	$	244,754		Fair value of plan assets, end	$	178,587

Funded Status at end of year	$	(66,167	)

Amounts recognized in the balance sheet:
Noncurrent benefit asset (included in Other Assets)		—		Amounts recognized in the Accumulated other comprehensive (income) loss (before taxes): Net actuarial loss (gain)		52,526
Current benefit liability (included in Accrued expenses and other current liabilities)		(188	)			52,526
Noncurrent benefit liability (included in Other Noncurrent Liabilities)		(65,979	)	Prior service cost		63

Net amount recognized	$	(66,167	)	Net amount recognized	$	52,589

The settlement in fiscal 2011 primarily relates to the lump sum payments made to employees in the Company’s Korean pension plan.

The assumptions utilized in the determination of pension expense and the funded status information include a weighted average discount rate of 5.2% for pension expense, a weighted average discount rate of 5.0% for the funded status, a weighted average rate of compensation increase of 3.5% and a weighted average long-term rate of return on assets of 6.8%. Assumptions are adjusted annually, as necessary, based on prevailing market conditions and actual experience.

The accumulated benefit obligation as of September 30, 2011 was $205.5 million. During fiscal 2011, actuarial losses of approximately $9.8 million and settlement gains of $0.7 million were recognized in other comprehensive loss (before taxes) and $0.9 million of amortization of actuarial losses was recognized as net

S-27

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

periodic pension cost during such period. The estimated portion of net actuarial loss included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as of September 30, 2011 expected to be recognized in net periodic pension cost during fiscal 2012 is approximately $2.3 million (before taxes).

The following tables set forth changes in the projected benefit obligation and the fair value of plan assets for these plans as of and for the fiscal year ended October 1, 2010:


Benefit obligation, beginning	$	190,353
Acquisitions		4,993		Fair value of plan assets, beginning	$	141,319
Foreign currency translation		6,162		Acquisitions		3,852
Service cost		8,308		Foreign currency translation		4,335
Interest cost		11,769		Employer contributions		18,083
Employee contributions		3,338		Employee contributions		3,338
Actuarial loss (gain)		24,981		Actual return on plan assets		15,997
Benefits paid		(8,299	)	Benefits paid		(8,299	)
Settlement		(2,502	)	Settlement		(2,682	)

Benefit obligation, end	$	239,103		Fair value of plan assets, end	$	175,943

Funded Status at end of year	$	(63,160	)

Amounts recognized in the balance sheet:
Noncurrent benefit asset (included in Other Assets)		107		Amounts recognized in the Accumulated other comprehensive (income) loss (before taxes): Net actuarial loss (gain)		46,253
Current benefit liability (included in Accrued expenses and other current liabilities)		(308	)			46,253
Noncurrent benefit liability (included in Other Noncurrent Liabilities)		(62,959	)	Prior service cost		71

Net amount recognized	$	(63,160	)	Net amount recognized	$	46,324

The settlement in fiscal 2010 primarily relates to the lump sum payments made to employees in the Company’s Korean pension plan.

The assumptions utilized in the determination of pension expense and the funded status information include a weighted average discount rate of 5.7% for pension expense, a weighted average discount rate of 5.2% for the funded status, a weighted average rate of compensation increase of 3.6% and a weighted average long-term rate of return on assets of 7.0%. Assumptions are adjusted annually, as necessary, based on prevailing market conditions and actual experience.

The accumulated benefit obligation as of October 1, 2010 was $213.0 million. During fiscal 2010, actuarial losses of approximately $18.6 million were recognized in other comprehensive loss (before taxes) and $0.6 million of amortization of actuarial losses was recognized as net periodic pension cost during such period. The estimated portion of net actuarial loss included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as of October 1, 2010 expected to be recognized in net periodic pension cost during fiscal 2011 is approximately $1.9 million (before taxes).

S-28

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The following table sets forth information for the Company’s single-employer pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets as of September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010 (in thousands):


	September 30, 2011		October 1, 2010
Projected benefit obligation	$	244,754	$	237,327
Accumulated benefit obligation		205,537		211,181
Fair value of plan assets		178,587		174,060

Assets of the plans are invested with the goal of principal preservation and enhancement over the long-term. The primary goal is total return, consistent with prudent investment management. The Company’s investment policies also require an appropriate level of diversification across the asset categories. The current overall capital structure and targeted ranges for asset classes are 50-70% invested in equity securities and 30-50% invested in debt securities. As of September 30, 2011, the overall portfolio mix consisted of 58% equity securities, 41% debt securities and 1% cash and cash equivalents and other. As of October 1, 2010, the overall portfolio mix consisted of 59% equity securities, 37% debt securities and 4% cash and cash equivalents and other. Performance of the plans is monitored on a regular basis and adjustments of the asset allocations are made when deemed necessary.

The weighted-average long-term rate of return on assets has been determined based on an estimated weighted-average of long-term returns of major asset classes, taking into account historical performance of plan assets, the current interest rate environment, plan demographics, acceptable risk levels and the estimated value of active asset management.

The fair value of plan assets for the Company’s defined benefit pension plans as of September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010 is as follows (see Note 16 for a description of the fair value levels) (in thousands):


	September 30, 2011		Quoted prices in active markets Level 1		Significant other observable inputs Level 2		Significant unobservable inputs Level 3
Cash and cash equivalents and other	$	1,610	$	1,610	$	—	$	—
Investment funds:
Pooled funds—equity		104,168		—		104,168		—
Pooled funds—fixed income		72,809		—		72,809		—

Total	$	178,587	$	1,610	$	176,977	$	—


	October 1, 2010		Quoted prices in active markets Level 1		Significant other observable inputs Level 2		Significant unobservable inputs Level 3
Cash and cash equivalents and other	$	6,920	$	968	$	5,952	$	—
Investment funds:
Pooled funds—equity		102,997		—		102,997		—
Pooled funds—fixed income		66,026		—		66,026		—

Total	$	175,943	$	968	$	174,975	$	—

S-29

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The fair value of the pooled separate accounts is based on the value of the underlying assets, as reported to the Plan by the trustees. The pooled separate account is comprised of a portfolio of underlying securities that can be valued on active markets. Fair value is calculated by applying the Plan’s percentage ownership in the pooled separate account to the total market value of the account’s underlying securities, and is therefore categorized as Level 2 as the Plan does not directly own shares in these underlying investments. Investments in equity securities include publicly-traded domestic (approximately 18%) and international (approximately 82%) companies that are diversified across industry, country and stock market capitalization. Investments in fixed income securities include domestic (approximately 8%) and international (approximately 92%) corporate bonds and government securities. Cash and cash equivalents include direct cash holdings, which are valued based on cost, and short-term deposits and investments in money market funds for which fair value measurements are all based on quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.

It is the Company’s policy to fund at least the minimum required contributions as outlined in the required statutory actuarial valuation for each plan. The following table sets forth the benefits expected to be paid in the next five fiscal years and in aggregate for the five fiscal years thereafter by the Company’s defined benefit pension plans (in thousands):


Fiscal 2012	$	10,958
Fiscal 2013	$	10,507
Fiscal 2014	$	10,834
Fiscal 2015	$	10,767
Fiscal 2016	$	10,966
Fiscal 2017 – 2021	$	59,536

The estimated benefit payments above are based on assumptions about future events. Actual benefit payments may vary significantly from these estimates.

The expected contributions to be paid to the Company’s defined benefit pension plans during fiscal 2012 are approximately $16.3 million.

NOTE 8. INCOME TAXES:

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Under this method, the provision (benefit) for income taxes represents income taxes payable or refundable for the current year plus the change in deferred taxes during the year. Deferred taxes result from differences between the financial and tax bases of the Company’s assets and liabilities and are adjusted for changes in tax rates and tax laws when changes are enacted. Valuation allowances are recorded to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will not be realized. Interest and penalties related to income tax matters are included in the provision (benefit) for income taxes.

The components of income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes by source of income are as follows (in thousands):


	Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2011		Fiscal Year Ended October 1, 2010			Fiscal Year Ended October 2, 2009
United States	$	9,818	$	(63,122	)	$	(107,025	)
Non-U.S.		112,131		96,108			83,304

	$	121,949	$	32,986		$	(23,721	)

S-30

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of (in thousands):


	Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2011			Fiscal Year Ended October 1, 2010			Fiscal Year Ended October 2, 2009
Current:
Federal	$	7,244		$	10,722		$	6,490
State and local		9,511			8,325			14,661
Non-U.S.		34,356			29,037			25,734

	$	51,111		$	48,084		$	46,885

Deferred:
Federal	$	(22,885	)	$	(31,125	)	$	(47,926	)
State and local		(8,946	)		(9,300	)		(16,554	)
Non-U.S.		(10,260	)		(6,996	)		(5,903	)

		(42,091	)		(47,421	)		(70,383	)

	$	9,020		$	663		$	(23,498	)

Current taxes payable of $8.4 million at September 30, 2011 are included in “Accrued expenses and other current liabilities”. Current taxes receivable of $4.0 million at October 1, 2010 are included in “Prepayments and other current assets”.

The provision (benefit) for income taxes varies from the amount determined by applying the United States Federal statutory rate to pretax income (loss) as a result of the following (all percentages are as a percentage of pretax income (loss)):


	Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2011			Fiscal Year Ended October 1, 2010			Fiscal Year Ended October 2, 2009
United States statutory income tax rate		35.0	%		35.0	%		35.0	%
Increase (decrease) in taxes, resulting from:
State income taxes, net of Federal tax benefit		2.2			(2.7	)		10.5
Foreign taxes		(8.4	)		(24.2	)		40.6
Permanent book/tax differences		1.0			2.2			(9.4	)
Uncertain tax positions		(13.9	)		7.2			(9.4	)
Tax credits & other		(8.5	)		(15.5	)		31.8

Effective income tax rate		7.4	%		2.0	%		99.1	%

The effective tax rate is based on expected income, statutory tax rates and tax planning opportunities available to the Company in the various jurisdictions in which it operates. Judgment is required in determining the effective tax rate and in evaluating the Company’s tax positions. The Company establishes reserves when, despite the belief that the Company’s tax return positions are supportable, the Company believes that certain positions are likely to be challenged and that the Company may not succeed. The Company adjusts these reserves in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the progress of a tax audit. The effective tax rate includes the impact of reserve provisions and changes to the reserve that the Company considers appropriate, as well as related interest and penalties. During fiscal 2011, the Company recorded a reduction of approximately $17.0 million related to the remeasurement of an uncertain tax position.

S-31

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The effective tax rate is also applied to the quarterly operating results. In the event that there is a significant unusual or one-time item recognized in the Company’s operating results, the tax attributable to that item would be separately calculated and recorded at the same time as the unusual or one-time item.

A number of years may elapse before a particular tax reporting year is audited and finally resolved. The number of years with open tax audits varies depending on the tax jurisdiction. In the United States, the statutes for state income taxes for 1998 and forward remain open and the Internal Revenue Service has settled the examination of the Company’s tax returns through 2006. The Company is currently under audit by the Internal Revenue Service for tax years 2007 and 2008. While it is often difficult to predict the final outcome or the timing of resolution of any particular tax matter, the Company believes that its income tax accruals reflect the probable outcome of known tax contingencies. Unfavorable settlement of any particular issue would require use of the Company’s cash.

As of September 30, 2011, certain subsidiaries have accumulated federal, state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards of $12.2 million. The Company has approximately $10.4 million valuation allowance as of September 30, 2011 against these carryforwards due to the uncertainty of its realization. In addition, certain subsidiaries have accumulated state net operating loss carryforwards for which no benefit has been recorded as they are attributable to uncertain tax positions. The unrecognized tax benefits, as of September 30, 2011, attributable to these net operating losses was approximately $19.2 million. Due to the uncertain tax position, these net operating losses are not included as components of deferred tax assets as of September 30, 2011. The federal, state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards will expire from 2012 through 2031.

As of September 30, 2011, the Company has approximately $0.7 million of foreign tax credit carryforwards, which expire in 2019 and $4.1 million of general business credit carryforwards, which expire in 2029. The Company believes it is more likely than not that it will be able to generate taxable income in the future sufficient to utilize these carryforwards, and no valuation allowance is necessary.

As of September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010, the components of deferred taxes are as follows (in thousands):


	September 30, 2011			October 1, 2010
Deferred tax liabilities:
Property and equipment	$	82,168		$	101,544
Investments		92,802			86,593
Other intangible assets, including goodwill		742,474			753,317
Other		10,988			9,343

Gross deferred tax liability		928,432			950,797

Deferred tax assets:
Insurance		38,927			46,520
Employee compensation and benefits		190,106			180,959
Accruals and allowances		32,313			43,435
Derivatives		56,207			77,361
Net operating loss/credit carryforwards and other		9,287			22,103

Gross deferred tax asset, before valuation allowances		326,840			370,378

Valuation allowances		(10,426	)		(8,069	)

Net deferred tax liability	$	612,018		$	588,488

S-32

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Current deferred tax assets of $93.5 million and $76.7 million at September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010 are included in “Prepayments and other current assets,” respectively. Deferred tax liabilities of $705.5 million and $665.2 million at September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010 are included in “Deferred Income Taxes and Other Noncurrent Liabilities,” respectively.

The Company had approximately $34.0 million of total gross unrecognized tax benefits as of September 30, 2011, all of which, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits follows (in thousands):


	September 30, 2011
Gross unrecognized tax benefits at October 1, 2010	$	49,274
Additions based on tax positions taken in the current year		3,353
Additions for tax positions taken in prior years		1,312
Reductions for remeasurements, settlements and payments		(19,331	)
Reductions due to statute expiration		(568	)

Gross unrecognized tax benefits at September 30, 2011	$	34,040


	October 1, 2010
Gross unrecognized tax benefits at October 2, 2009	$	39,790
Additions based on tax positions taken in the current year		1,274
Additions for tax positions taken in prior years		10,038
Reductions for remeasurements, settlements and payments		(1,638	)
Reductions due to statute expiration		(190	)

Gross unrecognized tax benefits at October 1, 2010	$	49,274

The Company had approximately $9.6 million and $13.5 million accrued for interest and penalties as of September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010, respectively, and recorded approximately ($2.5) million and $4.1 million in interest and penalties during fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, respectively.

The Company is subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax of multiple state and foreign jurisdictions. The Company has substantially concluded all U.S. federal income tax matters for years through 2006, with the exception of certain Work Opportunity Tax Credits and Welfare to Work Tax Credits which are pending the outcome of Protective Refund Claims filed for 1998 through 2006.

The Company has significant operations in approximately 20 states and foreign taxing jurisdictions. The Company has open tax years in these jurisdictions ranging from 2 to 13 years. The Company does not anticipate that any adjustments resulting from tax audits would result in a material change to the results of operations or financial condition.

The Company does not expect the amount of unrecognized tax benefits to significantly change within the next 12 months.

S-33

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

NOTE 9. CAPITAL STOCK:

Effective January 26, 2007 upon completion of the Transaction, the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company was amended to provide for the authorization of 1,000 shares of common stock to replace the previously authorized, issued and outstanding Class A common stock and Class B common stock. Each share of common stock entitles the holder to one vote per share. Upon completion of the Transaction, ARAMARK Intermediate Holdco Corporation held all 900 shares of common stock issued by the Company. On March 30, 2007, ARAMARK Corporation and ARAMARK Services, Inc. merged, with ARAMARK Services, Inc. being the surviving company and being renamed ARAMARK Corporation. As a result of that merger, ARAMARK Intermediate Holdco Corporation holds 1,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, which represent all of the authorized and issued capital stock.

Pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement of the Parent Company, commencing on January 26, 2008, upon termination of employment from the Company or one of its subsidiaries, members of the Company’s management (other than Mr. Neubauer) who hold shares of common stock of the Parent Company can cause the Parent Company to repurchase all of their initial investment shares at fair market appraised value. Generally, payment for shares repurchased could be, at the Parent Company’s option, in cash or installment notes, which would be effectively subordinated to all indebtedness of the Company. The amount of this potential repurchase obligation has been classified outside of shareholder’s equity as part of the Transaction accounting which reflects the Parent Company’s investment basis and capital structure in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The amount of common stock subject to repurchase as of September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010 was $158.1 million and $184.7 million, which is based on approximately 12.4 million and 12.9 million shares of common stock of the Parent Company valued at $12.73 and $14.27 per share, respectively. The fair value of the common stock subject to repurchase is calculated using discounted cash flow techniques and comparable public company trading multiples. During fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, approximately $40.8 million and $23.8 million of common stock of the Parent Company was repurchased, respectively. The Stockholders Agreement, the senior secured credit agreement, the indenture governing the 8.50% senior notes due 2015, the senior floating rate notes due 2015 and the indenture governing the notes issued by Holdings contain limitations on the amount that can be expended for such share repurchases. During the third quarter of fiscal 2011, the Company borrowed $132.7 million under the extended U.S. dollar revolving credit facility to pay dividends to the Parent Company through ARAMARK Intermediate Holdco Corporation (see Note 19).

NOTE 10. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION:

In connection with the Transaction, the Parent Company established the ARAMARK Holdings Corporation 2007 Management Stock Incentive Plan (2007 MSIP). Incentive awards under the 2007 MSIP may be granted to employees or directors of, or consultants to, the Parent Company or one of its affiliates, including the Company, in the form of non-qualified stock options, unvested shares of common stock, the opportunity to purchase shares of common stock and other awards that are valued in whole or in part by reference to, or are otherwise based on, the fair market value of the Parent Company’s shares. The 2007 MSIP permits the granting of awards of up to 38.0 million shares of common stock of the Parent Company. As of September 30, 2011, there were 7.2 million shares available for grant. Under the 2007 MSIP, the terms of the awards are fixed at the grant date.

The Parent Company adopted an amended and restated ARAMARK Holdings Corporation 2007 MSIP (the Amended Stock Incentive Plan) on June 21, 2011. The Amended Stock Incentive Plan incorporates certain changes from prior amendments to the 2007 MSIP and provides for the grant of Installment Stock Purchase Opportunities, which is a new type of share-based award. The Amended Stock Incentive Plan also provides that shares purchased by the Parent Company from former employees will become eligible for issuances as stock options or purchased stock.

S-34

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Compensation expense charged to expense for fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009 for share-based compensation programs was approximately $17.3 million, before taxes of approximately $6.8 million, $21.3 million, before taxes of approximately $8.3 million, and $25.4 million, before taxes of approximately $9.9 million, respectively. The compensation expense recognized is classified as “Selling and general corporate expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. No compensation expense was capitalized.

Cash received from option exercises during fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009 was $1.0 million, $0.1 million and $1.3 million, respectively. For fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009 the amount of tax benefits included in “Other financing activities” in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows was $0.7 million, ($0.1) million and ($0.3) million, respectively.

Stock Options

Each award of stock options under the Amended Stock Incentive Plan is comprised of two types of stock options. One-half of the options awarded vest solely based upon continued employment over a specific period of time, generally four years (“Time-Based Options”). One-half of the options awarded vest based both upon continued employment and upon the achievement of a level of earnings before interest and taxes (“EBIT”), as defined in the 2007 MSIP, over time, generally four years (“Performance-Based Options”). The Performance-Based Options may also vest in part or in full upon the occurrence of specific return-based events. The exercise price for Time-Based Options and Performance-Based Options equals the fair value of the Parent Company’s stock on the date of the grant. All options remain exercisable for ten years from the date of grant.

Time-Based Options

The fair value of the Time-Based Options granted was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and the weighted-average assumptions noted in the table below. Since the Company’s stock is not publicly traded, the expected volatility is based on an average of the historical volatility of the Company’s competitors’ stocks over the expected term of the stock options. The expected life represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding and is calculated using the simplified method prescribed by Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) rules and regulations due to the lack of history. The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury security with terms equal to the expected life of the option as of the grant date.


	Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2011	Fiscal Year Ended October 1, 2010	Fiscal Year Ended October 2, 2009
Expected volatility	30%	30%	35%
Expected dividend yield	0%	0%	0%
Expected life (in years)	6.25	6.25	6.25
Risk-free interest rate	1.41% - 2.86%	2.04% - 3.31%	1.60% - 3.37%

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of Time-Based Options granted during fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009 was $4.42, $5.10 and $5.14 per option, respectively.

Compensation expense for Time-Based Options is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period during which employees perform related services. Approximately $10.3 million, $14.1 million and $11.2 million was charged to expense during fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009 for Time-Based Options, respectively. The Company has applied a forfeiture assumption of 8.7% per annum in the calculation of such expense.

As of September 30, 2011, there was approximately $17.5 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to nonvested Time-Based Options, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 2.83 years.

S-35

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

A summary of Time-Based Options activity is presented below:


Options	Shares (000s)			Weighted- Average Exercise Price		Aggregate Intrinsic Value ($000s)
Outstanding at October 1, 2010		16,206		$	8.06
Granted		2,112		$	12.65
Exercised		(1,693	)	$	6.90
Forfeited and expired		(643	)	$	9.43

Outstanding at September 30, 2011 (weighted-average remaining term of 6.8 years)		15,982		$	8.73	$	63,916

Exercisable at September 30, 2011 (weighted-average remaining term of 5.7 years)		10,595		$	7.41	$	56,417

Expected to vest at September 30, 2011 (weighted-average remaining term of 8.8 years)		4,854		$	11.28	$	7,021

The weighted-average exercise price of share-based awards granted prior to April 18, 2011 was adjusted due to the $3.50 per share dividend paid to the Parent Company shareholders (see Note 19).

The total intrinsic value of Time-Based Options exercised during fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009 was $8.9 million, $1.8 million and $2.2 million, respectively. The total fair value of Time-Based Options that vested during fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009 was $15.8 million, $11.0 million and $12.0 million, respectively.

Performance-Based Options

The fair value of the Performance-Based Options was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and the weighted-average assumptions noted in the table below. Since the Company’s stock is not publicly traded, the expected volatility is based on an average of the historical volatility of the Company’s competitors’ stocks over the expected term of the stock options. The expected life represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding and is calculated using the simplified method prescribed by SEC rules and regulations due to the lack of history. The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury security with terms equal to the expected life of the option as of the grant date.


	Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2011	Fiscal Year Ended October 1, 2010	Fiscal Year Ended October 2, 2009
Expected volatility	30%	30%	35%
Expected dividend yield	0%	0%	0%
Expected life (in years)	5.5 - 7.0	5.5 - 7.0	5.5 - 7.0
Risk-free interest rate	1.43% - 2.86%	1.41% - 3.31%	1.40% - 3.37%

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of the Performance-Based Options granted during fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009 was $4.21, $4.98 and $5.06 per option, respectively.

Compensation expense for Performance-Based Options is recognized on an accelerated basis over the requisite performance and service periods. The Company recognized compensation expense of approximately

S-36

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

$5.1 million, $6.7 million and $13.8 million during fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009 for Performance-Based Options, respectively. The Company has applied a forfeiture assumption of 8.7% per annum in the calculation of such expense.

As of September 30, 2011, there was approximately $7.5 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to nonvested Performance-Based Options, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 1.00 years.

On June 21, 2011, the Parent Company Board approved new annual and cumulative EBIT targets for fiscal 2011 and beyond. Approximately 3.7 million options were affected by these modifications. The fair values of these Performance-Based Options were revalued at the award modification date. The fair value of the Performance-Based Options modified during fiscal 2011 was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and the following weighted-average assumptions: estimated volatility (30%), expected dividend yield (0%), expected life (3.5-6.8 years) and risk-free interest rate (0.69%-2.27%). The weighted-average fair value of the Performance-Based Options modified during fiscal 2011 was $4.66 per option.

On June 21, 2011, the Parent Company Board also agreed that for awards granted on or after June 21, 2011, annual and cumulative EBIT targets for future fiscal years beginning after fiscal 2011 will be set within 90 days of the beginning of each fiscal year. The Amended Stock Incentive Plan also provides that if an annual EBIT target is established for fiscal 2012 or later years for options granted after June 21, 2011 that is less than the annual EBIT target for such fiscal year for outstanding stock options, the EBIT target for such outstanding options will be reduced to the lower EBIT target. There are approximately 1.5 million options where the grant date for the awards has not been established under applicable accounting guidance as the annual and cumulative EBIT targets have not been set. Accordingly, no share-based compensation expense has been recorded to date for these options.

On December 9, 2009, the Parent Company Board waived the EBIT target for fiscal 2009 with respect to approximately 1.1 million options representing 35% of the portion of the Performance-Based Options whose vesting was subject to the achievement of the Company’s fiscal 2009 EBIT target. Accordingly, such portion of the Performance-Based Options vested when the time-based vesting requirement of such options was satisfied. The fair value of these Performance-Based Options was revalued at the award modification date. The fair value of the Performance-Based Options modified during fiscal 2010 was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and the following weighted-average assumptions: expected volatility (30%), expected dividend yield (0%), expected life (3.60-6.80 years) and risk-free interest rate (1.23%-3.04%). The weighted-average fair value of the Performance-Based Options modified during fiscal 2010 was $5.19 per option. On December 10, 2008, the Parent Company Board waived the EBIT target for fiscal 2008 with respect to approximately 2.6 million options representing 75% of the portion of the Performance-Based Options whose vesting was subject to the achievement of the Company’s fiscal 2008 EBIT target. Accordingly, such portion of the Performance-Based Options vested when the time-based vesting requirement of such options was satisfied. The fair value of these Performance-Based Options were revalued at the award modification date. The fair value of the Performance-Based Options was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and the following weighted-average assumptions: expected volatility (35%), expected dividend yield (0%), expected life (4.10-5.80 years) and risk-free interest rate (1.62%). The weighted-average fair value of the Performance-Based Options modified on December 10, 2008 was $5.54 per option.

S-37

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

A summary of Performance-Based Options activity is presented below:


Options	Shares (000s)			Weighted- Average Exercise Price		Aggregate Intrinsic Value ($000s)
Outstanding at October 1, 2010		16,208		$	8.06
Granted		2,112		$	12.65
Exercised		(927	)	$	6.69
Forfeited/Cancelled/Expired		(1,342	)	$	8.11

Outstanding at September 30, 2011 (weighted-average remaining term of 6.8 years)		16,051		$	8.73	$	64,127

Exercisable at September 30, 2011 (weighted-average remaining term of 5.3 years)		4,750		$	6.91	$	27,664

Expected to vest at September 30, 2011 (weighted-average remaining term of 8.5 years)		3,664		$	10.82	$	6,982

The weighted-average exercise price of share-based awards granted prior to April 18, 2011 was adjusted due to the $3.50 per share dividend paid to the Parent Company shareholders (see Note 19).

The total intrinsic value of Performance-Based Options exercised during fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009 was $5.0 million, $1.5 million and $1.7 million, respectively. The total fair value of Performance-Based Options that vested during fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009 was $0 million, $5.5 million and $13.7 million, respectively.

Installment Stock Purchase Opportunities

Installment Stock Purchase Opportunities (“ISPOs”) provide the grantee the option to purchase shares of the Parent Company’s common stock. ISPO awards are divided into five equal installments. The first installment, which represents 20% of the total award, vests immediately upon grant and will be exercisable until the first anniversary of the grant date. At least 25% of the first installment must be exercised or the entire grant (including the remaining four installments) will expire and any part of the first installment that is not exercised during the exercise period will also expire, in each case on the first anniversary of the grant date. If the exercise conditions of the first installment are met, the remaining four installments will vest on December 15th of the first calendar year following the year in which the ISPO is granted, and on each of the three anniversaries of such date, respectively, and will be exercisable for 31 days thereafter. Any of these remaining four installments that becomes vested but is not exercised during its respective exercise period will expire at the end of its exercise period, but the holder may still exercise any subsequent installments when they vest in future years.

The fair value of the ISPOs was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and the following weighted-average assumptions noted in the table below. Since the Company’s stock is not publicly traded, the expected volatility is based on an average of the historical volatility of the Company’s competitors’ stocks over the expected term of the stock options. The expected life represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding and is calculated using the simplified method prescribed by SEC rules and regulations due to the lack of history. The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury security with terms equal to the expected life of the option as of the grant date. During fiscal 2011, the Company granted 1.0 million ISPOs.

S-38

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)


		Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2011
Expected volatility		30%
Expected dividend yield		0%
Expected life (in years)		2.5
Risk-free interest rate		0.33% - 0.68%

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of ISPOs granted during fiscal 2011 was $2.47 per option. Compensation expense for ISPOs is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period during which employees perform related services. Approximately $0.8 million was charged to expense during fiscal 2011 for ISPOs. The Company has applied a forfeiture assumption of 8.7% per annum in the calculation of such expense.

As of September 30, 2011, there was approximately $1.4 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to nonvested ISPOs, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 4.21 years.

Deferred Stock Units

Deferred stock units are issued only to non-employee members of the Board of Directors who are not representatives of one of the Sponsors and represent the right to receive shares of the Parent Company’s common stock in the future. Each deferred stock unit will be converted to one share of the Parent Company’s common stock six months and one day after the date on which such director ceases to serve as a member of the Board of Directors. The grant-date fair value of deferred stock units is based on the fair value of the Parent Company’s common stock. Since the deferred stock units are fully vested upon grant, compensation expense for the entire award is recognized immediately upon grant. The Company granted 71,594 deferred stock units during fiscal 2011. The compensation expense during fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009 for deferred stock units was approximately $1.0 million, $0.5 million and $0.4 million, respectively.

Seamless Stock Options

During fiscal 2011, Seamless established the Seamless North America 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan). The Plan allows for the issuance of stock options and other equity-based awards in Seamless. The stock options awarded vest solely based on continued employment over a specific period of time, generally four years. During fiscal 2011, Seamless granted approximately 6.0 million stock options. The Company recognized compensation expense of approximately $0.1 million for Seamless options during fiscal 2011.

NOTE 11. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE SECURITIZATION:

The Company has an agreement (the Receivables Facility) with several financial institutions whereby it sells on a continuous basis an undivided interest in all eligible trade accounts receivable, as defined in the Receivables Facility. The maximum amount of the facility is $250 million, which expires in January 2013. Pursuant to the Receivables Facility, the Company formed ARAMARK Receivables, LLC, a wholly-owned, consolidated, bankruptcy-remote subsidiary. ARAMARK Receivables, LLC was formed for the sole purpose of buying and selling receivables generated by certain subsidiaries of the Company. Under the Receivables Facility, the Company and certain of its subsidiaries transfer without recourse all of their accounts receivable to ARAMARK Receivables, LLC. As collections reduce previously transferred interests, interests in new, eligible receivables are transferred to ARAMARK Receivables, LLC, subject to meeting certain conditions.

S-39

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

In the first quarter of fiscal 2011, the Company adopted the new authoritative accounting guidance regarding transfers of financial assets. On a prospective basis, the Company is required to report its receivables securitization facility as a secured borrowing instead of as a sale of receivables. The impact of the new accounting treatment upon adoption resulted in the recognition of both the receivables securitized under the program and the borrowings they collateralize on the Consolidated Balance Sheet, which led to a $220.9 million increase in “Receivables” and “Long-Term Borrowings.” At September 30, 2011, the amount of outstanding borrowings under the Receivables Facility was $225.9 million and is included in “Long-Term Borrowings.” Additionally, the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows during fiscal 2011 reflects the final remittance of cash associated with the $220.9 million of receivables sold at October 1, 2010 and subsequently collected by the Company on behalf of the bank conduits as an operating cash outflow. Any subsequent borrowing activity with the bank conduits will now be treated as financing cash flows, which was $225.9 million during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011. The overall effect on the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows was a reduction in cash from operating activities and an increase in cash from financing activities, whereas under the previous guidance, these cash flows were presented net as cash from operating activities.

NOTE 12. DEVELOPMENTS IN THE UNIFORM AND CAREER APPAREL SEGMENT

During the second quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company initiated a repositioning effort to reduce the cost structure and address the demand softness in the WearGuard direct marketing business. The Company exited a portion of its direct marketing business directed at consumers and very small businesses and migrated its distribution and customization functions from its facilities in Norwell, Massachusetts to its facilities in Salem, Virginia and Reno, Nevada. In addition, the Company reduced its headcount in all the other businesses in the Uniform and Career Apparel segment. As a result of these actions, the Company recorded a total charge of approximately $34.2 million during the second quarter of fiscal 2009 for severance and other related costs (approximately $8.5 million), inventory write-downs (approximately $18.5 million primarily as a result of the exit from a portion of its direct marketing business and approximately $2.2 million at other businesses within the segment in response to demand softness) and other asset write-downs (approximately $5.0 million, of which $2.0 million related to additional reserves for receivables and $3.0 million related to facility and equipment write-downs), which is included in “Cost of services provided” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. During the first quarter of fiscal 2010, the Company recorded an additional facility write-down of approximately $1.5 million. During the third quarter of fiscal 2010, the Company finalized the sale of its direct marketing facility in Norwell.

NOTE 13. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

The Company has capital and other purchase commitments of approximately $251.1 million at September 30, 2011, primarily in connection with commitments for capital projects and client contract investments. At September 30, 2011, the Company also has letters of credit outstanding in the amount of $160.1 million.

S-40

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Certain of the Company’s lease arrangements, primarily vehicle leases, with terms of one to eight years, contain provisions related to residual value guarantees. The maximum potential liability to the Company under such arrangements was approximately $87.1 million at September 30, 2011 if the terminal fair value of vehicles coming off lease was zero. Consistent with past experience, management does not expect any significant payments will be required pursuant to these arrangements. No amounts have been accrued for guarantee arrangements at September 30, 2011.

Rental expense for all operating leases was $168.1 million, $172.4 million and $165.8 million for fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, respectively. Following is a schedule of the future minimum rental and similar commitments under all noncancelable operating leases as of September 30, 2011 (in thousands):


Fiscal Year
2012	$	186,478
2013		84,384
2014		71,261
2015		60,879
2016		51,518
Subsequent years		140,719

Total minimum rental obligations	$	595,239

From time to time, the Company is a party to various legal actions and investigations involving claims incidental to the conduct of its business, including actions by clients, customers, employees, government entities and third parties, including under federal and state employment laws, wage and hour laws, immigration laws, human health and safety laws, import and export controls and customs laws, environmental laws, false claims statutes, minority business enterprise and women owned business enterprise statutes, contractual disputes, antitrust and competition laws and dram shop laws. Based on information currently available, advice of counsel, available insurance coverage, established reserves and other resources, the Company does not believe that any such actions are likely to be, individually or in the aggregate, material to its business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. However, in the event of unexpected further developments, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of these matters, or other similar matters, if unfavorable, may be materially adverse to the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

The Company has been informed that an Illinois state civil action has been filed against a subsidiary of the Company by an unnamed Relator under the Illinois Whistleblower Reward and Protection Act in the Circuit Court of Cook County, Illinois County Department, Law Division. The action alleges, among other things, that the subsidiary has not complied with the requirement to contract with minority-owned and women-owned businesses in connection with its contracts with Cook County and seeks monetary damages. The Company has accrued its best estimate of this potential liability as of September 30, 2011.

S-41

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

NOTE 14. QUARTERLY RESULTS (Unaudited):

The following table summarizes quarterly financial data for fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010 (in thousands):


2011	Quarter Ended December 31, 2010			Quarter Ended April 1, 2011			Quarter Ended July 1, 2011			Quarter Ended September 30, 2011			Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2011
Sales	$	3,284,506		$	3,220,260		$	3,285,713		$	3,291,898		$	13,082,377
Cost of services provided		2,949,250			2,925,135			2,998,490			2,963,905			11,836,780
Income from Continuing Operations		38,446			19,998			160			54,325			112,929
Income (loss) from Discontinued Operations, net of tax		(45	)		392			(307	)		(11,772	)		(11,732	)
Net income (loss)		38,401			20,390			(147	)		42,553			101,197
Net income (loss) attributable to ARAMARK shareholder		38,401			20,390			(512	)		41,793			100,072

2010	Quarter Ended January 1, 2010			Quarter Ended April 2, 2010			Quarter Ended July 2, 2010			Quarter Ended October 1, 2010			Fiscal Year Ended October 1, 2010
Sales	$	3,156,478		$	3,062,515		$	3,082,857		$	3,117,214		$	12,419,064
Cost of services provided		2,833,828			2,783,935			2,817,242			2,812,110			11,247,115
Income (loss) from Continuing Operations		26,371			(9,364	)		(5,782	)		21,098			32,323
Income (loss) from Discontinued Operations, net of tax		(694	)		(408	)		(538	)		5			(1,635	)
Net income (loss)		25,677			(9,772	)		(6,320	)		21,103			30,688
Net income (loss) attributable to ARAMARK shareholder		25,677			(9,772	)		(6,320	)		21,103			30,688

In the first and second fiscal quarters, within the Food and Support Services—North America segment, historically there has been a lower level of activity at the sports, entertainment and recreational food service operations that is partly offset by increased activity in the educational operations. However, in the third and fourth fiscal quarters, historically there has been a significant increase at sports, entertainment and recreational accounts that is partially offset by the effect of summer recess on the educational accounts.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011, the Company completed the sale of its wholly-owned subsidiary, Galls, for $75.0 million in cash. The transaction resulted in a pretax loss of approximately $1.5 million (net of tax loss of approximately $12.0 million). Galls is accounted for as a discontinued operation in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and Consolidated Statements of Operations (see Note 2).

NOTE 15. BUSINESS SEGMENTS:

The Company provides or manages services in two strategic areas: Food and Support Services and Uniform and Career Apparel, which are organized and managed in the following reportable business segments:

Food and Support Services—North America—Food, refreshment, specialized dietary and support services, including facility maintenance and housekeeping, provided to business, educational and healthcare institutions

S-42

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

and in sports, entertainment, recreational and other facilities serving the general public in the United States, Canada and Mexico. Food and Support Services—North America operating income for fiscal 2011 includes other income recognized of $7.8 million related to a compensation agreement signed with the National Park Service (NPS) under which the NPS agreed to pay down a portion of the Company’s investment (possessory interest) in certain assets at one of the Company’s NPS sites in the Sports & Entertainment sector, severance related expenses of $6.2 million and a favorable risk insurance adjustment of $0.9 million related to favorable claims experience. Food and Support Services—North America operating income for fiscal 2009 includes severance related expenses of $11.5 million.

Food and Support Services—International—Food, refreshment, specialized dietary and support services, including facility maintenance and housekeeping, provided to business, educational and healthcare institutions and in sports, entertainment, recreational and other facilities serving the general public. Operations are conducted in 19 countries, including the U.K., Germany, Chile, Ireland, Spain, China, Belgium, Korea, Argentina and Japan. Food and Support Services—International operating income for fiscal 2011 includes a gain of $7.7 million related to the divestiture of the Company’s 67% ownership interest in the security business of its Chilean subsidiary (see Note 3), favorable non-income tax settlements in the U.K. of $5.3 million, a goodwill and other intangible assets impairment charge of $5.3 million (see Note 4), a gain on the sale of land in Chile of $1.7 million and severance related expenses of $11.4 million. Food and Support Services—International operating income for fiscal 2010 includes a favorable non-income tax settlement in the U.K. of $3.2 million. Food and Support Services—International operating income for fiscal 2009 includes severance related expenses of $8.2 million and a favorable non-income tax settlement in the U.K. of $8.4 million.

Uniform and Career Apparel—Rental, sale, cleaning, maintenance and delivery of personalized uniform and career apparel and other textile items on a contract basis and direct marketing of personalized uniforms and career apparel and accessories to businesses, public institutions and individuals. Also provided are walk-off mats, cleaning cloths, disposable towels and other environmental control items. Uniform and Career Apparel operating income for fiscal 2011 includes a gain of $2.6 million related to a property settlement of an eminent domain claim, a favorable risk insurance adjustment of $4.8 million related to favorable claims experience and severance related expenses of $3.9 million. The segment operating income in fiscal 2009 includes a charge of approximately $34.2 million related to the Company’s repositioning effort to reduce the cost structure and address the demand softness in the WearGuard direct marketing business (see Note 12).

Sales by segment are substantially comprised of services to unaffiliated customers and clients. Operating income reflects expenses directly related to individual segments plus an allocation of corporate expenses applicable to more than one segment. In the first quarter of fiscal 2011, the segment reporting structure was modified to align the segment reporting more closely with the Company’s management and internal reporting structure. Specifically, the Mexican operations have been combined with the Food and Support Services—North America segment. Previously, the Mexican operations were included in the Food and Support Services—International segment. All prior period segment information has been restated to reflect the new reporting structure. Management believes this new presentation enhances the utility of the segment information, as it reflects the Company’s current management structure and operating organization. The financial effect of this segment realignment was not material.

Corporate—Corporate includes general corporate expenses not specifically allocated to an individual segment. During fiscal 2011, the Company recorded severance related expenses of $1.3 million and share-based compensation expense of $17.3 million. During fiscal 2010, the Company recorded share-based compensation expense of $21.3 million, which included approximately $5.5 million for the 2010 modification of the portion of the Performance-Based Options whose vesting was subject to the achievement of the Company’s fiscal 2009

S-43

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

EBIT target. During fiscal 2009, the Company recorded share-based compensation expense of $25.4 million, including approximately $13.8 million for the 2009 modification of the portion of the Performance-Based Options whose vesting was subject to the achievement of the Company’s fiscal 2008 EBIT target.

Interest and Other Financing Costs, net, for fiscal 2011 includes a write-off of deferred financing fees of $2.1 million related to the amendment that extended the U.S. dollar denominated portion of the revolving credit facility (see Note 5). For fiscal 2011, Interest and Other Financing Costs, net, also includes interest income of $14.1 million related to favorable non-income tax settlements in the U.K. For fiscal 2010, Interest and Other Financing Costs, net, includes $8.3 million of third-party costs related to the amendment of the senior secured credit agreement that extended the maturity date of $1,407.4 million of outstanding U.S. denominated term loan and interest income of approximately $4.3 million related to favorable non-income tax settlements in the U.K.

Financial information by segment follows (in millions):


	Sales
	Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2011			Fiscal Year Ended October 1, 2010			Fiscal Year Ended October 2, 2009
Food and Support Services—North America	$	9,019.0		$	8,654.7		$	8,436.0
Food and Support Services—International		2,723.3			2,437.7			2,284.2
Uniform and Career Apparel		1,340.1			1,326.7			1,417.9

	$	13,082.4		$	12,419.1		$	12,138.1


	Operating Income
	Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2011			Fiscal Year Ended October 1, 2010			Fiscal Year Ended October 2, 2009
Food and Support Services—North America	$	400.5		$	350.6		$	348.6
Food and Support Services—International		79.9			75.3			84.1
Uniform and Career Apparel		117.3			102.7			72.9

		597.7			528.6			505.6
Corporate		(49.5	)		(51.1	)		(57.0	)

Operating income		548.2			477.5			448.6
Interest and other financing costs, net		(426.3	)		(444.5	)		(472.3	)

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes	$	121.9		$	33.0		$	(23.7	)

S-44

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)


	Depreciation and Amortization
	Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2011		Fiscal Year Ended October 1, 2010		Fiscal Year Ended October 2, 2009
Food and Support Services—North America	$	341.9	$	334.3	$	328.0
Food and Support Services—International		62.6		60.2		55.1
Uniform and Career Apparel		105.1		107.5		113.5
Corporate		0.9		0.9		0.6

	$	510.5	$	502.9	$	497.2


	Capital Expenditures and Client Contract Investments*
	Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2011		Fiscal Year Ended October 1, 2010		Fiscal Year Ended October 2, 2009
Food and Support Services—North America	$	207.9	$	212.8	$	282.8
Food and Support Services—International		58.6		46.8		43.4
Uniform and Career Apparel		32.5		32.2		30.0
Corporate		0.4		—		0.2
Assets held for sale		0.8		1.1		4.4

	$	300.2	$	292.9	$	360.8

*	Includes amounts acquired in business combinations


	Identifiable Assets
	September 30, 2011		October 1, 2010
Food and Support Services—North America	$	7,234.2	$	6,835.7
Food and Support Services—International		1,524.8		1,514.4
Uniform and Career Apparel		1,670.0		1,682.8
Corporate		77.8		96.9
Assets held for sale		2.8		92.1

	$	10,509.6	$	10,221.9

S-45

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The following geographic data include sales generated by subsidiaries within that geographic area and net property & equipment based on physical location (in millions):


	Sales
	Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2011		Fiscal Year Ended October 1, 2010		Fiscal Year Ended October 2, 2009
United States	$	9,369.6	$	9,078.2	$	9,127.0
Foreign		3,712.8		3,340.9		3,011.1

	$	13,082.4	$	12,419.1	$	12,138.1


	Net Property & Equipment
	September 30, 2011		October 1, 2010
United States	$	818.4	$	853.9
Foreign		186.3		193.8

	$	1,004.7	$	1,047.7

NOTE 16. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND FINANCIAL LIABILITIES:

•

Level 1—inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets

•

Level 3—inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement

The Company’s financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, borrowings and derivatives. Management believes that the carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable are representative of their respective fair values. The fair value of the Company’s debt at September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010 was $5,505.7 million and $5,290.1 million, respectively. The carrying value of the Company’s debt at September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010 was $5,637.7 million and $5,401.8 million, respectively. The increase in the carrying value of the Company’s debt is primarily due to the adoption of the new accounting standard update on transfers of financial assets as the Company’s sale of eligible receivables are now accounted for as secured borrowings (see Note 5). The fair values were computed using market quotes, if available, or based on discounted cash flows using market interest rates as of the end of the respective periods.

S-46

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

At September 30, 2011, the following financial assets and financial liabilities were measured at fair value on a recurring basis using the type of inputs shown (in thousands):


	September 30, 2011		Quoted prices in active markets Level 1		Significant other observable inputs Level 2		Significant unobservable inputs Level 3
Assets:
Foreign currency forward exchange contracts	$	2,856	$	—	$	2,856	$	—

Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis	$	2,856	$	—	$	2,856	$	—

Liabilities:
Interest rate swap agreements	$	93,403	$	—	$	93,403	$	—
Cross currency swap agreements		35,551		—		35,551		—
Natural gas hedge agreements		187		—		187		—
Gasoline and diesel fuel hedge agreements		1,894		—		1,894		—

Total liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis	$	131,035	$	—	$	131,035	$	—

Common Stock Subject to Repurchase	$	158,061	$	—	$	—	$	158,061

At October 1, 2010, the following financial assets and financial liabilities were measured at fair value on a recurring basis using the type of inputs shown (in thousands):


	October 1, 2010		Quoted prices in active markets Level 1		Significant other observable inputs Level 2		Significant unobservable inputs Level 3
Assets:
Undivided retained interest in trade receivables sold under the Company’s Receivable Facility	$	253,331	$	—	$	—	$	253,331
Diesel fuel hedge agreements		179		—		179		—

Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis	$	253,510	$	—	$	179	$	253,331

Liabilities:
Interest rate swap agreements	$	190,156	$	—	$	190,156	$	—
Cross currency swap agreements		38,261		—		38,261		—
Natural gas hedge agreements		152		—		152		—
Gasoline fuel hedge agreements		20		—		20		—
Foreign currency forward exchange contracts		2,065		—		2,065		—

Total liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis	$	230,654	$	—	$	230,654	$	—

Common Stock Subject to Repurchase	$	184,736	$	—	$	—	$	184,736

S-47

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The following table presents the changes in financial instruments for which Level 3 inputs were significant to their valuation for fiscal 2011 (in thousands):


	Common Stock Subject to Repurchase
Balance at October 1, 2010	$	184,736
Net realized gains/(losses) included in earnings		—
Net purchases, issuances and settlements		(7,699	)
Change in fair market value of common stock of the Parent Company		(18,976	)

Balance at September 30, 2011	$	158,061

The decline in the fair value of the common stock of the Parent Company is related to the effect of the dividend paid to the Parent Company shareholders (see Note 19).

Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurements

During the second quarter of fiscal 2011, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $5.3 million in the Food and Support Services—International segment for the goodwill (approximately $4.0 million) and other intangible assets (approximately $1.3 million) associated with its India operations. These nonrecurring fair value measurements were developed using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3). The fair values were computed using a discounted cash flow valuation methodology (see Note 4).

NOTE 17. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

As of September 30, 2011, the notional value of interest rate swaps with entities affiliated with GS Capital Partners was $766 million and ¥5.0 billion and with entities affiliated with J.P. Morgan Partners was $1,071 million. As of October 1, 2010, the notional value of interest rate swaps with entities affiliated with GS Capital Partners was $767 million and ¥5.0 billion and with entities affiliated with J.P. Morgan Partners was $1,072 million. In all of these swaps, the Company pays the counterparty a fixed interest rate in exchange for their payment of a floating interest rate. The net payments in fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009 to entities affiliated with GS Capital Partners pursuant to interest rate swap transactions were approximately $40.1 million, $51.3 million and $48.0 million, respectively. The net payments in fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009 to entities affiliated with J.P. Morgan Partners pursuant to interest rate swap transactions were approximately $51.6 million, $54.9 million and $45.5 million, respectively.

NOTE 18. NONCONTROLLING INTEREST:

During the third quarter of fiscal 2011, the Company sold a noncontrolling ownership interest in Seamless, an online and mobile food ordering service, for consideration of $50.0 million in cash. The carrying value of the noncontrolling ownership interest sold at the time of the transaction was approximately $30.9 million, which resulted in an increase to “Noncontrolling interest” in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The difference between the consideration received, the carrying value of the noncontrolling ownership sold, the related tax consequences of the sale, and the fees incurred on the sale of the noncontrolling interest resulted in an increase of approximately $0.7 million to “Capital surplus” in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The Company incurred approximately $1.6 million of pretax transaction-related costs, of which approximately $1.0 million was paid to entities affiliated with GS Capital Partners and J.P. Morgan Partners.

S-48

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The following table presents the changes from net income attributable to ARAMARK shareholder and transfers from the noncontrolling interest:


	Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2011
Net income attributable to ARAMARK shareholder	$	100,072
Transfers from the noncontrolling interest
Increase in ARAMARK’s capital surplus from the sale of shares in Seamless		735

Net transfers from noncontrolling interest		735

Change from net income attributable to ARAMARK shareholder and transfer from noncontrolling interest	$	100,807

NOTE 19. ARAMARK HOLDINGS CORPORATION (PARENT COMPANY):

ARAMARK Holdings Corporation has 600.0 million common shares authorized, approximately 212.3 million common shares issued and approximately 203.5 million common shares outstanding as of September 30, 2011.

The Parent Company used the net proceeds from the offering of the Parent Company Notes, along with $132.7 million in borrowings by the Company under the extended U.S. dollar revolving credit facility, which were paid as dividends to the Parent Company through ARAMARK Intermediate Holdco Corporation, to pay an approximately $711 million dividend ($3.50 per share) to the Parent Company’s shareholders and to pay fees and expenses related to the issuance of the Parent Company Notes. Third party costs directly attributable to the Parent Company Notes were approximately $14.6 million, of which approximately $8.3 million were paid to entities affiliated with GS Capital Partners and J.P. Morgan Partners.

S-49

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

At September 30, 2011, ARAMARK Holdings Corporation had long-term borrowings of $594.5 million, net of discount, interest payable of $23.3 million, income tax receivable of $9.8 million and unamortized deferred financing costs on the Parent Company Notes of $13.5 million. For fiscal 2011, ARAMARK Holdings Corporation recorded Interest and Other Financing Costs, net, of $24.9 million. In November 2011, the Company distributed approximately $27.7 million to the Parent Company for the payment of accrued interest.

NOTE 20. CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES:

The following condensed consolidating financial statements of ARAMARK Corporation (the “Company”) and subsidiaries have been prepared pursuant to Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X.

These condensed consolidating financial statements have been prepared from the Company’s financial information on the same basis of accounting as the consolidated financial statements. Interest expense and certain other costs are partially allocated to all of the subsidiaries of the Company. Goodwill and other intangible assets have been allocated to the subsidiaries based on management’s estimates. On January 26, 2007, in connection with the Transaction, the Company issued 8.50% senior notes due 2015 and senior floating rate notes due 2015 as described in Note 5. The senior notes are jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by substantially all of the Company’s existing and future U.S. subsidiaries (excluding the receivables facility subsidiary) (“Guarantors”). Each of the Guarantors is wholly-owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company. All other subsidiaries of the Company, either direct or indirect, do not guarantee the senior notes (“Non-Guarantors”). The Guarantors also guarantee certain other unregistered debt.

During the third quarter of fiscal 2011, Seamless was removed as a guarantor of the 8.50% senior notes due 2015 and senior floating notes due 2015 due to the terms of the sale agreement (see Note 18).

S-50

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEETS

September 30, 2011

(in millions)


	ARAMARK Corporation		Guarantors		Non Guarantors		Eliminations			Consolidated
ASSETS
Current Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	137.4	$	32.2	$	43.7	$	—		$	213.3
Receivables		3.1		241.9		1,007.3		—			1,252.3
Inventories, at lower of cost or market		16.1		356.6		78.1		—			450.8
Prepayments and other current assets		31.9		118.5		61.2		—			211.6
Assets held for sale		—		2.8		—		—			2.8

Total current assets		188.5		752.0		1,190.3		—			2,130.8

Property and Equipment, net		38.3		751.6		214.8		—			1,004.7
Goodwill		173.1		3,766.1		701.4		—			4,640.6
Investment in and Advances to Subsidiaries		6,609.0		250.7		180.9		(7,040.6	)		—
Other Intangible Assets		51.4		1,442.7		254.3		—			1,748.4
Other Assets		75.5		554.5		357.0		(2.0	)		985.0

	$	7,135.8	$	7,517.6	$	2,898.7	$	(7,042.6	)	$	10,509.5

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
Current maturities of long-term borrowings	$	0.7	$	10.0	$	38.3	$	—		$	49.0
Accounts payable		132.9		335.1		307.4		—			775.4
Accrued expenses and other liabilities		218.2		770.0		238.3		0.1			1,226.6

Total current liabilities		351.8		1,115.1		584.0		0.1			2,051.0

Long-term Borrowings		4,833.7		34.7		720.2		—			5,588.6
Deferred Income Taxes and Other Noncurrent Liabilities		347.0		695.7		192.1		—			1,234.8
Intercompany Payable		—		5,352.7		1,158.7		(6,511.4	)		—
Common Stock Subject to Repurchase		158.1		—		—		—			158.1
Total Equity		1,445.2		319.4		243.7		(531.3	)		1,477.0

	$	7,135.8	$	7,517.6	$	2,898.7	$	(7,042.6	)	$	10,509.5

S-51

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEETS

October 1, 2010

(in millions)


	ARAMARK Corporation		Guarantors		Non Guarantors		Eliminations			Consolidated
ASSETS
Current Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	79.4	$	32.3	$	48.5	$	—		$	160.2
Receivables		1.5		234.3		697.2		—			933.0
Inventories, at lower of cost or market		16.9		334.0		71.0		—			421.9
Prepayments and other current assets		11.7		121.3		70.9		—			203.9
Assets held for sale		—		92.0		—		—			92.0

Total current assets		109.5		813.9		887.6		—			1,811.0

Property and Equipment, net		41.6		785.7		220.4		—			1,047.7
Goodwill		173.1		3,868.4		481.2		—			4,522.7
Investment in and Advances to Subsidiaries		6,667.0		107.5		243.7		(7,018.2	)		—
Other Intangible Assets		60.8		1,605.1		247.7		—			1,913.6
Other Assets		89.4		527.6		311.9		(2.0	)		926.9

	$	7,141.4	$	7,708.2	$	2,392.5	$	(7,020.2	)	$	10,221.9

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
Current maturities of long-term borrowings	$	5.7	$	12.2	$	33.7	$	—		$	51.6
Accounts payable		152.9		327.8		267.0		—			747.7
Accrued expenses and other liabilities		151.7		721.7		258.3		0.1			1,131.8
Liabilities held for sale		—		17.5		—		—			17.5

Total current liabilities		310.3		1,079.2		559.0		0.1			1,948.6

Long-term Borrowings		4,824.7		29.4		496.1		—			5,350.2
Deferred Income Taxes and Other Noncurrent Liabilities		424.7		769.7		147.0		—			1,341.4
Intercompany Payable		—		5,583.9		1,054.2		(6,638.1	)		—
Common Stock Subject to Repurchase		184.7		—		—		—			184.7
Total Equity		1,397.0		246.0		136.2		(382.2	)		1,397.0

	$	7,141.4	$	7,708.2	$	2,392.5	$	(7,020.2	)	$	10,221.9

S-52

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

For the year ended September 30, 2011

(in millions)


	ARAMARK Corporation			Guarantors			Non Guarantors		Eliminations			Consolidated
Sales	$	1,012.7		$	8,059.7		$	4,010.0	$	—		$	13,082.4

Costs and Expenses:
Cost of services provided		948.2			7,169.9			3,718.8		—			11,836.9
Depreciation and amortization		20.0			379.5			111.0		—			510.5
Selling and general corporate expenses		56.9			107.1			22.9		—			186.9
Interest and other financing costs		410.3			—			15.9		—			426.2
Expense allocations		(377.7	)		339.1			38.6		—			—

		1,057.7			7,995.6			3,907.2		—			12,960.5

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes		(45.0	)		64.1			102.8		—			121.9
Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes		(35.6	)		25.4			19.2		—			9.0
Equity in Net Income of Subsidiaries		110.6			—			—		(110.6	)		—

Income from Continuing Operations		101.2			38.7			83.6		(110.6	)		112. 9
Loss from Discontinued Operations, net of tax		—			(11.7	)		—		—			(11.7	)

Net income		101.2			27.0			83.6		(110.6	)		101. 2
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest		—			—			1.1		—			1.1

Net income attributable to ARAMARK shareholder	$	101.2		$	27.0		$	82.5	$	(110.6	)	$	100.1

S-53

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

For the year ended October 1, 2010

(in millions)


	ARAMARK Corporation			Guarantors			Non Guarantors		Eliminations			Consolidated
Sales	$	999.8		$	7,863.3		$	3,556.0	$	—		$	12,419.1

Costs and Expenses:
Cost of services provided		949.0			7,016.4			3,281.7		—			11,247.1
Depreciation and amortization		20.3			381.4			101.1		—			502.8
Selling and general corporate expenses		62.0			104.4			25.2		—			191.6
Interest and other financing costs		414.5			1.4			28.7		—			444.6
Expense allocations		(390.1	)		358.4			31.7		—			—

		1,055.7			7,862.0			3,468.4		—			12,386.1

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes		(55.9	)		1.3			87.6		—			33.0
Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes		(20.4	)		2.0			19.1		—			0.7
Equity in Net Income of Subsidiaries		66.2			—			—		(66.2	)		—

Income (loss) from Continuing Operations		30.7			(0.7	)		68.5		(66.2	)		32. 3
Loss from Discontinued Operations, net of tax		—			(1.6	)		—		—			(1.6	)

Net income (loss)	$	30.7		$	(2.3	)	$	68.5	$	(66.2	)	$	30.7

S-54

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

For the year ended October 2, 2009

(in millions)


	ARAMARK Corporation			Guarantors			Non Guarantors		Eliminations			Consolidated
Sales	$	978.7		$	7,932.5		$	3,226.9	$	—		$	12,138.1

Costs and Expenses:
Cost of services provided		921.9			7,109.5			2,977.5		—			11,008.9
Depreciation and amortization		21.9			384.8			90.5		—			497.2
Selling and general corporate expenses		64.6			97.6			21.2		—			183.4
Interest and other financing costs		439.7			1.4			31.2		—			472.3
Expense allocations		(428.2	)		395.9			32.3		—			—

		1,019.9			7,989.2			3,152.7		—			12,161.8

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes		(41.2	)		(56.7	)		74.2		—			(23.7	)
Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes		(15.7	)		(24.6	)		16.8		—			(23.5	)
Equity in Net Income of Subsidiaries		18.6			—			—		(18.6	)		—

Income (loss) from Continuing Operations		(6.9	)		(32.1	)		57.4		(18.6	)		(0.2	)
Loss from Discontinued Operations, net of tax		—			(6.7	)		—		—			(6.7	)

Net income (loss)	$	(6.9	)	$	(38.8	)	$	57.4	$	(18.6	)	$	(6.9	)

S-55

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For the year ended September 30, 2011

(in millions)


	ARAMARK Corporation			Guarantors			Non Guarantors			Eliminations			Consolidated
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	$	38.2		$	486.6		$	(146.4	)	$	(73.7	)	$	304.7

Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchases of property and equipment and client contract investments		(9.6	)		(205.7	)		(78.5	)		—			(293.8	)
Disposals of property and equipment		1.0			10.0			10.5			—			21.5
Proceeds from divestitures		—			71.5			11.6			—			83.1
Acquisitions of businesses, net of cash acquired		—			(157.0	)		—			—			(157.0	)
Other investing activities		0.7			(14.3	)		(3.4	)		—			(17.0	)

Net cash used in investing activities		(7.9	)		(295.5	)		(59.8	)		—			(363.2	)

Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from additional long-term borrowings		—			0.2			22.0			—			22.2
Payments of long-term borrowings		(5.7	)		(13.2	)		(12.3	)		—			(31.2	)
Net change in funding under the Receivables Facility		—			—			225.9			—			225.9
Dividends paid to Parent Company		(132.9	)		—			—			—			(132.9	)
Net proceeds from sale of subsidiary shares to noncontrolling interest		48.4			—			—			—			48.4
Proceeds from issuance of Parent Company common stock		4.6			—			—			—			4.6
Repurchase of Parent Company common stock		(16.1	)		—			—			—			(16.1	)
Other financing activities		(6.6	)		(3.1	)		(0.3	)		—			(10.0	)
Change in intercompany, net		136.0			(175.8	)		(33.9	)		73.7			—

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		27.7			(191.9	)		201.4			73.7			110.9

Increase (Decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		58.0			(0.8	)		(4.8	)		—			52.4
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period		79.4			33.0			48.5			—			160.9

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period	$	137.4		$	32.2		$	43.7		$	—		$	213.3

S-56

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For the year ended October 1, 2010

(in millions)


	ARAMARK Corporation			Guarantors			Non Guarantors			Eliminations			Consolidated
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	133.6		$	406.5		$	182.8		$	(88.9	)	$	634.0
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchases of property and equipment and client contract investments		(13.7	)		(215.1	)		(61.2	)		—			(290.0	)
Disposals of property and equipment		1.8			17.3			6.8			—			25.9
Acquisitions of businesses		—			(8.2	)		(77.5	)		—			(85.7	)
Other investing activities		(1.0	)		3.1			(5.8	)		—			(3.7	)

Net cash used in investing activities		(12.9	)		(202.9	)		(137.7	)		—			(353.5	)

Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from long-term borrowings		—			—			11.5			—			11.5
Payments of long-term borrowings		(309.4	)		(15.2	)		(10.2	)		—			(334.8	)
Proceeds from issuance of Parent Company common stock		3.3			—			—			—			3.3
Repurchase of Parent Company common stock		(10.8	)		—			—			—			(10.8	)
Other financing activities		(10.6	)		(2.8	)		—			—			(13.4	)
Change in intercompany, net		129.4			(179.2	)		(39.1	)		88.9			—

Net cash used in financing activities		(198.1	)		(197.2	)		(37.8	)		88.9			(344.2	)

Increase (Decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		(77.4	)		6.4			7.3			—			(63.7	)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period		156.8			26.6			41.2			—			224.6

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period		79.4			33.0			48.5			—			160.9
Less: Cash and cash equivalents included in assets held for sale		—			0.7			—			—			0.7

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period	$	79.4		$	32.3		$	48.5		$	—		$	160.2

S-57

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For the year ended October 2, 2009

(in millions)


	ARAMARK Corporation			Guarantors			Non Guarantors			Eliminations			Consolidated
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	$	(29.4	)	$	590.6		$	223.9		$	(77.9	)	$	707.2
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchases of property and equipment and client contract investments		(6.6	)		(267.2	)		(84.5	)		—			(358.3	)
Disposals of property and equipment		2.2			21.6			4.1			—			27.9
Acquisitions of businesses		(85.0	)		(22.8	)		(29.9	)		—			(137.7	)
Other investing activities		(0.6	)		3.0			0.9			—			3.3

Net cash used in investing activities		(90.0	)		(265.4	)		(109.4	)		—			(464.8	)

Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from long-term borrowings		—			—			0.7			—			0.7
Payments of long-term borrowings		(102.2	)		(16.1	)		(29.2	)		—			(147.5	)
Proceeds from issuance of Parent Company common stock		3.4			—			—			—			3.4
Repurchase of Parent Company common stock		(23.0	)		—			—			—			(23.0	)
Other financing activities		(0.3	)		—			—			—			(0.3	)
Change in intercompany, net		319.9			(314.2	)		(83.6	)		77.9			—

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		197.8			(330.3	)		(112.1	)		77.9			(166.7	)

Increase (Decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		78.4			(5.1	)		2.4			—			75.7
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period		78.4			31.7			38.8			—			148.9

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period		156.8			26.6			41.2			—			224.6
Less: Cash and cash equivalents included in assets held for sale		—			0.5			—			—			0.5

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period	$	156.8		$	26.1		$	41.2		$	—		$	224.1

S-58

ARAMARK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES

For the Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 2011, October 1, 2010 and October 2, 2009


			Additions		Reductions
	Balance, Beginning of Period		Charged to Income		Deductions from Reserves⁽¹⁾		Balance, End of Period
Description
Fiscal Year 2011
Reserve for doubtful accounts, advances & current notes receivable	$	36,886	$	10,298	$	14,221	$	32,963

Fiscal Year 2010
Reserve for doubtful accounts, advances & current notes receivable	$	37,772	$	8,756	$	9,642	$	36,886

Fiscal Year 2009
Reserve for doubtful accounts, advances & current notes receivable	$	41,665	$	16,351	$	20,244	$	37,772

(1)	Amounts determined not to be collectible and charged against the reserve and translation.

S-59

EXHIBIT INDEX

Copies of any of the following exhibits are available to Stockholders for the cost of reproduction upon written request from the Secretary, ARAMARK Corporation, 1101 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19107.


2.1		Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of August 8, 2006 between ARAMARK Corporation, RMK Acquisition Corporation and RMK Finance LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 2.1 to ARAMARK Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 8, 2006, pursuant to the Exchange Act (file number 001-04762)).

2.2		Certificate of Ownership and Merger (merging ARAMARK Corporation into ARAMARK Services, Inc.) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to ARAMARK Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 5, 2007, pursuant to the Exchange Act (file number 001-04762)).

3.1		Certificate of Incorporation of ARAMARK Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to ARAMARK Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 5, 2007, pursuant to the Exchange Act (file number 001-04762)).

3.2		By-laws of ARAMARK Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to ARAMARK Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 5, 2007, pursuant to the Exchange Act (file number 001-04762)).

4.1		Form of Guaranteed Indenture, among ARAMARK Services, Inc., ARAMARK Corporation, as guarantor, and Bank One Trust Company, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to ARAMARK Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed with the SEC on March 27, 2002, pursuant to the Securities Act (Registration No. 33-85050)).

4.2		Indenture, dated as of January 26, 2007, among the Company, RMK Acquisition Corporation, the Guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to ARAMARK Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 1, 2007, pursuant to the Exchange Act (file number 001-04762)).

4.3		Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 26, 2007, among RMK Acquisition Corporation, the Company, the Guarantors party thereto, and JP Morgan Securities, Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co., as representatives of the initial purchasers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to ARAMARK Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 1, 2007, pursuant to the Exchange Act (file number 001-04762)).

4.4		Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 30, 2007, to the Indenture dated as of January 26, 2007 among ARAMARK Corporation, the Guarantors listed on the signature page thereto and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to ARAMARK Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 5, 2007, pursuant to the Exchange Act (file number 001-04762)).

10.1		Employment Agreement dated November 2, 2004 between ARAMARK Corporation and Joseph Neubauer (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed with the SEC on November 8, 2004, pursuant to the Exchange Act (file number 001-04762)).**

10.2		Amendment, effective as of January 26, 2007, to the Employment Agreement dated November 2, 2004 between ARAMARK Corporation and Joseph Neubauer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to ARAMARK Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 1, 2007, pursuant to the Exchange Act (file number 001-04762)).**

10.3		Amendment, effective as of November 15, 2007, to the Employment Agreement dated November 2, 2004 between ARAMARK Corporation and Joseph Neubauer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to ARAMARK Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 16, 2007, pursuant to the Exchange Act (file number 001-04762)).**



10.4		Letter relating to Joseph Neubauer’s Employment Agreement dated November 14, 2008. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to ARAMARK Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on December 15, 2008, pursuant to the Exchange Act (file number 001-04762)).**

10.5		Form of Agreement Relating to Employment and Post-Employment Competition and Schedule 1 listing each Executive Officer who is a party to such Agreement (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 19, 2007, pursuant to the Exchange Act (file number 001-04762)).**

10.6		Agreement Relating to Employment and Post-Employment Competition dated November 14, 2007 between ARAMARK Corporation and Joseph Munnelly (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to ARAMARK Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on February 6, 2008, pursuant to the Exchange Act (file number 001-04762)).**

10.7		Agreement Relating to Employment and Post-Employment Competition dated November 12, 2003 between ARAMARK Corporation and Christopher Holland (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to ARAMARK Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on December 10, 2004, pursuant to the Exchange Act (file number 001-04762)).**

10.8		Form of Amendment to Agreement Relating to Employment and Post-Employment Competition (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to ARAMARK Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on December 15, 2008, pursuant to the Exchange Act (file number 001-04762)).**

10.9		Letter Agreement dated May 12, 2009 between ARAMARK Corporation and Bart J. Colli (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 13, 2009, pursuant to the Exchange Act (file number 001-04762)).**

10.10		Letter Agreement dated February 8, 2011 between ARAMARK Holdings Corporation and Thomas J. Vozzo (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on February 9, 2011 pursuant to the Exchange Act (file number 001-04762)).**

10.11		Separation Letter Agreement entered into on August 8, 2011 between ARAMARK Holdings Corporation and Andrew C. Kerin (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 11, 2011, pursuant to the Exchange Act (file number 001-04762)).**

10.12		Form of Indemnification Agreement and attached schedule (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 10, 2005, pursuant to the Exchange Act (file number 001-04762)).**

10.13		Indemnification Agreement dated December 15, 2011 between Joseph Munnelly and ARAMARK Corporation. ** *

10.14		Amended and Restated ARAMARK Holdings Corporation 2007 Management Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to ARAMARK Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 22, 2011, pursuant to the Exchange Act (file number 001-04762)).**

10.15		Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to ARAMARK Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 1, 2007, pursuant to the Exchange Act (file number 001-04762)).**

10.16		Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to ARAMARK Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 8, 2007, pursuant to the Exchange Act (file number 001-04762)).**



10.17		Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to ARAMARK Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 16, 2007, pursuant to the Exchange Act (file number 001-04762)).**

10.18		Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to ARAMARK Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 1, 2010, pursuant to the Exchange Act (file number 001-04762)).**

10.19		Form of Non Qualified Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to ARAMARK Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 22, 2011, pursuant to the Exchange Act (file number 001-04762)).**

10.20		Amendment to Outstanding Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreements dated March 1, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to ARAMARK Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 1, 2010, pursuant to the Exchange Act (file number 001-04762)).**

10.21		Form of Amendment to outstanding Non Qualified Stock Option Agreements (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to ARAMARK Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 22, 2011, pursuant to the Exchange Act (file number 001-04762)).**

10.22		Form of Non Qualified Installment Stock Purchase Opportunity Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to ARAMARK Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 22, 2011, pursuant to the Exchange Act (file number 001-04762)).**

10.23		Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement with ARAMARK Holdings Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to ARAMARK Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 1, 2007, pursuant to the Exchange Act (file number 001-04762)).**

10.24		Schedules 1 to Outstanding Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreements (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to ARAMARK Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on December 15, 2009, pursuant to the Exchange Act (file number 001-04762)).**

10.25		Schedules 1 to Outstanding Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreements (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to ARAMARK Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 1, 2010, pursuant to the Exchange Act (file number 001-04762)).**

10.26		New Schedule 1 to Form of Non Qualified Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to ARAMARK Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 18, 2011, pursuant to the Exchange Act (file number 001-04762)).**

10.27		Revised Schedule 1s to outstanding Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreements (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to ARAMARK Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 18, 2011, pursuant to the Exchange Act (file number 001-04762)).**

10.28		Amended and Restated ARAMARK 2001 Stock Unit Retirement Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to ARAMARK Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on December 19, 2003, pursuant to the Exchange Act (file number 001-04762)).**

10.29		Amended and Restated ARAMARK Savings Incentive Retirement Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to ARAMARK Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on February 10, 2011, pursuant to the Securities Act (file number 001-333-172157)).**

10.30		Amendment to Amended and Restated Savings Incentive Retirement Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to ARAMARK Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 18, 2011, pursuant to the Exchange Act (file number 001-04762)).**

10.31		ARAMARK 2001 Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to ARAMARK Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on May 24, 2002, pursuant to the Securities Act (Registration No. 333-89120)).**


10.32		Amended and Restated 2005 Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to ARAMARK Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 8, 2007, pursuant to the Exchange Act (file number 001-04762)).**

10.33		Senior Executive Annual Performance Bonus Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to ARAMARK Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 18, 2011, pursuant to the Exchange Act (file number 001-04762)).**

10.34		Amended And Restated Executive Leadership Council Management Incentive Bonus Plan** *

10.35		ARAMARK Holdings Corporation Hardship Stock Repurchase Policy** *

10.36		Limited Liquidity Program** *

10.37		Amended Survivor Income Protection Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to ARAMARK Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 8, 2007, pursuant to the Exchange Act (file number 001-04762)).**

10.38		U.S. Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of January 26, 2007, among ARAMARK Intermediate Holdco Corporation, RMK Acquisition Corporation, the Company, the Subsidiary Parties from time to time party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as collateral agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to ARAMARK Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 1, 2007, pursuant to the Exchange Act (file number 001-04762)).

10.39		Credit Agreement, dated as of January 26, 2007, as amended and restated as of March 26, 2010, by and among ARAMARK Corporation (as successor to RMK Acquisition Corporation, ARAMARK Canada Ltd., ARAMARK Investments Limited, ARAMARK Ireland Holdings Limited, ARAMARK Holdings GmbH & Co KG, ARAMARK GmbH, ARAMARK Intermediate Holdco Corporation, the Guarantors (as defined therein) party thereto, the Lenders (as defined therein), JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, collateral agent and LC facility issuing bank and the other parties thereto from time to time (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to ARAMARK Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 31, 2010, pursuant to the Exchange Act (file number 001-04762)).

10.40		Amendment Agreement No. 1, dated as of April 18, 2011, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of January 26, 2007, as amended and restated as of March 26, 2010, by and among ARAMARK Corporation (as successor to RMK Acquisition Corporation), ARAMARK Canada Ltd., ARAMARK Investments Limited, ARAMARK Ireland Holdings Limited, ARAMARK Holdings GmbH & Co KG, ARAMARK GmbH, ARAMARK Intermediate Holdco Corporation, the Guarantors (as defined therein) party thereto, the Lenders (as defined therein), JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, collateral agent and LC facility issuing bank and the other parties thereto from time to time (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to ARAMARK Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 18, 2011, pursuant to the Exchange Act (file number 001-04762)).

10.41		Assumption Agreement, dated as of March 30, 2007, relating to the Credit Agreement dated as of January 26, 2007 among ARAMARK Corporation, the other Borrowers and Loan Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Lenders, and the other parties thereto from time to time (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to ARAMARK Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 5, 2007, pursuant to the Exchange Act (file number 001-04762)).

10.42		Amended and Restated Master Distribution Agreement effective as of March 5, 2011 between SYSCO Corporation and ARAMARK Food and Support Services Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to ARAMARK Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 12, 2011, pursuant to the Exchange Act (file number 001-04762)).†



10.43		Share Purchase Agreement among Veris plc, ARAMARK Ireland Holdings Limited, ARAMARK Investments Limited and ARAMARK Corporation dated October 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to ARAMARK Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 4, 2009, pursuant to the Exchange Act (file number 001-04762)).

10.44		Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among MPBP Holdings, Inc., ARAMARK Clinical Technology Services, LLC, RMK Titan Acquisition Corporation, ARAMARK Corporation and the stockholders of MPBP Holdings, Inc. party thereto dated March 18, 2011 (incorporated by reference to ARAMARK Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 24, 2011, pursuant to the Exchange Act (file number 001-04762)).

12		Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.*

21		List of subsidiaries of ARAMARK Corporation.*

23.1		Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm—KPMG LLP.*

23.2		Consent of Independent Auditors—Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu LLC.*

24		Power of Attorney (included on the signature page hereto).

31.1		Certification of Joseph Neubauer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*

31.2		Certification of L. Frederick Sutherland pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*

32.1		Certification of Joseph Neubauer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*

32.2		Certification of L. Frederick Sutherland pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*

99.1		Audited Financial Statements of AIM SERVICES Co., Ltd.*

101		The following financial information from ARAMARK Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011 formatted in XBRL: (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2011 and October 1, 2010; (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2011, October 1, 2010 and October 2, 2009; (iii) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2011, October 1, 2010 and October 2, 2009; (iv) Consolidated Statement of Equity for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2011, October 1, 2010 and October 2, 2009; and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

†	Portions omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

*	Filed herewith.

**	Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed or incorporated as an exhibit.